JP2022125188A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of enhancing interest in a game.

SOLUTION: Until balls distributed to a right side passage 75 by a distribution device 73 pass a normal pattern gate 76a in a unit and arrive at a left-end position of a protruding/retracting plate 79b, the protruding/retracting plate 79b has a great chance of being in a projecting state and maintaining its state. As a result, the balls reaching the left-end position of the protruding/retracting plate 79b collide with a left-end part of the protruding/retracting plate 79b, roll on an upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b from that position, and are guided to a side of a special pattern 2 winning hole 78.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 8

COPYRIGHT: (C)2022,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko machine.

Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 ).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-231902

However, in the above-described gaming machine, since the shooting mode of the game medium that is preset in the game state is fixed, the ball entrance through which a ball can be entered is also fixed for each game state, and the game is monotonous. Therefore, there is still room for improvement in this respect.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the interest of a game.

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 is configured so that the game ball can be shot by the shooting means, and the game ball is shot by the shooting means in a predetermined first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means. Also, the game ball is shot by the second shooting mode means in a second shooting mode different from the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means. Then, the game state is set by the game state setting means based on establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the game ball launched in the first shooting mode can be entered into the first ball entering means, and the game ball launched in the first shooting mode and the second shooting mode is arranged in the second ball entering means. is configured to be able to enter, and the third ball-entering means is configured to be capable of entering the game ball shot in the second shooting mode. Then, by the ball entering pattern changing means, a first ball entering means and a second ball entering means in which the game ball shot by the first shooting mode means can enter based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Alternatively, the ball entering pattern of the third ball entering means is changed, and the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means in which the game ball fired by the second shooting mode means can enter The ball entry pattern is changed.

According to the game machine of claim 1, the game ball can be shot by the shooting means, the game ball is shot by the shooting means in a predetermined first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means, and the game ball is shot by the shooting means in a predetermined first shooting mode. The shooting mode means shoots the game ball in a second shooting mode different from the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means. Then, the game state is set by the game state setting means based on establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the game ball launched in the first shooting mode can be entered into the first ball entering means, and the game ball launched in the first shooting mode and the second shooting mode is arranged in the second ball entering means. is configured to be able to enter, and the third ball-entering means is configured to be capable of entering the game ball shot in the second shooting mode. Then, by the ball entering pattern changing means, a first ball entering means and a second ball entering means in which the game ball shot by the first shooting mode means can enter based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Alternatively, the ball entering pattern of the third ball entering means is changed, and the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means in which the game ball fired by the second shooting mode means can enter The ball entry pattern is changed. As a result, it is possible to differentiate the ball-entering means that can enter the game ball based on the game state and the shooting mode of the game ball. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means that can enter a ball for each game state, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine 1 is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a schematic cross-sectional view in a front view around the alternating distribution unit and the ordinary electric unit. (a) is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit for explaining the behavior of the ball when the retractable plate is in the retracted state (non-projecting state), and (b) is a schematic perspective view of the retractable plate in the projected state. FIG. 4C is a schematic perspective view of a normal electric unit for explaining the behavior of a ball in a certain case, and FIG. Fig. 10(a) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the landing plate when hitting left in the "normal game state"; When hitting to the left in the "normal game state", the ball entering the alternate distribution unit is distributed to the left path by the distribution device. ” shows the behavior of a ball that hits the alternate distribution unit and is distributed to the right path by the distribution device. (a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path of the alternate distribution unit, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state". FIG. 4B is a chart showing the flow timing of a ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board when hitting right in the “normal game state”. It is a timing chart. The behavior of the ball entering from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit, the behavior of the landing plate, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate when hitting left in the "latent probability fluctuation state". (a) is a schematic diagram for explaining the ``latency probability fluctuation state'', in which a ball that hits the alternate distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 at the time of hitting to the left. (b) shows the behavior of the ball, and (b) shows that the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 is the ball that is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latent probability fluctuation state". behavior. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projection time of the haunting board at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latent probability variable state", (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the projecting time of the haunting plate when hitting right in the "latent probability variable state". be. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the landing plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate when hitting to the right in the “variable probability state”; (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projection time of the haunt board when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state", b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting plate when hitting right in the "variable probability state". (a) is a diagram schematically showing area division setting and valid line setting of a display screen, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of an actual display screen. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of various counters, a counter buffer, a first reserved ball storage area, a second reserved ball storage area, a reserved ball execution area, a normal figure reserved ball storage area, and a general figure reserved ball execution area. . (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot random number table, (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a special figure 1 jackpot type table, and a special figure 2 jackpot type It is the figure which showed an example of the table typically. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a general pattern jackpot random number table, (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a general pattern fluctuation time table, (c) is a normal FIG. 10 is a diagram schematically showing an example of an electric role control table; 4 is a flow chart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit; It is a flow chart which shows the start prize-winning processing performed by MPU in a main control unit. 4 is a flowchart showing gate passage processing executed by an MPU in the main controller; It is a flow chart showing a special figure variation process executed by the MPU in the main controller. 4 is a flow chart showing fluctuation start processing executed by the MPU in the main controller; It is the flowchart which showed the normal figure fluctuation|variation process performed by MPU in a main controller. It is the flowchart which showed the jackpot processing performed by MPU in a main controller. It is a flow chart showing a big winning opening opening and closing control process executed by the MPU in the main controller. 4 is a flow chart showing normal electric power control processing executed by an MPU in a main control unit; 4 is a flow chart showing NMI interrupt processing executed by the MPU in the main controller; 4 is a flow chart showing start-up processing executed by an MPU in a main controller; 4 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by an MPU in a main controller; It is the figure which showed typically an example of the normal figure fluctuation time table of 2nd Embodiment. (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the landing plate when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. It is a figure, and (b) shows the behavior of the ball entering from the sorting entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the landing plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latent probability variable state" of the second embodiment. , and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the haunting plate and the behavior of the haunting plate when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the second embodiment. FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate; FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit taken along line AA of FIG. 30(a); (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunting board, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls that have flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the projecting time of the haunting plate in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment. be. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "variable probability state" of the second embodiment. FIG. 14 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric service control table according to the third embodiment; FIG. 14 is a flow chart showing a normal electric duty control process executed by an MPU in the main controller of the third embodiment; (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the haunting plate when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment. It is a figure, and (b) shows the behavior of the ball entering from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the landing plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latent probability variable state" of the third embodiment. , and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the haunting plate and the behavior of the haunting plate when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment. FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate; (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projection time of the haunt board, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "variable probability state". (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the haunting plate when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. It is a figure, and (b) shows the behavior of the ball entering from the sorting entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the landing plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latent probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment. , and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the hive board, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the swing of the alternate distribution unit when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from a split ball opening, the behavior of a protruding plate, and the behavior of a ball that rolls on the upper surface of the protruding plate. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the left path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunt board in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the left path, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the left path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunt board in the "variable probability state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) explains the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting type normal electric role when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. (b) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball opening of the alternate sorting unit and the appearance and ejection formula when hitting left-handed in the "latent probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a normal electric role and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting type normal electric role, and FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a haunting-type ordinary electric element and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting-type ordinary electric element. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment. be. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "variable probability state" of the fifth embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment; (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a landing plate and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate when hitting to the right in the "latent probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment; [Fig. 10] is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a landing plate and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate when hitting right in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment; (b) is a timing chart in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment; It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting plate. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment; is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the ordinary electric unit, the variable display of the ordinary symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting plate. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a general pattern jackpot random number table of the seventh embodiment, (b) schematically shows an example of a general pattern fluctuation time table of the seventh embodiment FIG. 14C is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric duty control table according to the seventh embodiment; FIG. It is the flowchart which showed the normal figure fluctuation|variation process performed by MPU in the main controller of 7th Embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment; (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the landing plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate when hitting to the right in the "latent probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment; [Fig. 10] is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a landing plate and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate when hitting to the right in the "variable probability state" of the seventh embodiment. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a general pattern jackpot random number table of the eighth embodiment, (b) schematically shows an example of a general pattern fluctuation time table of the eighth embodiment FIG. 12C is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric duty control table according to the eighth embodiment; FIG. (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance of the alternate sorting unit and the behavior of the haunting plate when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 11B shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution entrance of the alternate distribution unit when hitting left in the "latent probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, and the normal electric unit when hitting right. FIG. 10C is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters inside, the behavior of a landing plate, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate; 55(d) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the retractable plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate when hitting to the right in the "variable state", and (d) is B- in FIG. 55(a) 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit 79 along line B. FIG. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting board in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of balls distributed to the right path, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the projecting time of the haunting plate in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment. be. (a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board, b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunting plate in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment.

<First embodiment>
BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, referring to FIGS. 1 to 26, a first embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as "pachinko machine") 10 will be described. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10. FIG.

The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. and an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12, the outer frame 11 is provided with metal hinges 18 at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1). A frame 12 is supported toward the front side so that it can be opened and closed.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 3) having a large number of nails and winning openings (ball openings) 63, 65a, 77, 78, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back side. A pinball game is performed by the balls flowing down the front surface of the game board 13 . In addition, the inner frame 12 includes a ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 13) that shoots a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a shooting unit that guides the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached. Details of the game board 13 will be described later with reference to FIG.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 covering the front upper side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1). 14 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and has a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening at its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two sheet glasses is arranged on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.例文帳に追加

An upper tray 17 for storing balls projects forward from the front frame 14 and is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination guides the ball thrown into the upper tray 17 to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13). A frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is a button that is pressed by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. In addition, the frame button 22 corresponds to the first special symbol used in the first lottery game, or the third symbol variable display (hereinafter referred to as the third symbol) corresponding to the second special symbol used in the second lottery game is also used as an operation button for allowing the player to select the content of the effect in the advance notice display executed in the variable display of (1).

In addition, the first lottery game is a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b (see FIG. 4) provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3) described later. Figure 1 first winning opening 77a and special figure 1 second winning opening 77b may be collectively referred to as "special figure 1 winning opening 77". may be referred to as "winning") is a lottery game caused by. Also, the second lottery game is a lottery game caused by winning a special figure 2 winning opening 78 (see FIG. 4) similarly provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3).

Also, the variable effect is a effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. For example, a special figure 1 winning opening 77 or a special figure 2 winning opening 78, which will be described later. After that, there is an effect of presenting to the player the result of the lottery (whether it is a big win or not) for the winning, depending on the combination of the stopped symbols. In the first embodiment, the third symbol display device 81 is configured to be able to execute only one lottery game, and the first special symbol based on the first lottery game and the second lottery game based on the second lottery game. It is configured to display the lottery result based on the first lottery game or the lottery result based on the second lottery game by using the third symbol in common with the special symbol.

Furthermore, the stage is an effect mode in which various effects displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) to be described later are unified. Stage” and “Island Stage” are provided. Various effects such as the variable effects described above and the "ready-to-reach display" executed during the variable effects are designed to be performed in accordance with the theme given to each stage.

In addition, the "ready-to-win display" means a display one step before the "big win display" indicating that a big win will occur in the variation effect executed in the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later. . Specifically, the third symbols of the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3 (see FIG. 12), which will be described later, stop at the same symbol, and the middle symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12) continues to fluctuate without stopping. It refers to the state of being

In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the "ready-to-win display" is roughly divided into one unit of elements that constitute the "normal reach" effect (hereinafter, one unit of elements that constitute the effect is referred to as a "fluctuation element"), Developed and executed from the "normal reach" variable element, "super reach" variable element with a higher expected jackpot than the "normal reach" variable element, and similarly "normal reach" variable element Developed and executed, A variable element of "special reach" having a higher expectation for a big hit than a variable element of "super reach" is prepared.

The change of the stage is performed during the period when the variable effect is not performed (that is, during the demo display), or during the variable element of "high-speed change" in which the third symbol is changed at high speed in the variable effect so that the player cannot see it. This is performed when the player presses the frame button 22 . Each time the frame button 22 is operated, the stage is changed repeatedly in the order of "town stage"→"empty stage"→"island stage"→"town stage"→ . In addition, immediately after the power is turned on, the initial stage is set to "town stage".

Also, when the variable element of "normal reach" is started in the variable effect performed in the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later, the variable element of "normal reach" to the variable element of "super reach" or When it develops into the variable element of "special reach", the selection screen of the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the variable element of "normal reach". It may be configured as

Specifically, on the selection screen, a plurality of candidates that can be selected as variable elements of "Super Reach" or variable elements of "Special Reach" are displayed, and while the selection screen is displayed, the frame button 22 is pressed. The selected candidate is configured to be changed when the player performs a pressing operation. Then, the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" is determined based on the production candidate selected when developing into the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach". , according to the determination, the variable element of "super reach" and the variable element of "special reach" are executed by the third symbol display device 81. FIG.

In the first embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed. It may be constituted by an operating lever that can be tilted forward, backward, rightward and leftward. Then, based on the direction in which the control lever is tilted, the selection of the production stage may be changed, or the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" may be determined.

In addition, although the frame button 22 is configured to be arranged on the front side of the upper tray 17 when viewed from the side, the arrangement position of the frame button 22 can be any arrangement position as long as it is a position where the player can press it. For example, it may be arranged on the upper surface side of the upper tray 17 or may be arranged in the vicinity (upper surface or side surface) of the lower tray 50 to be described later.

Light-emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the front frame 14 (for example, corner portions). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when a big win is made or when a predetermined "ready-to-win display" is performed, and play a role of enhancing the performance effect during the game. Illumination parts 29 to 33 containing light-emitting means such as light-emitting diodes (Light Emitting Diodes, hereinafter abbreviated as "LEDs") are provided on the periphery of the window part 14c. .

In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as production lamps such as big win lamps. lights up or blinks to notify that the big win is in progress or that the "ready-to-win display" just before the big win is in progress. In addition, a display lamp 34 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED or the like and capable of displaying when a prize ball is being paid out or when an error occurs is provided in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front.

A small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized on the lower side of the right electrical decoration part 32, and a pasting space K1 (see FIG. ) is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more glitter, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (hereinafter abbreviated as "ABS") is applied to the area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 with chrome plating. .) A plating member 36 made of resin is attached.

A ball rental operation unit 40 is arranged below the window portion 14c. The ball rental operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41 , a ball rental button 42 and a return button 43 . When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with banknotes, cards, etc. inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the balls are released according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area in which the balance information of the card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the remaining amount in numbers as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain lending balls based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and lending balls are supplied to the top tray 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit.

A pachinko machine in which balls are directly lent to the upper tray 17 from a ball leasing device or the like without going through the card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball leasing operation unit 40. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation portion to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to achieve commonality between a pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine.

In the lower tray unit 15 positioned below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. there is On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by the player to hit the ball to the front surface of the game board 13 is provided, and inside the operation handle 51 is a ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 13). A touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of , a push-button type stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball during the period of pressing operation, and a rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 by a change in electrical resistance. A variable resistor (not shown) for detection is built in.

When the operating handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the amount of operation. A ball is shot with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes with the movement of the ball, and is thereby hit to the front surface of the game board 13 with a flight amount corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operating handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball extraction lever 52 is provided at the lower front portion of the lower tray 50 for operation when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. The ball extracting lever 52 is always biased to the right, and when it is slid to the left against the bias, the bottom opening formed in the bottom of the lower tray 50 is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball extracting lever 52 is normally performed with a box (generally called a "dollar box") placed below the lower tray 50 to receive the balls ejected from the lower tray 50 . The operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower tray 50 as described above, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower tray 50 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 2, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 . The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 as a unit. In addition, each control board has a micro-processing unit (Micro-Processing Unit, hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer responsible for each control, a port for contacting various devices, and various lottery A random number generator used for the system, a clock pulse generator circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are mounted as necessary.

The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, the payout control device 111, the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . Each of the board boxes 100 to 104 has a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each controller and each board.

In addition, the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover in an unopenable manner (caulking structure) by a sealing unit (not shown). consolidation). A sealing seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is peeled off in order to open the circuit board boxes 100, 102, or if the circuit board boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base and the box cover may be damaged. cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and open upward, a tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 downstream of the tank rail 131. and a payout device 133 which is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and which pays out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 13). ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall, and a payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131 .

The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor control knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erasure switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate ball clogging (return to normal state) when a dispensing error such as a ball clogging in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 13) occurs. The operating knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when the pachinko machine 10 is to be returned to its initial state.

Next, a specific configuration of the game board 13, and detailed configurations of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 3, the game board 13 has a wooden base plate 60 which is cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front. A general winning hole 63 that can obtain a predetermined prize ball, a central variable winning device 65 that opens when a big hit occurs in the first lottery game, and a right side that opens when a big hit occurs in the second lottery game A variable winning device 67, a special figure 1 winning opening 77 for the first lottery game, a special figure 2 winning opening 78 for the second lottery game, and a normal pattern gate 76a (see FIG. 4) in the unit, which will be described later. A minute unit 71, a normal electric unit 79 having a right normal symbol gate 76b and a haunting type normal electric unit 79a (see FIG. 4 for both) and a variable display device unit 80 having a third symbol display device 81, etc. are assembled. and its peripheral portion is attached to the back side of the inner frame 12 .

The general winning port 63, the central variable winning device 65, the right variable winning device 67, the alternating distribution unit 71, the normal electric unit 79, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed from the front side of the game board 13 with wood screws or the like. Also, the front center portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. As shown in FIG. Mainly referring to FIG. 3, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described below.

On the front surface of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is erected, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 like the outer rail 62. An arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by is erected. The outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, and the front and rear sides are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area is formed in which a game is played by the behavior of . The game area is the front surface of the game board 13 and is a substantially circular area defined by the two rails 61 and 62 and the arc member 70 (where a winning opening is arranged and a shot ball is area).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 13) to the upper part of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left part in FIG. 3) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning into the ball guide passage again. be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right in FIG. 3) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the ball. is attenuated and rebounded toward the central part (hereinafter, the act of shooting the ball with the force of hitting the return rubber 69 and passing the ball through the right side of the variable display unit 80 when viewed from the front is referred to as "right hitting". , the act of causing the shot ball to pass through the left side of the variable display device unit 80 when viewed from the front is referred to as “left hitting”). In the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, while a ball can enter the alternate distribution unit 71 , it is difficult for a ball to enter the normal electric unit 79 . Also, in a right-handed game, a ball can enter the normal electric unit 79 , but it is difficult for a ball to enter the alternate distribution unit 71 . A specific configuration will be described later.

Between the lower right tip of the inner rail 61 and the upper right tip of the outer rail 62, a resin-made arc member 70 is formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side. It is fixed by driving it into the plate 60 .

A special symbol display device 37 provided with a plurality of LEDs 37a and a 7-segment display 37b, which are light emitting means, is arranged in the upper right part of the game area when viewed from the front (upper right part in FIG. 3). The special symbol display device 37 performs variable display of each special symbol (hereinafter, variable display of the special symbol is referred to as "dynamic display") according to each control performed by the main controller 110 (see FIG. 13), which will be described later. At the same time, the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is displayed.

A plurality of LEDs 37a are the balls that have won (entered) a special figure 1 first prize opening 77a, a special figure 1 second prize opening 77b, and a special figure 2 prize opening 78, which will be described later. The number of held balls, which is the number of (held balls), is indicated by the lighting state. In addition, the number of rounds of the jackpot and an error display are also indicated by the lighting state of the LED 37a corresponding to the state. The LEDs 37a are configured to emit light of different colors (for example, red, green, and blue), and by combining the colors of light, it is possible to suggest various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. .

The 7-segment display 37b is composed of two left and right 7-segment LEDs. The 7-segment LED on the left side variably displays the first special symbol (hereinafter, the first special symbol may be abbreviated as "special symbol 1") that indicates the determination result of the first lottery game. In addition, the 7-segment LED on the right side variably displays the second special symbol (hereinafter, the second special symbol may be abbreviated as "special figure 2") that indicates the determination result of the second lottery game.

Specifically, the 7-segment LED on the left is determined based on the winning to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 described later After the variable display (in the first embodiment, the central segment of the seven segments is blinking) until the variable time (dynamic display time) elapses, the symbol indicating the determination result is stopped and displayed. In addition, the 7-segment LED on the right side is a variable display until the variable time (dynamic display time) determined based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 described later. After that, a symbol indicating the judgment result is stopped and displayed. In any of the 7-segment LEDs, if the judgment result is a loss, a "-" pattern that lights up only the central segment is displayed, and if the judgment result is a big hit, a "-" corresponding to the big hit is displayed. Symbols such as 3" and "7" are displayed.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, whether or not a ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or special figure 2 winning opening 78 is a big hit or not is determined (jack lottery), and when it is determined as a big hit, Judgment of the jackpot type is also performed according to the prize winning openings 77 and 78 that have won. As the jackpot type determined here, "15R probability variable jackpot" or "7R latent probability variable jackpot" are prepared based on the winning to the special figure 1 winning opening 77, and based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 Only "15R probability variable jackpot" is prepared.

Here, the “15R probability variable jackpot” is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to the “probability fluctuation state” after the maximum number of rounds hits 15 rounds, and the “7R latent probability variable jackpot” means that the maximum number of rounds is 7. It is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to the “latency probability fluctuation state” after the round jackpot.

In the first embodiment, the following three game states are set as game states. As the first game state, the special symbol jackpot probability is low (1/300 in the first embodiment), and the normal symbol winning probability indicates the determination result of whether or not the haunting type normal electric player 79a is driven. A "normal game state" with a low probability (1/10 in the first embodiment) is provided. That is, in the "normal game state", compared to other game states ("probability fluctuation state" and "latency probability fluctuation state" to be described later), special symbols are less likely to hit big, and fluctuation display of normal symbols (hereinafter referred to as normal The variable display time of the variable display of the pattern is called "variable display") is long ("3 seconds" in the first embodiment), and the projecting time of the hive plate 79b provided on the hive type ordinary electric wire 79a. is configured to be a short time (“2 seconds” in the first embodiment). Therefore, the "normal game state" is set as the initial state of the pachinko machine 10, and the fluctuation display of special symbols in the "probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state" described later is specified times (in the first embodiment, , 100 times).

As a second game state, the probability of winning a special symbol is higher than that of the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the probability of winning of normal symbols is also higher than that of the "normal game state". A "probability change state" is provided which is a probability (9/10 in the first embodiment). That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier for the special symbols to hit big than in the "normal game state", and the fluctuation time of the normal symbols is shorter than the "normal game state" ("0.5 second" in the first embodiment). ”), and the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b provided in the haunting type normal electric part 79a is longer than the “normal game state” (“5 seconds” in the first embodiment). there is This "probability fluctuation state" is generated at a rate of 10% after the big win based on the first lottery game with the first special symbol when the big win occurs based on the first lottery game with the first special symbol. It is set so that when a big hit occurs based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol, it will occur without omission (that is, 100%) after the big win based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol. is set (see FIG. 15).

As a third game state, the jackpot probability of special symbols is higher than that of the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the probability of winning of normal symbols is also higher than that of the "normal game state". A "latency probability change state" is provided, which is a probability (9/10 in the first embodiment). That is, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the "probability fluctuation state" and the special symbol jackpot probability are the same, and the normal symbol fluctuation time is short ("0.5 seconds" in the first embodiment). On the other hand, the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b of the haunting-type ordinary electric member 79a is set to be the same short time as the "normal game state" ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment). Therefore, the ``latency probability fluctuation state'' is the same as the ``probability fluctuation state'' in which the special pattern jackpot probability, the normal pattern winning probability, and the normal pattern fluctuation time are the same as the ``probability fluctuation state''. The projecting time of 79b is set to be the same as the "normal game state". This "latency probability fluctuation state" is generated at a rate of 90% after the jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol when a big hit occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol. (see FIG. 15).

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "normal game state" is the most disadvantageous game state for the player, and the "latency probability fluctuation state" is the game state more advantageous for the player than the "normal game state". , the "variable probability state" is more advantageous to the player than the "variable latent probability state", that is, the most advantageous game state.

At the lower central part of the game area, an alternate distribution unit 71 is arranged in which balls flowing down the game area can enter. This alternate distribution unit 71 is mainly composed of a distribution ball entrance 72 into which a ball flowing down the game area can enter, and a ball entering the distribution ball entrance 72, which is placed in the alternate distribution unit 71. A sorting device 73 that alternately sorts to the left side path 74 or the right side path 75, a normal pattern gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right side path 75, and a ball sorted to the left side path 74 by the sorting device 73 can enter. A special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b in which the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 can enter, a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and a special figure 1 It is configured by a special figure 2 winning opening 78 arranged between the second winning opening 77b.

When the ball enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b provided in this alternate distribution unit 71, the special figure 1 winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 ) is turned on, and the main controller 110 (see FIG. 13) draws a jackpot for the first special symbol due to the turning on of the special figure 1 winning port switch, and the special symbol moves according to the lottery result. The target display is indicated by the 7-segment display device 37b of the special symbol display device 37, and the third symbol display device 81 executes the variation performance of the third symbol.

In addition, when the ball enters the special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71, the special figure 2 winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the special figure 2 Due to the turn-on of the winning slot switch, the main controller 110 (see FIG. 13) draws a second special symbol jackpot lottery, and the dynamic display of the special symbol corresponding to the lottery result is performed on the special symbol display device 37-7. Along with being indicated by the segment display 37b, the third symbol display device 81 executes the variation effect of the third symbol.

In addition, the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a, the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b and the special figure 2 prize opening 78 are each one of the winning openings from which two balls are paid out as prize balls when the ball wins. is also Details of the alternate distribution unit 71 will be described later with reference to FIG.

A normal electric unit 79 is arranged on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71 . This normal electric unit 79 mainly includes a right normal symbol gate 76b, a hive-type normal electric unit 79a having a hive board 79b inclined toward the alternating sorting unit 71, back-side deceleration units 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and a deceleration section 79c composed of front side deceleration sections 79c2 and 79c4.

The haunting-type normal electrode 79a is configured to drive-control one haunting plate 79b into a protruded state or a recessed state according to the variable display result of the normal pattern. When the retractable plate 79b is in a protruding state, the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls leftward along the inclination, and while the retractable plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball moves over the retractable plate. When rolled to the left end of 79b, it is configured to be able to guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side in the alternate distribution unit 71. Details of the ordinary electric unit 79 will be described later with reference to FIG.

Here, with reference to FIG. 4, the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 of the first embodiment will be specifically described. FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 and their surroundings in a front view. For convenience of explanation, FIG. The alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 are represented by schematic cross-sectional views showing the internal structures of the minute unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79, and each member (part) constituting them will be described.

As described above, the alternate sorting unit 71 includes a sorting ball entrance 72 for entering a ball into the alternate sorting unit 71, and a sorting ball capable of allocating the ball entering the sorting ball entrance 72. A sorting device 73, a left path 74 in which the balls sorted to the left side of the alternate sorting unit 71 in front view by the sorting device 73 flow down, and the sorting device 73 sorted to the right side of the alternate sorting unit 71 in front view A right path 75 through which a ball flows down, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit which is provided in the vicinity of the sorting device 73 of the right path 75 and acquires a normal symbol lottery opportunity when the ball passes through, and a left path 74 flows down. A special figure 1 first prize opening 77a in which a ball can win a prize, a special figure 1 second prize opening 77b in which a ball flowing down the right path 75 can win, a special figure 1 first prize opening 77a and a special figure 1 first prize opening 77a A special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided between the 2 winning opening 77b and provided at the center position of the alternate distribution unit 71 in a front view is provided.

In addition, as described above, the normal electric unit 79 includes a right normal symbol gate 76b that constitutes the only route through which a ball can enter the normal electric unit 79, and a gate 76b that can be displaced into a projecting state or a recessed state. A retractable normal electric part 79a having a configured retractable plate 79b and a plurality of deceleration units 79c (back side decelerator units 79c1, 79c3, 79c5) with which the ball collides when the ball rolls on the top surface of the retractable plate 79b. and near-side deceleration units 79c2 and 79c4 (see FIG. 5 for both)).

As described above, in the normal electric unit 79, the side wall forming the right side surface of the normal electric unit 79 and the nail 87 planted in the upper position of the normal electric unit 79 allow the right side It is constructed so that the ball does not enter the normal electric unit 79 from a route other than the normal symbol gate 76b.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, between the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electronic unit 79, there is a right side of the distribution ball entrance 72. An out port (not shown) is provided for discharging the ball that has flowed into the game board 13 outside. Therefore, in the left-handed game, it is possible to prevent the balls that do not enter the alternate distribution unit 71 and flow down to the normal electric unit 79 side from reaching the right normal symbol gate 76b.

The sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 is a path through which the balls flowing down the game area flow into the alternate sorting unit 71, and the balls flowing into the sorting ball entrance 72 are configured to be guided to a sorting device 73 provided on the downstream side (in the lower direction of the alternate sorting unit 71).

As described above, the sorting device 73 of the alternate sorting unit 71 is a device for alternately sorting the balls flowing down from the sorting ball entrance 72 to the left path 74 or the right path 75. a center plate portion 73b extending upward from the outer periphery of the rotating shaft portion 73a; a left receiving plate 73c and a right receiving plate 73d extending leftward and rightward from the outer periphery of the rotating shaft portion 73a; and a distribution side magnet (not shown) incorporated in the central plate portion 73b. In addition, on the wall of the alternate distribution unit 71 on the back side of the game board 13, there is a unit-side magnet ( (not shown) is built in.

This sorting device 73 is configured to be able to rotate 30 degrees in right and left directions around a rotation shaft portion 73a. In the state of FIG. , and the entire left receiving plate 73c is positioned below the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is positioned above the rotating shaft portion 73a. It is in a state of guiding the falling ball to the right path 75 . The right guiding position is maintained by the repulsive action between the distribution side magnet and the unit side magnet.

Here, a manner in which a ball that hits the alternate distribution unit 71 is alternately distributed to the left path 74 or the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 will be described. First, as in the state of FIG. 4, the tip side of the left receiving plate 73c abuts against the wall of the alternately distributing unit 71, and the entire left receiving plate 73c is located below the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is located above the rotating shaft portion 73a, the ball that enters the alternate sorting unit 71 and flows down from the sorting ball entrance 72 is placed on the central plate portion 73b and the right receiving plate 73d of the sorting device 73. fits in the space formed by By pushing down the right receiving plate 73d by the weight of the ball, the sorting device 73 rotates, and the tip side of the right receiving plate 73d comes into contact with the wall of the alternating sorting unit 71, and the entire right receiving plate 73d rotates. The left receiving plate 73c is located below the shaft portion 73a and above the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state in which the ball can flow down to the right path 75 side, and in this state the ball is guided to the right path 75 by rolling on the upper surface of the right receiving plate 73d. At this time, the weight of the ball pushes down the right receiving plate 73d (rotates the sorting device 73) rather than the repulsive force between the sorting side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown). Since the direction is larger, the sorting device 73 is rotated against the repulsive force of the magnet. Then, again, due to the repulsive force of the magnet, the left side receiving plate 73c is positioned above the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right side receiving plate 73d is positioned below the rotating shaft portion 73a, that is, the state of the left guiding position. maintained.

Then, the next ball entering the alternate sorting unit 71 and flowing down from the sorting ball entrance 72 is accommodated in the space formed by the central plate portion 73b and the left receiving plate 73c of the sorting device 73. FIG. Then, the distribution device 73 rotates by pushing down the left receiving plate 73c by the weight of the ball, and the tip side of the left receiving plate 73c contacts the wall of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the entire left receiving plate 73c rotates. The right receiving plate 73d is located below the shaft portion 73a and above the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state in which the ball can flow down to the left path 74 side, and in this state the ball is guided to the left path 74 by rolling on the upper surface of the left receiving plate 73c. At this time as well, the force of pushing down the left receiving plate 73c (rotating the sorting device 73) due to the self weight of the ball is stronger than the repulsive force between the sorting side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown). is larger, the sorting device 73 is rotated against the repulsive force of the magnet. Then, due to the repulsive force of the magnet, the left side receiving plate 73c is positioned below the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right side receiving plate 73d is positioned above the rotating shaft portion 73a, that is, the state of the right guiding position. maintained. By alternately repeating these motions, the ball hitting the alternate sorting unit 71 is alternately sorted to the left path 74 and the right path 75 .

The left path 74 of the alternately sorting unit 71 is a path along which the balls guided to the left side in the alternately sorting unit 71 by the sorting device 73 flow down. Below the left side of the left path 74, there is provided a left exit through which the balls flowing down the left path 74 flow out, and a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a is provided below the left exit. . Therefore, the ball guided to the left path 74 flows down the left path 74, is discharged from the left exit, and is configured to enter the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

In addition, the left path 74 has a predetermined length as a ball downflow path, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 are distributed to the left path It is designed to take "2 seconds" from entering 74 to reaching the left exit. That is, the ball distributed to the left side by the distribution device 73 flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "2 seconds" from the timing, and enters the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a.

The right side path 75 of the alternately sorting unit 71 is a path along which the balls guided to the right side in the alternately sorting unit 71 by the sorting device 73 flow down. Below the right side of the right path 75, there is provided a right exit through which the balls flowing down the right path 75 flow out, and a special figure 1 second prize winning opening 77b is provided below the right exit. . A projecting/retracting plate 79b is disposed below the right exit so that the left end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79, which will be described later, is positioned.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after flowing down the right path 75, the ball guided to the right path 75 is , The ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 is configured to enter the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. On the other hand, when the protruding plate 79b is in a protruding state, the ball ejected from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the protruding protruding plate 79b and changes its flowing direction, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the left end. It is configured to roll and be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. The ball guided to the side of the special figure 2 winning opening 78 can enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78 while colliding with a plurality of nails planted so as to be easily guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78. It is

Further, the right path 75 has a predetermined length as a downflow path for balls, similarly to the left path 74. It is configured so that it takes "2 seconds" for the ball to reach the right exit after entering the right path 75 . That is, the ball distributed to the right side by the distribution device 73 flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "2 seconds" from the timing, and enters the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 You will win a prize.

An in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is embedded in the vicinity of the sorting device 73 in the right path 75 (on the right side of about one ball). The intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is provided with a through hole (not shown) through which the ball passes. When the ball that has flowed into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in this unit, the second entrance switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on. As a result, the main control device 110 performs a winning lottery for normal symbols. This in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is only used as a lottery trigger for variable display of normal symbols, and is constructed so that prize balls or the like are not paid out even when a ball passes through.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as described above, the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is embedded in the right path 75, so the balls sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73 are always It is configured to pass through the normal symbol gate 76a.

As a result of the lottery of normal symbols performed based on the ball passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, when it is determined to be winning, the symbol "○" is stopped and displayed through variable display on the normal symbol display device 83. After that, the retractable plate 79b of the retractable ordinary electric part 79a is activated. As a result, the protruding plate 79b, which is immersed in the game board 13 and cannot roll (guide) the ball, is moved (displaced) from the immersed state to the protruding state, and is moved (displaced) from the immersed state to the protruding state for a predetermined time different for each game state. Only the ball will be in a state where it can roll on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b, and it will be in a state where it can enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Here, immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73, the direction of flow of the balls is switched to a right angle, and the momentum of the sorted balls swings up and down in the right path 75, and the wall forming the right path 75 It flows down while repeating multiple collisions. Therefore, when trying to detect the ball immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 by the second entrance switch (not shown) of the unit normal symbol gate 76a, the ball is detected while passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. is detected by the second entrance switch over multiple times (hereinafter, multiple false detections by switches such as the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit are referred to as "chattering"). .

Therefore, as in the first embodiment, by providing the unit normal symbol gate 76a at a position separated by at least one ball from the sorting device 73, the passage wall of the right path 75 provided for at least one ball (not shown) stabilizes the behavior of the ball, and the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in a state in which the swinging movement of the ball immediately after being distributed by the distribution device 73 is reduced. It is possible to prevent chattering caused by the balls distributed by the splitting device 73 . It should be noted that the position of the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is more suitable for preventing the occurrence of chattering as it is arranged at a position farther from the sorting device 73.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it takes "1.9 seconds" from when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75 until it is discharged from the right exit of the right path 75. time. That is, the ball distributed to the right side by the distribution device 73 passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a after "0.1 second" from that timing, and "1. After 9 seconds, it flows down the right path 75 and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 to enter the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when a ball flows into the right path 75, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is acquired based on passage through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. In addition, a game state in which the variable display time is longer than the time from when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a to when it flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 ("normal game state" in the first embodiment). 16(b), which will be described later), and a game state in which the variable display time is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 (second In one embodiment, a "latent probability change state" (and a "probability change state", described later with reference to FIG. 16(b)) are provided. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the ball passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the normal symbol variable display is started until the variable display is finished, the ball passes through the right path. A game state in which the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 (that is, a "normal game state"), and a game state in which the ball is flowing down the right path 75 without flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 (that is, a "normal game state"). "latency probability fluctuation state" (and "probability fluctuation state")) are provided.

Then, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" (and the "probability fluctuation state"), the winning probability of the normal pattern is changed, and in the "normal game state", the normal pattern is variablely displayed to win. While making it difficult to win (in the first embodiment, 1/10, which will be described later in FIG. 16A), the "latency probability fluctuation state" (and "probability fluctuation state") is more normal than the "normal game state" Variable display of symbols makes it easier to win (9/10 in the first embodiment, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 16(a)).

Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if a win is won in the variable display of normal symbols, the ball is already in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b at the timing when the haunt board 79b is in a protruding state. Since it has won, the ball that has flowed into the right path 75 is configured not to be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. In addition, in the "normal game state", the variable display of the normal symbols is configured to make it difficult to win, so even if a plurality of balls continuously flow into the right path 75, those balls will not be able to win. is configured to reduce the possibility of being guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variable state", at the timing when the ball flowing into the right path 75 flows out from the right exit, the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is finished, and It is highly probable that the winning board 79b is projected in the variable display. Therefore, the ball collides with the haunting plate 79b, and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side by rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b in the left end direction.

By configuring in this way, in the "normal game state", the ball entering the alternate distribution unit 71 wins either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b Thus, the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed. On the other hand, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" (and "probability fluctuation state"), if the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74, it will win the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a , When distributed to the right path 75, it wins a special figure 2 winning opening 78, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed. be done. Therefore, by differentiating the patterns of winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes between the ``normal game state'' and the ``latency probability variable state'' in the same left-handed game, variations are provided in the game and the amusement of the game is improved. be able to.

The right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is formed integrally with the upper right portion of the normal electric unit 79, and is provided with a through hole (not shown) for the ball to pass through in the vertical direction. there is When the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a second ball entrance switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on, and the normal symbol winning lottery is performed by the main controller 110 due to the turning on. done. Like the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit, this right normal pattern gate 76b only serves as a lottery trigger for variable display of normal patterns, and even if a ball passes through the right normal pattern gate 76b, prize balls or the like will not be paid out. is configured to

In addition, in the first embodiment, the right normal symbol gate 76b has an alarm function when hitting to the right in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state". Specifically, when the passage of the ball is detected by the right normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state", it is determined that the right-handed game is being executed, and the voice output device 226 ( (see FIG. 13) to output an alarm sound. By configuring in this way, it is possible to suppress the execution of the right-handed game by the player in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" in which the right-handed game is not encouraged, and the game property of the present invention is improved. can be maintained.

A retractable type normal electric terminal 79 a of the normal electric function unit 79 is formed integrally with the lower part of the normal electric function unit 79 . In this hive-type normal electric element 79a, one hive-and-set plate 79b capable of guiding the ball that has flowed into the ordinary electric unit 79 to the alternate distribution unit 71 side is inclined toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side (for example, 10 A projecting/retracting plate solenoid (not shown) is provided that can drive the projecting/retracting plate 79b into a projected state or a retracted state.

The protruding plate 79b is formed with a width of 55 mm and a depth of 20 mm, and is formed with a constant thickness (for example, 1 mm) over the entire length. (not shown). When the variable display of the normal pattern is won, the solenoid for the appearing/removing board is driven and projected from the through hole, so that the appearing/removing board 79b projects from the board surface of the game board 13 to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. - 特許庁When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is in a protruding state, it is disposed so as to block the lower part of the normal electric unit 79 and guide the balls flowing down from the upstream side to the left direction (that is, the alternating distribution unit 71 side). ing.

The main controller 110 of the first embodiment drives the haunting board solenoid for a predetermined period of time, and the haunting board 79b is driven to the normal electric unit 79 for the predetermined period of time when winning is won in the variable display of the normal symbols. is maintained in a state of protruding from a through hole provided in the base portion 79y (see FIG. 5). When the projecting plate 79b is in a projecting state, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 rolls along the slope on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b and is guided to the alternate distribution unit 71 side. On the other hand, when the projecting/retracting plate 79b is retracted into the base portion 79y (see FIG. 5), the ball does not roll on the upper surface of the retracted projecting/retracting plate 79b, and the ball is ejected to the lower side of the normal electric unit 79. be.

The deceleration part 79c of the normal electric unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped inner deceleration parts 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 (see FIG. 5) provided on a base 79y (see FIG. 5) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13. (c)), and a plurality of rib-shaped front side deceleration units provided on the back side (base portion 79y side) of the cover portion 79x (see FIG. 5) located on the facing side of the base portion 79y (see FIG. 5). 79c2 and 79c4 (see FIG. 5(c)).

The back side deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front side deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4 (hereinafter, the back side deceleration sections 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front side deceleration sections 79c2, 79c4 are collectively referred to as "reduction section 79c"). ) are arranged alternately and evenly, and when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, the ball repeatedly collides with the deceleration part 79c and rolls while meandering and decelerating. is configured to By configuring in this way, the falling speed of the balls flowing down on the retractable plate 79b can be efficiently reduced, and the occurrence of ball clogging or the like can be suppressed.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball that reaches the right end of the landing plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b toward the left end, and reaches the left end of the landing plate 79b. 2.5 seconds”. As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in a protruded state, if the protruding plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the deceleration part 79c, it rolls on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. The ball is configured to flow out to the lower side of the ordinary electric unit 79 .

Here, with reference to FIG. 5, the displacement mode of the projection/retraction plate 79b in the ordinary electric unit 79 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b will be described. As described above, FIG. 5A is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit 79 for explaining the behavior of the ball when the retractable plate 79b is in the retracted state (non-projected state). (b) is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit 79 for explaining the behavior of the ball when the retractable plate 79b is in a projected state, and FIG. 5(c) is a Vc FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electrical unit 79 taken along line -Vc.

As shown in FIG. 5(a), when the landing plate 79b is in the recessed state, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b does not come into contact with the landing plate 79b, and the normal electric power is applied as it is. It is discharged to the lower side of the win unit 79 and does not win any of the winning openings 77 and 78. - 特許庁

On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 5(b) and 5(c), when the retractable plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b is in the protruding state. collides with the right end of the haunting plate 79b, and the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b rolls to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternate distribution unit 71 side due to the inclination of the haunting plate 79b do.

Specifically, the ball that rolls from the right end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b to the left end on the top surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b first moves toward the first inner deceleration portion 79c1 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric unit 79. , and the traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b rolls toward the cover portion 79x side. Then, it collides with the first front side deceleration section 79c2 provided on the cover section 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base section 79y side. roll to. After that, it collides with the second back side deceleration portion 79c3 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b is turned toward the cover portion 79x side. move. Then, it collides with the second front deceleration section 79c4 provided on the cover section 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base section 79y side. roll to. After that, it collides with the third inner deceleration portion 79c5 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b is turned toward the cover portion 79x side. While moving, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b.

In addition, the ball that flows out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b collides with a plurality of implanted nails, and is configured to enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71. there is

Therefore, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projection plate 79b repeats collisions with the plurality of rear-side deceleration units 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the plurality of front-side reduction units 79c2, 79c4. roll to. Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is configured such that it takes "2.5 seconds" to exist (stay) on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. As a result, in a game state with a short projection time of the haunting plate 79b, such as the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state", the haunting plate When the 79b switches from the protruding state to the retracted state, the ball falls (flows down) vertically downward from the position where it rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, and the lower part of the normal electric unit 79 (external ). Moreover, when rolling on the upper surface of the projection/recess board 79b corresponding to the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, this special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is won.

With this structure of the deceleration part 79c, it is possible to reduce the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b and to keep the time for rolling on the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b constant. As a result, the time for which the ball stays on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b can be made constant and long. Therefore, by increasing the residence time on the hive plate 79b compared to the case without the deceleration part 79c, it is possible to adjust the projection time of the hive plate 79b for each game state in order to realize the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications.

Furthermore, the more the speed of the ball flowing down by the deceleration part 79c is delayed, the longer the rolling time of the ball rolling on the retractable plate 79b is, so that the total length of the retractable plate 79b can be shortened. Accordingly, the entire ordinary electric unit 79 can be made compact. Therefore, the area occupied by the retractable plate 79b in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10 .

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, until the ball flows down to the right end position of the protruding board 79b, " 1 second” is required. That is, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end of the landing plate 79b after "1 second" from that timing, and if the landing plate 79b is in a non-projecting state, it flows downstream as it is. When the retractable plate 79b is in a projecting state, it collides with the retractable plate 79b and rolls along the slope along the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the normal electric unit 79 provided with the appearance plate 79b is configured to be able to link (interlock) with the alternate distribution unit 71, and the normal symbols and By differentiating the control of the haunt board 79b, in the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state", the left-handed game is configured so that the game value can be obtained more easily, and the "probability fluctuation state". is configured such that a right-handed game is more likely to obtain a game value.

Specifically, by varying the control of the normal symbol and the haunt board 79b according to the game state, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b and the first lottery game of the first special symbol is likely to occur, and in the "latency probability fluctuation state", it is easy to alternately win the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the special figure 2 winning opening 78. , A game state in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol can alternately occur, and in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to win the special figure 2 winning port 78, A game state is created in which a second lottery game with two special symbols is likely to occur. The game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol is more likely to be advantageous to the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol.

By configuring in this manner, the patterns of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can (easily) win a prize are made different for each game state, thereby making it possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest, and at the same time, for each game state. By structuring such that the game value to be obtained can be changed stepwise, the player can be provided with the interest of transitioning to a high-value game state step by step, and the interest in the game can be improved.

Conventionally, in a general pachinko machine using a plurality of special symbols (for example, a first special symbol and a second special symbol) and one normal symbol, there are two or more game states other than the "normal game state". There are pachinko machines capable of generating (for example, two or more game states of "probability fluctuation state", "time reduction state", and "latency probability fluctuation state").

Specifically, for example, while being configured to be able to win the special figure 1 winning opening corresponding to the first special symbol, it is configured so that it is difficult to win the special figure 2 winning opening corresponding to the second special symbol A "normal game state" is provided.

In addition, the winning probability of the special symbols and the normal symbols is higher than in the "normal game state", the special symbol jackpot is likely to occur, and the normal electric combination is driven based on the winning (winning) of the normal symbols. A "probability fluctuation state" is provided so as to make it easy to win the special figure 2 winning opening corresponding to the 2 special symbols.

Further, only the winning probability of normal symbols is increased from the ``normal game state'', and the winning probability of special symbols is the same as that of the ``normal game state''. A so-called "time reduction state" configured to facilitate winning of the special figure 2 winning opening corresponding to the second special symbol is provided. Conventionally, there have been many pachinko machines configured to allow these game states to occur. Then, a difference is provided between the game value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol (for example, the second lottery game is "15R probability variable By making it easy to win a "jackpot", etc., variations are provided in the game and the interest in the game is enhanced.

Such a pachinko machine is configured so that the special figure 1 winning slot can be won (easily) in the ``normal game state'', and the special figure 2 winning slot can be won in the ``probability change state'' or the ``time shortening state''. It is configured so that it is easy (possible) to win, and the winning openings that are easy (possible) to win are fixed, respectively, according to the game state. Further, even if a difference is provided between the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol, a fixed winning prize is provided for each game state. There is a risk that the game will become monotonous because the game will become a game feature of whether or not a ball is won in the mouth to win a big hit.

Therefore, in recent pachinko machines, balls are alternately placed in the special 1 winning opening where the first lottery game with the first special pattern is obtained and the special 2 winning opening where the second lottery game with the second special pattern is obtained. A conventional alternate sorting unit with a winning function is used. Specifically, a distribution device, a special figure 1 winning opening and a special figure 2 winning opening are provided in the conventional alternating distribution unit, and the balls entered in the conventional alternating distribution unit are special by the distribution device. There is a pachinko machine which is constructed so as to alternately win prizes in a prize opening of FIG. 1 and a prize opening of special figure 2 so that starting conditions of a plurality of special symbols can be established in one game state.

In a pachinko machine that employs this conventional alternate distribution unit, in a predetermined game state (for example, "normal game state"), when a ball enters the conventional alternate distribution unit, the first special symbol is displayed. Since the first lottery game and the second lottery game of the second special pattern are alternately awarded, a lottery of a plurality of special symbols is obtained in the game state, and different lottery games are alternately executed in one game state. It has a playfulness that makes it more interesting to play.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternate distribution unit, when realizing a game state of "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" in which it is easy to win a prize in one of the winning holes, the right side of the game area In addition to providing a normal pattern gate, a normal electric role is provided near the special 2 winning opening of the conventional alternating distribution unit (for example, the right side of the special 2 winning opening), and a special 2 winning opening with a normal electric role is provided separately. is provided. Then, in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state", when the player is made to hit the right hand and the ball passes through the normal symbol gate, the winning probability of the normal symbol is increased. While configured to be easy to drive, the normal electric role is driven to realize a state where the ball can easily win only in the special figure 2 winning opening.

That is, in the pachinko machine using the above-described conventional alternate distribution unit, in the "normal game state", the player hits to the left, and the left-handed ball enters the conventional alternate distribution unit, It is constructed so that the special figure 1 winning opening and the special figure 2 winning opening can be alternately won. In addition, in the "variable probability state", the player is made to hit to the right, and the ball hit to the right is configured to easily pass through the normal symbol gate provided on the right side of the game area. Then, by winning in the variable display of the normal symbol executed due to passing through the normal symbol gate, the normal electric role provided in the vicinity of the special figure 2 winning opening is driven, and the normal electric role is driven. It is configured so that the ball can easily win in the middle and special figure 2 winning openings. In addition, in the "time reduction state", as in the "probability fluctuation state", the player is made to hit to the right, and the ball is configured to easily win the special figure 2 winning hole.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-described conventional type alternate distribution unit, in a plurality of game states of "probability fluctuation state" and "time reduction state", it is easy to win only to the special figure 2 winning opening, The game may become monotonous because the winning openings that are likely to win in a plurality of game states are fixed.

In addition, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-described conventional alternate distribution unit, a difference is provided in the game value obtained between the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol (for example, If the second lottery game is easier to win the "15R probability variable jackpot", etc.), the ball alternates between the special figure 1 winning opening and the special figure 2 winning opening in the most disadvantageous "normal game state" for the player. Winning a prize results in a mixed game state in which a difference in game value is obtained despite being in a disadvantageous game state. Then, if a jackpot based on winning the special figure 1 winning opening with a low game value obtained in the "normal game state" occurs, the player can get a big hit based on winning the special figure 2 winning opening. Feeling a sense of loss due to not being able to win, there is a risk of losing interest in the game even though it was a big hit.

Therefore, in a pachinko machine equipped with a conventional alternate distribution unit, a difference in game value obtained between the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol in the "normal game state" is provided. First, when the game state changes, that is, when the second lottery game with the second special symbol is obtained in the "probability fluctuation state" or the "time reduction state", the obtained game value is changed from the "normal game state". The variation of the game is provided while the game specifications are made so as to change the game so that the player does not lose interest in the game.

As a result, in the pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternate distribution unit, in the "normal game state", if the game value obtained for each winning hole does not change, the conventional alternate distribution unit wins special figure 2 There is a possibility that the necessity of providing a mouth becomes scarce and the significance of adopting the conventional alternate sorting unit is lost.

Here, in order to clearly differentiate the winning openings that can be won for each game state, a plurality of non-electric accessories (for example, accessories other than electric accessories driven by electric power) are utilized. There are pachinko machines in which a winning opening that can (easily) win a prize is different for each game state.

Specifically, a predetermined normal symbol gate, a normal electric role that can be driven due to the passage of the ball through the normal symbol gate, and a plurality of non-motorized accessories each having a special symbol winning opening, A plurality of actuating members are provided for actuating the corresponding non-electrical accessories by the weight of the ball passing through the ordinary electrical equipment. By changing the opening mode of the normal electric combination (for example, short opening or long opening) according to the game state, the actuating member through which the ball can pass is changed, and it is opened according to the game state. There is a pachinko machine configured to change the special symbol winning openings that can be won according to the game state by changing the non-electric accessories (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-100432).

In such a pachinko machine, for example, a special figure 1 first prize opening for a first special symbol that can win a ball when hitting left in a "normal game state", a "first probability fluctuation state (latent probability fluctuation A first non-electric accessory with a built-in special figure 1 second winning port for the first special symbol that the ball can win when hitting right in "state)", and hitting right in "second probability fluctuation state" A second non-electric accessory having a built-in special figure 2 winning port for a second special symbol in which a ball can win a prize is provided. In addition, in the "normal game state", while setting the winning probability of normal symbols low, in the "first probability fluctuation state (latent probability fluctuation state)" and "second probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of normal symbols is increased. set. Then, at the time of hitting to the right, a first operation corresponding to the first non-electric role is placed inside the normal electric role, which is activated by winning the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the ball through the normal symbol gate. A member and a second actuating member corresponding to the second non-electric accessory are provided respectively. In addition, in the normal electric role, the opening pattern of the normal electric role changes according to the game state (for example, short open drive in "first probability change state", long open drive in "second probability change state"). Provide an operating lever to This actuating lever is configured to guide the ball that has flowed into the normal electric element to the first actuating member when the opening pattern of the normal electric element is short open, and the opening pattern of the normal electric element is long open. In the case of the pattern, it is generally arranged to guide the ball that has entered the electrode to the second actuating member. By configuring in this way, in the "normal game state", it is configured so that only the special figure 1 first winning opening can be won, and in the "first probability fluctuation state", only the special figure 1 second winning opening can be won. It is configured to be easy to win, and in the "second probability fluctuation state", it is configured to be easy to win only in the special figure 2 winning opening.

However, in a pachinko machine using the above-mentioned non-motorized accessories, the non-motorized accessories are used to change the winning openings that can be won for each game state. Since the playability is constructed using non-electric accessories with thin thickness, it is difficult for the player to understand the game specifications. As a result, there is a risk that the player will avoid playing a game with a pachinko machine whose game specifications are difficult to understand, and the operation of the pachinko machine will not increase.

In addition, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-described non-motorized accessories, an operating member is provided inside the normal electrical role, and a special mechanism that mechanically interlocks the operating member and the non-electrical accessory allows the player to win a prize in the winning slot. It is configured to change the aspect. For this reason, the number of parts used in the pachinko machine increases due to the special mechanism for mechanically interlocking the actuating member and the non-motorized accessory, which may increase the manufacturing cost.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine equipped with the non-electric accessories described above, in a plurality of game states of the "normal game state" and the "first probability fluctuation state", to the special figure 1 first winning port for the first special symbol It is a state in which it is possible to win a prize, or a state in which it is easy to win only to the special figure 1 second prize opening. Therefore, since only the lottery opportunity of the first special symbol can be obtained in a plurality of game states, the game may become monotonous because the lottery opportunity to be obtained is the same special symbol.

In addition, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessories, in order to obtain a special symbol lottery opportunity, the ball is once entered into the normal symbol entrance to win the normal symbol, and then the normal symbol is won. As the electric accessory is released based on the winning, the electric accessory is made to win a ball, and the ball is entered (awarded) in an operating member provided in the electric accessory, finally winning a prize corresponding to the special symbol. It is configured so that a ball can be won into the mouth and a lottery opportunity for a special symbol cannot be obtained unless the plurality of steps described above are performed. Therefore, if a device (for example, an operating member) at any stage fails, there is a possibility that a special symbol lottery opportunity cannot be obtained.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, two special symbols (first special symbol and second special symbol) and one normal symbol, which are frequently used in general pachinko machines, are used, and further, By arranging an ordinary electric unit 79 having a haunting type ordinary electric unit 79a organically linked to the conventional alternating distribution unit 71, it is possible to win prizes in three game states (or (easy) The patterns of the winning openings 77 and 78 are configured to be different from each other.

In the first embodiment, the time for the ball to flow down the paths 74 and 75, the time for the ball to reach the retractable plate 79b, the time for rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, or the driving time for the retractable plate 79b (projection The time) is merely an example, and it is naturally possible to set each time in any way as long as it is for realizing the game playability in the first embodiment. An effect equivalent to the expected effect is produced.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 6 to 11, the playability in each game state, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball, and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b associated therewith will be described. First, with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7, the playability in the "normal game state" will be described.

FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the landing plate 79b when hitting left in the "normal game state". be. FIG. 6(a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 when hit left in the "normal game state". . Also, FIG. 6(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 when hitting left in the "normal game state". ing.

In addition, FIG. 7(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the appearance plate 79b at the time of hitting to the left in the "normal game state". FIG. 7(b) is a timing chart showing the projection time, and FIG. 7(b) shows the number of balls that flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b) at the time of hitting to the right in the "normal game state." It is the timing chart which showed the flow-down timing, the variable display of a normal design, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 6(a), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" are distributed to the left path 74 two seconds after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left exit of and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6B, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" are first distributed by the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. It passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a and flows out from the right-side exit of the right-side path 75 1.9 seconds after passing through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 7(a), when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is arranged so that it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "2 seconds" from the sorted timing. is configured to In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of normal symbols.

The variable display in the "normal game state" is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the result of the variable display is derived. It passes through the arrangement position of the haunting board 79b before and wins the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b as it is.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 7(b), when hitting to the right in the "normal game state", the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b is positioned at the right end of the haunt board 79b after "1 second". to reach In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, it appears based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b becomes a projecting state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if the balls enter the ball continuously, it is difficult to hit the normal symbols in the "normal game state". Seconds" (see FIG. 15(c)), and the time required for rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b from the right end to the left end is configured to be "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, it rolls on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b without rolling to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) side. When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the recessed state during the operation, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electrical unit 79. As shown in FIG. Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state", the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 due to the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Since it is possible to alternately win prizes, it is configured to perform a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed. In addition, when an event occurs in which three or more balls continuously enter the alternate distribution unit 71, the end timing of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the number of balls flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 Since the outflow timing is changed, the game characteristics described above are destroyed. However, since the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 is not equipped with a prize winning assisting function such as the appearing/removing plate 79b, the situation itself is a rare case, and the alternate sorting unit 71 continues to operate. The present invention will be described ignoring the entry of a ball that has been hit.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9, the game characteristics in the "latency probability fluctuating state" will be described.

FIG. 8 shows the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the behavior of the landing plate 79b, and the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting left-handed in the "latent probability change state". is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a rolling ball. FIG. 8(a) shows the behavior of a ball that hits the alternate sorting unit 71 and is sorted to the left path 74 by the sorting device 73 when hitting left in the "latent probability variable state". In addition, FIG. 8(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 when hitting left in the "latent probability variable state". there is

In addition, FIG. 9(a) shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the haunting plate 79b at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latency probability variable state". FIG. 9B is a timing chart showing the projecting time of , and FIG. 9B is a flow into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b) at the time of right hitting in the "latency probability fluctuation state". It is the timing chart which showed the flow-down timing of a ball|ball, the variable display of a normal design, and the projection time of the appearance board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 8A, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" are distributed from the distribution device 73 in the same manner as in the "normal game state". After "2 seconds", it flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8(b), the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latent probability fluctuation state" are first distributed by the distribution device 73 for "0.1 second". After passing through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a, it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "1.9 seconds" from passing through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 9(a), when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is arranged so that it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "2 seconds" from the sorted timing. is configured to In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "latency probability change state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the ball appearance plate 79b is provided. A variable display result is derived at the timing of reaching the position.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projection time of the haunting board 79b in the "latency probability variable state" is "2 seconds" as in the "normal game state", but the total time from the start of the variable display until the haunting board 79b projects and immerses The time is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the protruding plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and before it reaches the arrangement position of the protruding plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b collides with the left part of the haunting plate 79b in the protruding state, rolls the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and special figure 2 winning opening You will be guided to the 78 side.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 9(b), when the ball is hit to the right in the "latency probability variable state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b will reach the right end of the haunting board 79b after "1 second". position is reached. Also, the variable display time of normal symbols in the "latency probability variable state" is "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of normal symbols in the "latency probability fluctuation state" is set higher than that in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is high. When the ball that has passed through the gate 76b reaches the right end position of the projecting plate 79b, there is a high possibility that the projecting plate 79b is in a projecting state.

However, while the time required for the projecting plate 79b to maintain the projecting state as a hit is "2 seconds", the time required to roll the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds". ” is configured to be As a result, the ball rolled from the right end of the haunting plate 79b toward the left end is a special figure 2 winning opening 78 (a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state. When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the recessed state without rolling to the side, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

In addition, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "latency probability variable state", it is configured to sound an alarm similarly to the "normal game state". As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "latency probability variable state".

In this way, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", the ball entered in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 2 winning opening 78. In order to win alternately, the first lottery game of the first special symbols and the second lottery game of the second special symbols are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 10 and FIG. 11, game characteristics in the "probability fluctuation state" will be described. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "variable probability state".

Also, FIG. 11(a) shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal pattern, and the haunting board 79b at the time of left-handed hitting in the "probability fluctuation state". FIG. 11(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time, and FIG. 11(b) shows the number of balls that have flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b) at the time of hitting to the right in the "variable probability state." It is the timing chart which showed the flow-down timing, the variable display of a normal design, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 10, in the "probability fluctuating state", the ball that passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and flowed into the normal electric unit 79 flows downstream as it is and passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b. It reaches the position of the right end of the projection/retraction plate 79b after "1 second" from passing through.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 11(b), when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the arrival timing, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projection time of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" is "5 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display is started until the haunting board 79b is projected and immersed is "5.5 seconds". ing.

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the hive plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and before it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b collides with the right end of the haunting plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and special figure 2 winning opening 78 side begin to be guided to

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting board 79b is "2.5 seconds". Since the time it takes for 79b to protrude and sink is 5.5 seconds, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b will reach the upper surface of the haunt plate 79b while the haunt plate 79b maintains its protruded state. Rolls from the right end to the left end and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls continuously flowing into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol will enter the special figure 2 winning opening while the haunt plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It is configured to be guided to the 78 side and to win a special figure 2 winning opening 78. Specifically, in the first embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the ball always passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally released. It is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. That is, in the first embodiment, when the haunting board 79b is in the projecting state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

As shown in FIG. 11(a), when a left-handed hit is made in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 as in the "latency probability fluctuation state". In this case, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "two seconds" from the sorted timing. In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the ball appearance plate 79b is provided. A variable display result is derived at the timing of reaching the position.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b in the "variable probability state" is longer than that in the "normal game state" and projects for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from when the variable display is started to when the retractable board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the protruding plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and before it reaches the arrangement position of the protruding plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b collides with the left part of the haunting plate 79b, and rolls on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position to the left end direction, to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side is guided.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball entered in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game alternately wins the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a and the special figure 2 prize opening 78, A ball entered into the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is configured to easily enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78.例文帳に追加In addition, the "probability fluctuation state" is configured so that an alarm sound is not output even when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, and a right-handed game can be executed. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", if the right-handed game is continuously performed rather than the left-handed game, the second lottery game of the second special symbol that is advantageous for the player is easily performed. is configured to

Thus, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the first A game by a first lottery game with one special pattern is played, and a first lottery game with a first special pattern and a special figure 2 winning port 78 based on winning to a special figure 1 first winning port 77a in a "latency probability fluctuation state". A game by a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on the winning of the second special symbol can be played. In addition, in the right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by differentiating the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variation in the game and improve the interest in the game.

Instead of changing the winning probability of normal symbols from the "normal game state" as in the "latent probability change state" or "probability change state", depending on the game state of the pachinko machine 10, the haunting type normal electric role It is also possible to change the length of time that the protruding plate 79b of the 79a protrudes or the number of times that the protruding plate 79b of the protruding type ordinary electric member 79a protrudes for one hit. Specifically, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" or "probability fluctuation state", the time for which the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric worker 79a protrudes is made longer than the "normal game state", or The number of times that the haunting plate 79b of the haunting-type normal electric player 79a protrudes may be increased compared to the "normal game state". In addition, in the "latency probability change state" or "probability change state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is increased, the protruding time of the haunting type normal electric member 79a is increased, and the haunting type normal electric member 79a is extended. At least two of (1) and (2) increasing the number of projections of the protruding/retracting plate 79b may be performed at the same time.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description is continued. The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning holes 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. Also, as described above, the variable display device unit 80 is arranged from the central portion of the game area to the right side area. In the variable display device unit 80, the third symbol is synchronized with the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 with the entry of the ball into the special symbol 1 winning port 77 or the special symbol 2 winning port 78 (start winning) as a trigger. A third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a “display device”) that performs a variable effect, and the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the passage of the ball of the right normal symbol gate 76b as a trigger. A normal symbol display device 83 composed of LEDs for variably displaying is provided. A center frame 86 is arranged in the variable display device unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third pattern display device 81 .

The third pattern display device 81 is composed of a large 17-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by a display control device 114 (see FIG. 13), which will be described later. , are displayed.

Each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12) is composed of a plurality of patterns, and these patterns are vertically scrolled for each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 to display the third pattern on the display screen of the third pattern display device 81. It is designed to be displayed variably. The third symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment is commonly used in the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and is controlled by the main controller 110. While the accompanying game state is displayed by the special pattern display device 37, the decorative display corresponding to the display of the special pattern display device 37 is performed using the third pattern of the third pattern display device 81. It is. Incidentally, instead of the display device, for example, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using a reel or the like.

Here, the display contents of the third pattern display device 81 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a drawing for explaining the display screen of the third pattern display device 81, and FIG. 12(a) is a diagram schematically showing area division setting and effective line setting of the display screen, FIG.12(b) is the figure which illustrated the actual display screen.

The third pattern consists of 10 types of main patterns numbered from "0" to "9". Each main pattern is composed of a back pattern made of a wooden box and a number from "0" to "9". The main design with "9") has a large number on the front of the wooden box. On the other hand, the main designs with even numbers (“0”, “2”, “4”, “6”, “8”) have characters such as planes, furoshiki, and helmets on the front of the wooden box. An imitation accessory pattern is added, and an even number is added to the lower right side of the accessory pattern so as to be displayed in green and small and on the front side of the accessory pattern.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery result of one of the special symbols by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13) described later is a big win, a variable effect in which the same main symbols are aligned is performed. It is constructed so that a jackpot is generated after the variable performance is completed. After the jackpot is over, the transition to the "probability fluctuation state (variable state)" and a maximum of 15 rounds of jackpot are given, the main pattern with an odd number (equivalent to "variable pattern") is aligned. will be On the other hand, when shifting to the "latency probability variable state" after the end of the jackpot, a variation effect is performed in which the main symbols (corresponding to the "latency probability variable symbol") to which even numbers are added are aligned.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), the display screen of the third pattern display device 81 is roughly divided into three parts in the vertical direction. A cockpit display area Db for displaying the number of balls and the like, and the other upper third is a sub-display area Ds for displaying an advance notice effect, characters, and the like.

The main display area Dm is divided into three left, middle, and right display areas Dm1 to Dm3, the left symbol row Z1 is displayed in the display area Dm1, and the middle symbol row Z2 is displayed in the display area Dm2, A right symbol row Z3 is displayed in the display area Dm3.

The above-described third symbols are displayed in a prescribed order in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. That is, main patterns are arranged in ascending (or descending) numerical order in each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3, and each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 is periodically scrolled from top to bottom to perform a variable performance. It should be noted that the arrangement of numbers may be different in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. For example, the left symbol row Z1 may be arranged so that the numbers of the main symbols appear in descending order, while the numbers of the main symbols may appear in ascending order in the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3.

Further, in the main display area Dm, the third symbols are displayed in three stages of upper, middle and lower stages for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. The middle part of the main display area Dm is set as the effective line L1, and the third pattern is displayed on the effective line L1 in the order of the left symbol row Z1→right symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2 in each variation effect. Stop is displayed. When the third symbol is stopped, if a combination of big winning symbols (combination of the same main symbols, hereinafter referred to as "big winning display") is aligned on the activated line L1, a big winning moving image is displayed as a big winning.

On the other hand, while the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37) is performing the variation performance (dynamic display) of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the ball is special. When a ball enters the winning hole 77 in FIG. 1, the number of times of entering the ball (the number of held balls) is reserved up to four times. The number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, and the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d of the first reserved symbol display area Db1 corresponding to the first special symbol of the cockpit display area Db. is also shown. In the special figure 1 1st to 4th reserved design display areas Db1a to Db1d, there is one reserved design (in the normal display mode, "○" design ( White circle patterns)) are displayed respectively, and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved patterns displayed in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db1a to Db1d.

That is, in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db1a to Db1d, when one reserved design is displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved design display area Db1a, the number of reserved balls of the first special design is one time, and when a total of two reserved designs are displayed, one each in the special figure 1 first and second reserved design display areas Db1a and Db1b, the number of reserved balls of the first special design indicates that it is 2 times, and when a total of three reserved designs are displayed one each in the special figure 1 first to third reserved design display areas Db1a to Db1c, the number of reserved balls of the first special design is 3 times, and if a total of four reserved designs are displayed one each in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db1a to Db1d, the number of reserved balls of the first special design is 4 times. In addition, when the reserved design is not displayed in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db1a to Db1d, the number of reserved balls of the first special design is 0 and there is a fluctuation effect that is reserved indicate not to

In addition, while the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37) is performing the variation performance (dynamic display) of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the ball is special. When a ball enters the winning hole 78 in FIG. 2, the number of times of entering the ball (the number of held balls) is reserved up to four times. The number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, and the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d of the second reserved symbol display area Db2 corresponding to the second special symbol of the cockpit display area Db. is also shown. In the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db2a to Db2d, one reserved design for each second special design reserved ball (one reserved ball) (in the normal display mode, "○" design ( White circle patterns)) are displayed respectively, and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved patterns displayed in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved pattern display areas Db2a to Db2d.

That is, in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db2a to Db2d, if one reserved design is displayed in the special figure 2 first reserved design display area Db2a, the number of reserved balls of the second special design is one time, and when a total of two reserved designs are displayed, one each in the special figure 2 first and second reserved design display areas Db2a and Db2b, the number of reserved balls of the second special design indicates that it is 2 times, and when a total of three reserved designs are displayed one each in the special figure 2 first to third reserved design display areas Db2a to Db2c, the number of reserved balls of the second special design indicates that it is 3 times, and if a total of four reserved designs are displayed, one each in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db2a to Db2d, the number of reserved balls of the second special design is 4 times. In addition, when the reserved design is not displayed in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved design display areas Db2a to Db2d, the number of reserved balls of the second special design is 0 and there is a fluctuation effect that is reserved indicate not to

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol are not executed at the same time, and only one of the lottery games is executed. is configured to Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when one of the lottery games being executed is completed, when the reserved ball of the first special symbol and the reserved ball of the second special symbol are stored respectively, is configured to preferentially execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol over the first lottery game of the first special symbol (so-called special figure 2 priority fluctuation). The lottery game may be executed in order of winning, or the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol may be executed simultaneously.

In the central portion of the cockpit display area Db, there is provided an execution symbol display area Db0 in which an execution symbol indicating that the variable effect is being executed in the main display area Dm is displayed. This execution symbol display area Db0 is the central part of the cockpit display area Db, that is, on the right side of the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a, and on the left side of the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a, It is configured to display an execution symbol larger than each of the reserved symbols displayed in each of the reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d and Db2a to Db2d. In addition, in this execution design display area Db0, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved design display area Db1a or the special figure 2 first reserved design display area Db2a is moved (shifted) and displayed as an execution design. be.

The execution symbol displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 is erased when the variable effect is completed, and along with the erasure of the execution symbol, the displayed reserved symbol is on the lower side (if it is the first special symbol, the right side, the second 2 If it is a special symbol, it is moved and displayed as a reserved symbol on the left side). Specifically, for example, in a situation where there are no reserved designs of the second special design and there are four reserved designs of the first special design, the end of the fluctuation production of the first special design or the second special design When the execution design displayed in the execution design display area Db0 is erased along with, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 1 first reservation design display area Db1a is moved as the execution design in the execution design display area Db0. (shifted). Also, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 1 second reserved design display area Db1b is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved design in the special figure 1 first reserved design display area Db1a. Furthermore, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 1 third reserved design display area Db1c is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved design in the special figure 1 second reserved design display area Db1b. Also, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 1 fourth reserved design display area Db1d is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved design in the special figure 1 third reserved design display area Db1c.

Further, for example, in a situation where there are four reserved symbols of the second special symbol, the execution symbol displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 is erased with the end of the variation effect of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. When it is done, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 2 first reserved design display area Db2a is moved (shifted) and displayed as the execution design in the execution design display area Db0. Further, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 2 second reserved design display area Db2b is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved design in the special figure 2 first reserved design display area Db2a. Furthermore, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 2 third reserved design display area Db2c is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved design in the special figure 2 second reserved design display area Db2b. Further, the reserved design displayed in the special figure 2 fourth reserved design display area Db2d is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved design in the special figure 2 third reserved design display area Db2c.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, while the variable effect is being executed in the main display area Dm, the execution symbols are continuously displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 (during the variable element of "super reach" or "special reach"). ). On the other hand, when the variable effect is finished, or when the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" is being executed, the execution pattern is erased. That is, when the executed symbols are displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0, it indicates that the variable effect is being executed (continued) in the main display area Dm, and the executed symbols are displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0. If not, it indicates that the variable presentation is not executed (not continued) in the main display area Dm, or the variable element of 'super reach' or the variable element of 'special reach' is being executed.

Further, in the cockpit display area Db, the "holding change notice" can be executed by using the holding pattern and the execution pattern displayed in the cockpit display region Db. This "reserved change notice" means that the degree of expectation for a big hit to be executed in the main display area Dm is changed in a plurality of stages in the display colors of reserved symbols and executed symbols from before the execution of the variable performance to during the execution of the variable performance. It is a notice suggested by

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the display colors of the reserved symbols and the executed symbols are changed from the normal display mode of "white" to the blue display mode of "blue" and red as the "suspension change notice". It is configured to be changeable to "red" in the mode or "rainbow color" in the rainbow color display mode. In this pachinko machine 10, when the "big win display" or "ready-to-win display" occurs in the variable effect, the selection ratio of the display colors of the pending symbols and the executed symbols is different. By changing the display color of the reserved pattern and the executed pattern from the normal display mode ("white") to another display mode (for example, "blue"), the variable effect indicated by the reserved pattern and the executed pattern is " It is possible to suggest to the player the possibility of occurrence of "ready-to-win display" or "big win display" for each display color.

Specifically, in the "reserved change notice", when the reserved pattern and the executed pattern are in the "blue" display mode rather than the normal display mode ("white"), the fluctuation indicated by the reserved pattern and the executed pattern In the production, the ratio of "reach display" and "jackpot display" is set high. In addition, when the reserved pattern and the executed pattern are in the display mode of "red" rather than "blue", the ratio of "reach display" and "jackpot display" in the variable effect indicated by the reserved pattern and the executed pattern is higher. set. Furthermore, when the reserved pattern and the executed pattern are in the display mode of "rainbow color" rather than "red", the ratio of "reach display" and "jackpot display" in the variable effect indicated by the reserved pattern and the executed pattern set high.

In addition, when the display mode of the reserved design and the execution design is "red", the mode of production (mainly The mode of production is referred to as "production mode") or "special reach" production mode (hereinafter, "super reach" production mode or "special reach" production mode may be collectively referred to as "super reach or higher" production mode. ) is set to be determined. Furthermore, when the display mode of the reserved pattern and the executed pattern is "rainbow color", it is set so that the appearance of the "jackpot display" is confirmed in the variable effect indicated by the reserved pattern or the executed pattern of the "rainbow color". It is Therefore, in the present embodiment, the display modes of the reserved symbols and the executed symbols are "reach display" and "jackpot display" in the order of normal ("white") → "blue" → "red" → "rainbow color". It is set so that the expectation of the appearance of

It should be noted that the display mode of the "rainbow color" of the "suspended change notice" is set so as not to appear in the suspended symbols, but to appear only in the executed symbols. This is because, after displaying a “rainbow color” display mode that confirms the occurrence of a jackpot with a pending symbol, if the pending symbol is not executed due to some abnormality (for example, power failure), the player can obtain Dissatisfaction occurs due to not being able to get the big win that should be received. Therefore, in the reserved symbols, the occurrence of dissatisfaction can be prevented in advance by configuring so as not to appear in advance the display mode of the "rainbow color" that confirms the occurrence of the big win.

Further, due to this "reserved change notice", in a state where the display mode of the reserved design is changed, when the reserved design is shifted along with the execution (digestion) of the variable production, the display mode of the changed reserved design is shifted. It is configured to be inherited (inherited) and reflected to the previous reserved pattern or executed pattern. That is, when the display mode of the reserved design changes, even when the changed reserved design shifts to other reserved design display areas Db1 to Db3 or the execution design display area Db0 with the execution of the variable effect, the display before the shift The mode is configured to be maintained as it is as the display mode of the reserved pattern or the executed pattern after the shift.

Therefore, for example, when the display color of the reserved design changes to "red" in the special figure 1 fourth reserved design display area Db1d, the reserved design is special figure 1 third reserved design display area Db1c → special figure 1 second reserved When the symbol display area Db1b → the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a → the executed symbol display area Db0 is shifted respectively, the "red" reserved symbol or the executed symbol is continuously displayed. be.

In addition, in the first embodiment, the number of suspended balls of the variable effect based on the ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is configured to be reserved up to 4 times, respectively. The maximum number of held balls is not limited to 4 times, and may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). In addition, instead of displaying the reserved symbols in the cockpit display area Db, the number of reserved balls may be indicated by a number in a part of the third pattern display device 81, or an area divided into four areas may be changed by the number of reserved balls ( For example, they may be displayed in different colors or lighting patterns. Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, the number of reserved balls may not be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. - 特許庁It should be noted that, if the third symbol display device 81 does not display information about the number of pending balls (such as pending symbols), it is not possible to execute the "suspended change notice" by the pending symbols. It may be constructed such that by making it appear, a pre-reading notice similar to the "pending change notice" is executed.

Further, the variable display device unit 80 is provided with four holding lamps indicating the number of holding balls corresponding to the maximum holding number of the first special pattern and the second special pattern, and the holding balls are displayed according to the number of holding lamps in the lighting state. A number may be displayed. In addition, when configured to display the number of pending balls by the pending lamp, by providing a plurality of types of display colors for the pending lamp, it is of course possible to execute a pre-reading notice similar to the "holding change notice" of the first embodiment. is possible.

The sub-display area Ds is provided horizontally above the main display area Dm, and is evenly divided into three sub-areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the horizontal direction. The small areas Ds1 to Ds3 are areas for displaying characters and preview effect images, respectively. The images displayed in each of the small areas Ds1 to Ds3 give the player a feeling of anticipation of a big win as a result of the variation effect performed in the main display area Dm. The cockpit display area Db is a reserved design indicating the number of reserved balls, which is the number of balls (held balls) for which the variable effect is not executed among the balls entered into the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78. , and an execution pattern related to the variable performance being executed.

On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 12(b), a total of nine main patterns of the third pattern are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub-display area Ds, in the left small area Ds1, a moving image such as the appearance of the notice pattern is displayed, and the variable effect performed in the main display area Dm is in a state where it is easier to transition to a big win than usual. Suggested to the player.

In the secondary display area Ds, in the central small area Ds2, a predetermined character (a boy wearing a headband in the first embodiment) normally performs a predetermined action, and the variable effect performed in the main display area Dm is performed. Based on this, a special action different from the predetermined action is performed, the color of the boy's hair, which is usually black, the color of the headband, which is usually white, changes, and another character appears. is done.

Furthermore, in the sub-display area Ds, in the right small area Ds3, a level meter (not shown) appears to indicate step by step whether or not a big win will occur in the variation effect performed in the main display area Dm. Is displayed. This level meter increases (adds) each time the expected occurrence of the "ready-to-win display" in the variable performance being executed and the expectation of the big win increase based on the appearance of the warning symbols etc. It is configured to indicate that a big win is confirmed when the display limit (MAX display) of the level meter is reached. Therefore, the sub-display area Ds has a function of suggesting the occurrence of "ready-to-reach display" in the main display area Dm.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description is continued. In the normal symbol display device 83, the ball is a unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right normal symbol gate 76b (hereinafter, the unit normal symbol gate 76a and the right normal symbol gate 76b are collectively referred to as "normal symbol gate 76"). ), a variable display is performed by alternately lighting up a symbol of "O" and a symbol of "X" as display symbols (normal symbols). In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 stops at a predetermined symbol ("○" symbol in the first embodiment), the haunting type normal electric player 79a operates only for a time corresponding to the game state. It is configured to be in a state (projection plate 79b is projected).

The number of reserved balls in the normal pattern gate 76 is reserved up to four times at maximum, and the number of reserved balls is lit and displayed in the normal pattern reservation lamp 84 provided in the center frame 86.例文帳に追加Four normal design reservation lamps 84 are provided for the maximum number of reservations, and are arranged above the third design display device 81 . Then, the number of reserved symbols is displayed according to the number of lighted normal symbol reserved lamps 84. - 特許庁

In addition, the variable display of normal symbols is performed by switching between lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the normal design display device 83 as in the first embodiment, as well as the special design display device 37 or the third design display device. A part of 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the normal symbol reservation lamp 84 may be performed by a part of the third symbol display device 81 . In addition, the passage of the normal symbol gate 76 is not limited to 4 times, as in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78, but is not limited to 3 times or less, or 5 times It may be set to the above number of times (for example, 8 times). Further, when the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, the normal symbol reservation lamp 84 may not be lit and displayed.

A central variable prize winning device 65 is disposed below the alternate distribution unit 71 in a front view, and a horizontally long rectangular central large prize winning port (large open port) 65a is provided in the substantially central portion thereof. A right variable winning device 67 is arranged on the right side of the normal electric unit 79 in front view, and a horizontally long rectangular right big winning opening (large open opening) 67a is provided in the substantially central portion thereof.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol by the main controller 110 (see FIG. 6) results in a big win, after a predetermined time (fluctuation time) elapses, the big win The 7-segment display 37b of the special pattern display device 37 is lit and displayed so that the stop pattern is 1, and the stop pattern corresponding to the big win is displayed on the third pattern display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the big win. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. As this special game state, when a big hit occurs as a result of the lottery in the first special symbol, the central big prize winning opening 65a, which is normally closed, is closed until a predetermined time (for example, "30 seconds" elapses, or until 10 balls are won), and when a big win occurs as a result of the lottery in the second special symbol, the right big prize opening 67a, which is normally closed, is closed for a predetermined time (for example, "30 seconds"). or until 10 balls are won).

The central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a is closed after a predetermined period of time has passed, and after the closure, the central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a is opened again for a predetermined period of time. The opening and closing operation of the central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a can be repeated up to, for example, 15 times (15 rounds). The state in which this opening and closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state (jackpot state) that is advantageous to the player, and the player receives a larger amount than usual as a game value (game value). Prize balls are paid out.

The central variable prize winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular central opening/closing plate (not shown) that covers the central big prize opening 65a, and a central big prize winning opening solenoid for opening and closing forward with the lower side of the central opening/closing plate as an axis. (not shown). The central grand prize-winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which a ball cannot or hardly wins a prize. When a big win based on the first lottery game with the first special pattern is made, the central big prize opening solenoid is driven to tilt the central opening/closing plate to the lower front side, and the ball shot leftward hits the central big prize opening. At 65a, an open state in which it is easy to win a prize is temporarily formed, and the open state and the normal closed state are alternately repeated. That is, when the jackpot is won based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol in the left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state", the central big winning hole 65a is controlled to open and close, The player is configured to be able to play subsequent games while continuing the left-handed game.

The right variable prize winning device 67 has the same configuration as the central variable prize winning device 65, and includes a horizontally long rectangular right opening and closing plate (not shown) that covers the right big prize winning opening 67a, and the lower side of the right opening and closing plate as an axis. It has a right big prize winning solenoid (not shown) for opening and closing forward. The right big winning opening 67a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot or hardly wins a prize. In the case of a big win based on the second lottery game with the second special pattern, the right big prize opening solenoid is driven to tilt the right opening/closing plate forward and downward, and the ball shot with the right hand hits the right big prize opening. 67a temporarily creates an open state in which it is easy to win a prize, and operates so as to alternately repeat the open state and the normal closed state. That is, when hitting to the right in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or hitting to the right in the "probability fluctuation state", when the jackpot based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol is won, this right big winning opening 67a Opening and closing are controlled, and then the "probability fluctuation state" is entered, so that the player can play the subsequent games while continuing the right-handed game.

Incidentally, the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A large opening that is opened and closed separately from the central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a is provided in the game area, and when the 7-segment display 37b corresponding to the big win in the special pattern display device 37 lights up, the central big winning. The opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a is opened for a predetermined time, and the ball enters the central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a while the central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a is open. As a trigger, a game state in which a large opening provided separately from the central big winning opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times may be formed as a special game state.

Affixing spaces K1 and K2 for affixing certificate stamps, identification labels, etc. are provided at the left and right corners on the lower side of the game board 13. can be viewed through a small window 35 (see FIG. 1).

Furthermore, the game board 13 is provided with an out port 66 . Balls that do not enter any of the winning openings (entrance openings) 63, 64, 65a are guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through an out opening 66. FIG. The game board 13 is provided with a large number of nails for properly dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of the balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG.

The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a read only memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "ROM") 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a control program stored in the ROM 202. A random access memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data, etc. when executing a program, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, Various circuits such as a data transmission/reception circuit are built in.

In addition, various commands are transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers by the data transmission/reception circuit in order to instruct the sub-controllers such as the payout controller 111 and the sound lamp controller 113 to operate. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

The main control unit 110 controls the main parts of the pachinko machine 10, such as setting of dynamic display and variable effects on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of variable display results on the normal symbol display device 83. process. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer 203c that stores various counters for controlling these processes.

In addition, the ROM 202 includes a jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot type table 202b, a pending number table 202c, a stop pattern table 202d, a fluctuation pattern table 202e, a normal pattern random number table 202f, a normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g, and a normal electric role control table 202h. is stored at least. Main controller 110 executes the main control described above by various counters stored in RAM 203 and various tables stored in ROM 202 .

Here, with reference to FIG. 14, counters and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main controller 110 will be described. These counters and the like, jackpot lottery, dynamic display setting of the special symbol display device 37, setting of the variable effect of the third symbol display device 81, lottery of display results of variable display in the normal symbol display device 83, etc. To do so, it is used by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 . Further, in the description of various counters, various tables stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 will also be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16. FIG.

For the setting of the jackpot lottery, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37, and the setting of the variable effect of the third pattern display device 81, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and the stop type of the jackpot pattern. A jackpot type counter C2 used for selection, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used for selecting a variable performance mode, a first initial value random number counter CINI1 used for initial value setting of the jackpot random number counter C1, and variation pattern selection. A variation type counter CS1 used for .

In addition, the random number counter C4 per normal pattern is used for the lottery of the normal symbol display device 83, and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern. Each of these counters is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value.

Each counter is updated, for example, at intervals of 4 milliseconds, which is the execution interval of timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17), and some counters are updated irregularly during the main processing (see FIG. 28). Then, the updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer 203c set in a predetermined area of the RAM 203. FIG. Although the details will be described later, the RAM 203 has a first reserved ball storage area 203d consisting of four reserved areas (first reserved first to fourth areas) related to the first special symbol, and four reserved balls related to the second special symbol. A second reserved ball storage area 203e consisting of areas (second reserved first to fourth areas) is provided, and each of these areas has a special figure 1 winning opening 77 or a special figure 2 winning opening 78 Each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 is stored in accordance with the timing of entering the ball.

Each counter will be described in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (eg, "0 to 899"), and reaches the maximum value (eg, "899" in the case of a counter that can take a value of "0 to 899"). It is configured to return to "0" after reaching. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated once, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated from the initial value. done.

The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1. That is, for example, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that can take a value of "0 to 899", the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter of a range of "0 to 899". The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once each time the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) is executed, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main processing (see FIG. 28).

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is, for example, periodically updated (in the first embodiment, once per timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (start winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol) It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reservation area in any one of the first reservation first to fourth areas. In addition, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (start winning), it is provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol) It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second reservation area of any one of the second reservation first to fourth areas.

The value of the random number at which the jackpot random number counter C1 hits the jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110, and the jackpot stored in the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1 and 203e1 of the reservation area. If the value of the random number counter C1 coincides with the value of the random number set by the jackpot random number table 202a, it is determined as a jackpot.

Here, the details of the jackpot random number table 202a will be described with reference to FIG. 15(a). FIG. 15(a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202. FIG. The jackpot random number table 202a is a low-probability state used when the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is a low-probability state that is a "normal game state" (a period that is neither a "probability-variable state" nor a "latency-probability-variable state"). and when the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is a high probability state in which the probability of winning a big win is higher than that in the low probability state, ``probability fluctuation state (probability change)'' or ``latency probability fluctuation state (latency probability change)''. It is divided into two types, one for high-probability states and the other for high-probability states. The number of random numbers to be the big wins included in each of the low-probability state and the high-probability state is set differently. In this way, by varying the number of random numbers that result in a big win, the probability of a big win is changed between the low-probability state and the high-probability state.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values (jackpot random number) of the jackpot random number counter C1 that becomes a jackpot in the low probability state is three, and the value "7,307,582" is the jackpot random number. It is stored in the table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of special symbols in the low probability state (that is, "normal game state") is set to be 3/900=1/300.

On the other hand, the number of random number values (jackpot random numbers) that will be a big hit in the case of a high probability state is 9, and the values "28, 122, 298, 390, 486, 567, 656, 750, 866" are It is stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbols in the high probability state (that is, "variable probability state" or "variable latent probability state") is set to be 9/900=1/100.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number value for the low probability state and the jackpot random number value for the high probability state stored in the jackpot random number table 202a are set so as not to overlap each other. is set. Here, if there is a value that becomes a jackpot random value regardless of the state of the pachinko machine 10, the value is likely to be predicted from the outside, so there is a possibility that the jackpot will be illegally awarded. On the other hand, as in the first embodiment, depending on the situation (that is, depending on whether the pachinko machine 10 is in a high-probability state or a low-probability state), by changing the value of the random number that becomes a big win, Since it is possible to make it difficult to predict the value of the random number that becomes , fraud can be suppressed.

Returning to FIG. 14, the description is continued. The jackpot type counter C2 determines the jackpot type in the case of a jackpot. in the case of a counter that can take the value of ", it returns to "0" after reaching "99"). The value of the jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, periodically updated (in the first embodiment, once per timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (start winning), the first holding ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol) It is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first reservation area as the first reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first to fourth areas. Also, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (start winning), the second holding ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol) It is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same second reservation area as the second reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the 2 reservation first to fourth areas.

Here, for example, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one reserved area in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e is not a random number that becomes a big hit, that is, it is lost. If it is a random number, the variation pattern in the variation effect and the type of stop symbol (hereinafter referred to as "stop type") will be those at the time of losing. On the other hand, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one reserved area in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e is a random number that becomes a jackpot, the variation pattern and stop in the variation effect The type will be the one at the time of the jackpot. In this case, the variation pattern and stop type at the time of the big win are determined corresponding to the big win type indicated by the value of the big win type counter C2 stored in the same reservation area.

The value of the jackpot type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured as a loop counter within the range of "0-99". Based on the jackpot type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b stored in the ROM 202, the jackpot type is determined. The jackpot type table 202b includes a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 referred to in the first lottery game of the first special symbol and a jackpot type for special figure 2 referred to in the second lottery game of the second special symbol. A table 202b2 is provided.

Here, the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15(b) and 15(c). FIG. 15(b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 corresponding to the first special symbol stored in the ROM 202, and FIG. 15(c) is also stored in the ROM 202. It is a diagram schematically showing an example of a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 corresponding to the second special symbol to be won. As shown in FIGS. 15(b) and 15(c), the jackpot type table 202b associates the type of the special symbol, the jackpot type corresponding to the type of the special symbol, and the value of the jackpot type counter C2. is a table.

As the jackpot type, as described above, after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, until the special symbol fluctuation effect is executed 100 times (so-called special time 100 times. ) may be abbreviated as “ST”.) During the period, the probability of hitting the jackpot of the special pattern and the probability of hitting the normal pattern will be in a high probability state, and the fluctuation time of the normal pattern will be shortened (first implementation In the form, the projection time of the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric member 79a is long (from "2 seconds" to "5 seconds" in the first embodiment). "15R probability variable jackpot" that shifts to "probability fluctuation state" to be changed), and after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 7 rounds, until the special symbol fluctuation effect is executed 100 times (so-called ST100 times) During this time, the probability of a special symbol jackpot and the probability of a normal symbol are in a high probability state, and the variation time of the normal symbol is shortened (changed from "3 seconds" to "0.5 seconds" in the first embodiment) On the other hand, the projection time of the haunting plate 79b of the haunting-type ordinary electric member 79a remains short ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment). ”.

In the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2, each jackpot type is associated with a possible value of the jackpot type counter C2 that determines the jackpot type.

In the example of the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 in FIG. 15(b), the value of the jackpot type counter C2 "0 to 89" is associated with the "7R latent probability variable jackpot", and the "15R probability variable jackpot" is associated with the value "90 to 99" of the jackpot type counter C2.

In the winning lottery of the first special symbols in the first embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of one of the first reserved ball storage areas 203d becomes the jackpot. If it is a value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first reservation area is determined from the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1. For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "20", "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "95", the jackpot type is "15R probability variable jackpot". ” is determined. That is, when the jackpot is won in the first lottery game of the first special symbol (that is, the lottery based on the ball entering the special figure 1 winning port 77), the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is selected with a probability of 90%. It is set so that "15R probability variable jackpot" is selected with a probability of 10%.

In addition, in the example of the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 in FIG. 15(c), the value "0 to 99" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the "15R probability variable jackpot".

In the winning lottery for the second special symbol in the first embodiment, the jackpot random number stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of one of the second reserved ball storage areas 203e in the same manner as the first special symbol lottery. When the value of the counter C1 is a value that becomes a jackpot, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same reservation area is the jackpot type table for special figure 2. 202b2. For example, regardless of the value of the jackpot type counter C2 (“0 to 99”), “15R probability variable jackpot” is determined as the jackpot type. That is, when the jackpot is won in the second lottery game of the second special symbol (that is, the lottery based on the ball entering the special figure 2 winning port 78), the "15R probability variable jackpot" is selected with a probability of 100%. is set to

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the lottery game with the second special symbols is more valuable for the player than the lottery game with the first special symbols. A lottery with a special pattern is created, that is, a ball is entered into a special figure 2 winning opening 78 rather than entering a special figure 1 winning opening 77, and variations are provided in the game to enhance the interest of the game. ing.

The probability that each jackpot type is selected when a jackpot is won is appropriately set depending on the model. Then, according to the set probability, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type is defined in the jackpot type table 202b.

Moreover, the probability that the jackpot type is selected may be changed according to the game state of the pachinko machine 10 . In this case, a jackpot type table 202b corresponding to each game state is prepared, and in each jackpot type table 202b, the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 corresponding to each jackpot type may be changed.

Returning to FIG. 14, the description of the various counters continues. The stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to be incremented by "1" in sequence within a range of, for example, "0 to 99" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "99").

In the first embodiment, depending on the pending number of suspended variable effects and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, the rough effect mode of the variable effects displayed on the third symbol display device 81 at the time of the big hit and at the time of losing is determined. selected. Specifically, the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode or "non-reach (normal)" production mode in which the "reach display" does not occur, and the "normal reach" variable element as the "reach display" are executed. "Normal Reach" effect mode, "Super Reach" effect mode in which the variable element of "Normal Reach" is developed and the variable element of "Super Reach" is executed, and similarly, the variable element of "Normal Reach" is developed into "Special Reach". , and the "Special Reach" effect mode in which the variable element of " is executed.

Here, each effect mode will be described in detail. Among the production modes, the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode and the "non-reach (normal)" production mode are defined in each display area Dm1 to Dm3 (see FIG. 12(a)) of the main display area Dm. This is an effect mode in which the same third pattern does not stop in the left display area Dm1 and the right display area Dm3 and the "ready-to-win display" does not occur after the variable element "high-speed variation" is performed.

The variable element of "high-speed variation" is displayed in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) in the variation effect performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12) of the third symbol display device 81. The variable element is a variable element in which the third symbol is scrolled at high speed downward in the vertical direction of the display screen. In this "high-speed fluctuation", the third pattern is fluctuated so that the display contents of the third pattern cannot be clearly recognized by the player, and the stop result of the previously stop-displayed variable production is irregularly mixed (shuffled). is executed as

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "high speed variation" is performed, the variable element of "low speed variation" is performed except for a specific effect mode ("non-reach (shortening)" effect mode). It is configured to be The “low-speed fluctuation” variable element is the variable effect performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12(a)) of the third symbol display device 81, and is visually recognized by the player after the “high-speed fluctuation” variable element. It refers to a variable element that scrolls the third pattern at a low speed at a possible speed. In this "low-speed fluctuation" variable element, the player recognizes the display contents of the third symbol, and the third symbol row is displayed in the order of left symbol row Z1→right symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12(a)). Stop displaying the pattern. When the same third symbol stops in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3, it is considered that the "ready-to-win display" occurs and develops into a variable element of "normal reach", while in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3. When the different third symbol stops, the middle symbol row Z2 is stopped and displayed, and the variable effect is terminated (except for the case where it develops into a "pseudo run" described later).

Therefore, in the "non-reach (normal)" production mode, the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed, and each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) ) are stopped in order, and one variation effect is completed. On the other hand, in the "non-reach (shortening)" effect mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element is not performed, and after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is completed, each symbol row Z1 to Z3 stops at the same time, and the 1 variable effect ends.

Among the production modes, the "normal reach" production mode is a variable production of each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) in the main display area Dm. Immediately after the third symbol stops, the "normal reach" variable element is executed, and other "reach display", that is, the "reach display" that does not develop into the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" This is one of the production modes. In this "normal reach" variable element, as described above, the third symbols stopped and displayed in the left symbol row Z1 (left display area Dm1) and right symbol row Z3 (right display area Dm3) of the main display area Dm are Displayed larger than usual. Further, the third symbols in the middle symbol row Z2 (middle display area Dm2) are scrolled downward in the vertical direction of the display screen at a low speed, and displayed in a state in which the player can visually recognize the third symbols in the middle display area Dm2. . Furthermore, in this "normal reach" variable, the sub-display area Ds is erased (not shown) as the main display area Dm is enlarged.

Among the presentation modes, the "super reach" presentation mode is one of the presentation modes of "reach display" in which the variable element of "super reach" is developed from the variable element of "normal reach". In this "super reach" effect mode, during execution of the "super reach" variable element, the cockpit display area Db (see FIG. 12(a)) is erased from the display state of the "normal reach" variable element, and this " The reach formation pattern of the third pattern which was the cause of occurrence of "reach display" is reduced and displayed in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area Dm changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of character designs are made to appear to perform "battle effect (for example, kickboxing)" (not shown).

In the first embodiment, based on the result (win/lose) of the "battle effect", it is configured to suggest the suitability of the variable effect. Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "battle effect", when the character pattern on the player's side wins over the character pattern on the enemy's side, the variable effect is suggested to be a "big win display", When the character pattern on the side loses to the character pattern on the enemy side, it is configured to suggest that the variable effect becomes "losing display".

Among the presentation modes, the "special reach" presentation mode is one of the presentation modes of "reach display" in which the variable element of "special reach" is developed from the variable element of "normal reach". In this "special reach" effect mode, while the "special reach" variable element is being executed, the display state of the "normal reach" variable element changes from the display state of the "normal reach" variable element to the cockpit display area Db (Fig. 12 (a)) is erased, and the reach forming pattern of the third pattern which was the cause of occurrence of this "reach display" is reduced and displayed in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12(a)) changes from the variable elements of "normal reach", and a plurality of characters different from the variable elements of "super reach" appear to create a "competition effect". (eg, car race)” (not shown).

In the first embodiment, based on the result (win/lose) of the "competition effect", it is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable effect. Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "competition effect", when the character pattern on the player's side wins over the character pattern on the enemy's side, the variable effect is suggested to be "big win display". When the character pattern on the side loses to the character pattern on the enemy side, it is configured to suggest that the variable effect becomes "losing display".

The value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once per timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (start winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol) It is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first reservation first to fourth areas. In addition, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (start winning), it is provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol) It is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the second reservation first to fourth areas.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is referred to according to whether the variable performance is appropriate, the current game state, and the number of variable performances currently pending (the number of pending balls). The stop pattern table 202d is configured differently. That is, the stop pattern table 202d is provided in a plurality of types, and is configured to be selected according to the number of variable effects during standby (the number of pending balls) and the like.

Also, in the first embodiment, when determining the detailed variation pattern of the variation effect, first, based on the number table 202c on hold provided in the ROM202, the propriety of the variation effect, the current game state, and the current One of the stop pattern tables 202d corresponding to the number of variable effects (the number of pending balls) is selected. Then, based on the selected stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, a rough effect mode of the variable effect is selected. Thereafter, a detailed variation pattern (fluctuation time) of the variable performance is determined based on the selected performance mode and the value of the variation type counter CS1, which will be described later.

The plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are set so that the range of random numbers of the stop pattern selection counter C3 for selecting the effect mode differs for each stop pattern table 202d. The reason why a plurality of stop pattern tables 202d are prepared is to change the selection ratio of the effect mode of the variable effect according to the suitability of the variable effect, the game state and the number of reserved balls. That is, (1) whether or not a big win occurs in the acquired third symbol variable effect, or (2) the current game state of the pachinko machine 10 is "probability variable state", "latency probability variable state" or "normal game state". and (3) how many balls of the suspended variable effect are on hold, the selection ratio of the effect mode is changed.

The first reason for this is to change the degree of expectation for a big win for each effect mode. That is, the stop patterns, that is, the "non-reach" performance mode, the "normal reach" performance mode, the "super reach" performance mode, and the "special reach" performance, are used when the jackpot lottery is won and when the jackpot lottery is lost. The degree of expectation for a big win is changed for each performance mode by configuring the mode selection ratio to be different. Specifically, for example, when winning the jackpot lottery, the ``super reach'' performance mode or the ``special reach'' performance mode is configured to be easily selected, and when the jackpot lottery is not won, the ``non-reach'' performance is configured. The mode and the "normal reach" presentation mode are configured to be easily selected. By configuring in this way, the ``super reach'' performance mode and the ``special reach'' performance mode can be a performance mode that makes it easy to hit a big hit, and the ``normal reach'' performance mode and the ``non-reach'' performance mode are less likely to hit a big hit. A performance or a performance without a big win can be provided, and the degree of expectation for a big win can be differentiated for each performance mode. Therefore, when a performance that makes it easy to win a big win appears in the variable performance, it is suggested to the player that the possibility of a big win is high while the performance that makes it easy to win a big win is being performed, thereby enhancing the amusement of the game. there is

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the obtained result of the lottery is a big win, the stop pattern table 202d makes it easy to select an effect that makes it easy to win a big win and makes it difficult to select an effect that makes it difficult to win a big win. It is configured to select a performance mode (stop pattern) which is rough content of the variable performance. On the other hand, when the acquired lottery result is a loss, it is difficult to select a performance that makes it easy to win a big win, and a performance mode (stop pattern) of a variable performance is selected based on a stop pattern table 202d that makes it easy to select a performance that makes it difficult to win a big win. Configure to select. As a result, when notifying the player of the lottery result of the third symbol in the variable performance, if the performance that makes it easy to win a big win is executed, the performance that makes it easy to win a big win is executed in the variable performance, and the performance that makes it difficult to win a big win is executed. In the case that the variable performance is on, a big win is hardly generated by the variable performance, and by providing a difference in the expected value of the big win for each performance mode (stop pattern), the amusement of the game can be enhanced during the execution of the variable performance.

In addition, as the second reason, the number of times of waiting for the variable effect of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, or the number of waiting times of the variable effect of the second special symbol. This is to reduce as much as possible the useless ball (so-called no lottery due to overflow winning) based on the ball entering the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the state of reaching the upper limit. Specifically, the number of standby times for the variation production of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is set to a maximum of 4 times, respectively, and since the variation production is executed for at least a certain period of time, the "probability In the game state in which the ball is likely to enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in "fluctuation state", it is easy to reach the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol. In these game states, if a variable performance with a long variable time is selected, the ball entering the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the state where the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is reached occurs frequently, and the special figure 2 The lottery opportunity for the second special symbol cannot be obtained even though the ball has entered the winning opening 78.例文帳に追加In addition, even in the "normal game state", when the maximum number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is reached, if a variable performance with a long variation time is selected, the first special symbol is suspended during the execution of the variable performance. Since the number of balls is not digested, even if a ball enters the special figure 1 winning opening 77 during that time, the lottery opportunity of the first special symbol cannot be acquired. In such a state, the player determines that the game value cannot be obtained even if the ball is entered into the special figure 1 winning hole 77, and the variable effect is digested and the number of reserved balls can be obtained again. The shooting of the balls is stopped until the game is interrupted. When the game is interrupted, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 is lowered, which affects the management of the game parlor.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the game state in which the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special pattern or second special symbol) is easily reached, and the maximum number of reserved balls is close to (or matches) The number of held balls is configured to select the effect mode of the variable effect based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a short variable time is likely to be selected. This prevents the balls from entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the state where the maximum number of reserved balls of the 3rd symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) has been reached. be able to.

Furthermore, the third reason is that the execution time is set long to delay the end of the variable performance, thereby maintaining the state in which the variable performance is being executed for a long time. Specifically, when the number of pending balls in the variable effect is small (no), the ball is newly placed in either the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 within the fluctuation time of the variable appearance being executed. If the ball is not entered, the next variable effect cannot be started, and the third symbol display device 81 must display a demonstration screen or the like. When the third symbol display device 81 does not perform a variable effect in spite of the fact that the player is playing the game by shooting the ball, the player can obtain the interest related to the lottery for the big win desired by the player. Instead, they lose interest in the game. In addition, the player recognizes that the pachinko machine 10 makes it difficult for the ball to enter the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 because the variation effect is not performed in the third symbol display device 81. However, there is a possibility that the pachinko machine 10 is judged to be a platform from which it is difficult to obtain game value, and the game is stopped.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the number of pending balls in the variable effect is small, the effect mode of the variable effect is selected based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a long variable time is likely to be selected. there is As a result, a situation in which the third pattern display device 81 is not subjected to the variable performance can be made difficult to occur, and the execution state of the variable performance in the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained for a long time.

The fluctuation type counter CS1 is, for example, configured to be incremented by "1" in order within the range of "0 to 199" and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "199"). The value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is updated once each time a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), which will be described later, is executed, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time in the main process (see FIG. 28). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (start winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol) It is stored in the variation type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first reservation first to fourth areas. In addition, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (start winning), it is provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol) It is stored in the variation type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the second reservation first to fourth areas.

The variation type counter CS1 is used for determining the detailed variation pattern of the variation effect. That is, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, in the effect mode selected by the stop pattern table 202d and the stop pattern selection counter C3, by the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM202, detailed Determining fluctuation patterns. Determination of the variation pattern is, specifically, determination of the variation time of the variation effect. The voice ramp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are based on the variation pattern (variation time) determined by the variation type counter CS1, the reach type and the fine pattern of the third pattern displayed on the third pattern display device 81 A variation mode is determined, and the presence or absence of execution of the notice performance and the execution mode of the notice performance are determined.

In this way, MPU 201 of main controller 110 selects a rough variation pattern of the variation effect and determines only the variation time. By configuring in this way, in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, since it is not necessary to perform control such as detailed notice lottery necessary for executing the variable performance, the processing of the MPU 201 regarding the variable performance can be reduced. can. In addition, the main controller 110 does not need to prepare commands for all variation patterns of the variation effect, and the ROM capacity of the main controller 110 can be reduced.

Further, in the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, based on the variation time (rough variation pattern) determined by the main control device 110, by determining the detailed variation pattern in the variation performance, the variation performance You can increase your freedom of choice. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 in which the game state changes from moment to moment, it is possible to select or change the effect content of the variable effect at any time corresponding to the change, and to execute an appropriate effect according to the game state. can.

Here, each variable element constituting the variation pattern will be described. A variable element constitutes a part of one variable effect, and one variable effect is configured by combining each variable element. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as the variable elements, the variable element of "high speed variation", the variable element of "low speed variation", the variable element of "pseudo run", the variable element of "normal reach", the variable element of "super reach" A variable element, a "special reach" variable element and a "re-variant" variable element are provided.

The "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is a variable element that scrolls and fluctuates at high speed so that the player cannot clearly recognize the content of the third symbol. When the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode is selected, the variable elements of this "high-speed fluctuation" are performed for "3 seconds" at the beginning of the variable production, and the variable elements other than "non-reach (shortened)" ( For example, when the "non-reach (normal)" effect mode is selected, "7 seconds" is performed at the beginning of the variable effect. It should be noted that when the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element ends, the later-described "low-speed fluctuation" variable element is started (executed), or the variable effect ends as it is.

The variable element of "low-speed variation" is started after the variable element of "high-speed variation" is executed for "7 seconds", and it is determined whether or not the third symbol is visibly scrolled and varied to generate "ready-to-win display". It is a variable element to show. This "low-speed fluctuation" variable element is not executed when the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode is selected, and production modes other than the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode (for example, "non-reach (normal )” effect mode) is selected, it is performed for “3 seconds” after the variable element of “high-speed variation”. That is, in the "non-reach (shortening)" production mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed, the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in the main display area Dm are displayed without passing through the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element. It is configured to stop rapidly (so-called bitter stop). In addition, when the variable element of this "low-speed fluctuation" ends, whether the variable element of "pseudo-continuous" described later is started (executed) or the variable element of "normal reach" described later is started (executed) Alternatively, it is configured such that the variable production is terminated as it is.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "non-reach (normal)" rendering mode includes the variable element of "high speed variation" of "7 seconds" and the variable element of "low speed variation" of "3 seconds". A variation production is configured with a variation pattern including. In addition, in the "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode, the variable effect is configured with a variation pattern of only the "high-speed variation" variable element of "3 seconds".

A "pseudo-continuous" variable element is a variable element in which the start of a variable performance occurs multiple times (one pseudo-stop) in one variable performance. Specifically, in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 of the third symbol display device 81, the variable element of "high speed variation" is started and switched to the variable element of "low speed variation", and then all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 It is a variable element in which a unit effect is performed such that the variable effect is terminated and a predetermined stop result (for example, a pseudo consecutive chance number "677") is displayed. This "pseudo-continuous" variable element is generated by stopping the predetermined stop result after the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element, and the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element starts again from the stop result, as if one more time. An effect is executed as if the variable effect was started.

In this "pseudo-continuous" variable element, a predetermined stop result (so-called pseudo-continuous chance) appears after the execution of the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element, and the second "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is executed again. , and then it is a variable element that develops into the variable element of "normal reach". That is, the variable element of "pseudo-run" is a pseudo-variation stop (hereinafter referred to as "pseudo-stop") in which pseudo-run chances are displayed once. It is the variable that appears and again initiates the "fast change" variable. The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is constructed so that at least the variable element of "normal reach" always develops after the variable element of "pseudo-ream" ends. This "pseudo-continuous" variation element is performed "10 seconds" after the "slow variation" variation element.

In the first embodiment, the number of times of pseudo-stop is set to 1 in the variable element of "pseudo-run", but the variable element of "pseudo-run" in which the number of times of pseudo-stop is two or more is executed. may be configured. In addition, before the occurrence of the “pseudo-continue” variable element, a variable element (so-called “pseudo-gase” variable element) that performs an effect as to whether or not the pseudo-run chance eye will stop may be performed. . In this "pseudo fake" variable element, an effect as to whether or not a predetermined stop result appears after the execution of the "low-speed variation" variable element (for example, the pattern forming the predetermined stop result is the effective line L1 ( (See Fig. 12(a)) Effect of whether or not to stop by fluctuating back and forth above. Hereinafter referred to as "pseudo-fluctuation." It may be configured so as not to develop to the variable element of "pseudo-ream". By providing this "pseudo fake" variable element, after the end of the "pseudo fake" variable element, it develops into a "normal reach" variable element, or a "losing display" appears (for example, "687 ”) to end the variable performance as it is.

"Normal reach" variable elements are "low-speed fluctuation" variable elements or "pseudo-run" variable elements (hereinafter collectively referred to as ""low-speed fluctuation" variable elements or "pseudo-run" variable elements" Variation showing whether or not a big hit will occur as a result of the variation of the middle symbol row Z2 when the reach formation symbols are stopped and displayed in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3 is an element. This variable element of "normal reach" is performed for "10 seconds" after the variable element of "low speed variation, etc.".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the execution of the variable element of "normal reach", the pattern of directly displaying the "loss display", the pattern of directly displaying the "jackpot display", and the "super reach" A pattern that develops into a variable element, a pattern that develops into a "special reach" variable element, and a pattern that once displays a temporary "loss display" and then executes a "re-fluctuation" variable element are prepared. It is

The "super reach" variable element is developed and executed when the "loss display" does not stop in the "normal reach" variable element and the middle symbol row Z2 continues to change, and the "battle" is executed in the main display area Dm. It is a variable element that shows whether or not a big hit will occur by performing "performance". This "super reach" variable is performed "10 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the execution of the variable element of "super reach", a pattern that directly displays the "loss display", a pattern that directly displays the "jackpot display", and a temporary and a pattern in which the variable element of "re-variation" is executed after the "missing display" appears.

The "special reach" variable element is developed and executed when the "loss display" does not stop in the "normal reach" variable element and the middle symbol row Z2 continues to change, and the "competition" in the main display area Dm. It is a variable element that shows whether or not a big hit will occur by performing "performance". This "special reach" variable element is performed "20 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the execution of the variable element of "special reach", a pattern that directly displays the "loss display", a pattern that directly displays the "jackpot display", and a temporary A pattern of "re-fluctuation" after the "failure display" appears is prepared.

In addition, it is configured to develop into a variable element of "super reach" or a variable element of "special reach" after executing the variable element of "normal reach", but instead of this configuration, reach formation after "low speed change" It may be configured such that when the symbols stop, the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" suddenly develops without going through the variable element of "normal reach". Further, the variable element of "special reach" may be performed after the variable element of "super reach" is executed.

The variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that develops and is executed after the "losing display" once appears in any of the "ready-to-win display", and the "jackpot display" appears. The variable element of this "re-variation" is performed "10 seconds" after any "reach display".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a pattern is prepared in which a "jackpot display" appears after execution of the variable element of "re-variation".

In addition, the variable element of this "re-variation" is configured to occur only when "15R probability variable jackpot" or "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is won. That is, in the case of the "missing display", the variable elements of the "re-variation" are not executed. This is because the variable element of "re-fluctuation" is a variable element that changes the temporarily displayed "loss display" to one of the "jackpot displays", so in the case of "loss display" that has not won the jackpot If you go to , there will be a discrepancy in the production. Therefore, this "re-variation" variation element is configured to be selected only in the variation pattern table 202e for big wins and not selected in the variation pattern table 202e for loss.

The random number counter C4 per normal figure is configured as a loop counter that is incremented by one within the range of, for example, "0 to 99" and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "99"). Also, when the random number counter C4 per normal pattern makes one round, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the random number counter per normal pattern C4.

In addition, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the random number counter C4 per normal figure (value = "0 to 99"), and timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) It is updated once and repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main processing (see FIG. 28).

The value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once per timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)), and the ball is one of the normal pattern gates 76 (normal in the unit At the timing when it is detected that the pattern gate 76a or the right normal pattern gate 76b) has passed, the general pattern reservation in any of the general pattern reservation first to fourth areas provided in the general pattern reservation ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 stored in the area. Then, the data is sequentially shifted to the normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i in the order stored in the normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h, and the value of the normal pattern random number counter C4 stored in the normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i. Make a hit judgment against it.

The value of the random number that is the hit of the normal pattern is set by the normal pattern random number table 202f (see FIG. 16(a)) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 for each game state, and is set in the normal pattern reservation area. If the value of the counter C4 per normal pattern that is stored matches the value of the random number that will be a hit set by the random number table 202f per normal pattern, it is determined to be a hit. Then, referring to the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g (see FIG. 16(b)) according to the game state, the variable display time of the normal pattern is set, and after the variable display time has passed in the normal pattern display device 83, As a stop symbol (normal symbol), a symbol "○" is illuminated. After that, the regular electric role control table 202h (see FIG. 16(c)) is referred to according to the game state to set the projection time of the haunting board 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric role 79a. The plate 79b is protrusively operated, and during that time, the ball is configured to roll on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b.

On the other hand, when the value of the counter C4 per general pattern stored in the general pattern reservation area does not match the value of the random number set by the random number table 202f per general pattern, it is determined to be lost. Then, the variable display time is set by referring to the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g (see FIG. 16(b)) according to the game state, and after the variable display time has elapsed in the normal pattern display device 83, the stop pattern (normal As a symbol), a symbol of "x" is lit and displayed.

Here, with reference to Drawing 16 (a), the details of random number table 202f per normal figure are explained. FIG. 16( a ) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a random number table 202 f per normal pattern stored in the ROM 202 .

The normal per random number table 202f shows that the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "normal game state", a low probability state (a period that is not a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latency probability fluctuation state" (including a special symbol jackpot) )), and the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability change state" or "latent probability change", which is a high probability state in which the probability of winning a special symbol is higher than the low probability state. It is divided into two types, one for high-probability states used in the case of "state". The number of winning random numbers included in each of the low-probability state and the high-probability state is set differently. In this way, by making the number of winning random numbers different between the low-probability state and the high-probability state, the probability of winning is changed between the low-probability state and the high-probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern that becomes a hit in the case of the low probability state is 10, and the value is "90 to 99". is stored in the random number table 202f per normal pattern. That is, the winning probability of normal symbols in the low probability state (that is, "normal game state") is set to be 10/100=1/10.

On the other hand, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the random number table 202f per normal pattern. That is, the winning probability of normal symbols in the high probability state (that is, "probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state") is set to be 90/100=9/10.

As a result, by changing the win/loss probability of normal symbols according to the game state, when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71 when the player hits to the left, the haunt board is displayed. It is possible to make a difference as to whether or not 79b is likely to protrude. As a result, when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit, it is a situation where the haunting plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the haunting plate 79b in the protruding state can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, The haunting board 79b is in a situation where it is difficult to project, and the ball is not guided by the haunting board 79b because the haunting board 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state), and the situation where the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b wins as it is. By making , or different depending on the game state, it is possible to produce different game characteristics for each game state.

Also, even when the player hits to the right, when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the haunting plate 79b is likely to protrude. can. As a result, when the ball passes through the right normal pattern gate 76b, it is a situation where the haunting plate 79b is easy to protrude, and the haunting plate 79b in the protruding state can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or the haunting Depending on the game state, whether the board 79b is difficult to protrude and is flowed down to the game area below the game board 13 can be varied depending on the game state.

Then, with reference to FIG.16(b), the detail of the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g is demonstrated. FIG. 16(b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202. As shown in FIG.

The general pattern fluctuation time table 202g is divided into two types, one for the low probability state and the other for the high probability state, like the random number table 202f per normal pattern. Then, the variable display time of normal symbols set for low probability state (that is, for "normal game state") and for high probability state (that is, for "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state") set differently. Thus, by making the variable display time of normal symbols different between the low-probability state and the high-probability state, the time for deriving the success/failure result of the normal symbols is changed between the low-probability state and the high-probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the normal pattern variation time table 202g is set so that the normal symbol variable display time set in the low probability state is "3 seconds". stipulated in That is, in the low probability state, the time from the start of variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "3 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal pattern variable display time set in the case of the high probability state is defined in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g so as to be "0.5 second". That is, in the high probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "0.5 seconds".

As a result, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits left, the ball that has passed through the unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71 appears on the board 79b. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display of normal symbols is completed within the time until reaching the arrangement position of . As a result, when the ball passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the normal symbol variable display based on the passage is executed, the normal symbol variableness is reached before the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunt plate 79b. When the display is completed and the haunting plate 79b in a protruding state based on the variable display result can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b, it is still a normal design. The variable display of is continuously executed, and the haunting plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state) so that the ball is not guided by the haunting plate 79b, and the special figure 1 second winning port 77b wins as it is By making the situation differ depending on the game state, it is possible to produce different game characteristics for each game state.

In addition, even when the player hits to the right, the normal symbol is displayed within the time required for the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79 to reach the disposition position of the landing plate 79b. A difference can be made whether the variable display ends or not. As a result, when passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage is executed, the variable display of the normal symbol ends before the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunt board 79b. Then, based on the variable display result, the protruding plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side (alternate distribution unit 71 side), or the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b. At that time, the variable display of normal symbols is still being executed continuously, and since the haunting plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-projecting state), the ball is not guided by the haunting plate 79b, and the game board 13 (Fig. 3 (See) By making the situation in which the game flows down to the lower game area differ depending on the game state, it is possible to produce different game characteristics for each game state.

Next, with reference to FIG. 16(c), the normal electric service control table 202h will be described. FIG. 16(c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric duty control table 202h stored in the ROM 202. As shown in FIG. The normal electric role control table 202h is referred to when a normal symbol win occurs, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b is defined based on the game state at the timing when the normal symbol win occurs.

The normal electric role control table 202h is divided into groups based on the game state in which normal symbols are drawn. Specifically, for the left-handed state referred to by the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state" which are the game states when hitting left, and the "probability fluctuation state" which is the game state when hitting right. The protruding time of the protruding plate 79b is changed for the right-handed state to be referred to.

As shown in FIG. 16(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is set when normal symbols are won in the game state of the left-handed state, that is, in the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state". The normal electric power control table 202h defines the protruding time of the protruding/retracting plate 79b to be "2 seconds". That is, in a game state other than the "probability fluctuation state" (that is, "normal game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state"), when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is "2 seconds" without exception. ” is set.

On the other hand, the normal electric role control table 202h is set so that the projecting time of the haunt board 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the right-handed game state, that is, the "probability fluctuation state" is "5 seconds". stipulated. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be "5 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured such that variations in the success/failure probability of the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b are different according to each game state. Specifically, in the "normal game state", the success rate of the normal symbols is set to be low, the variable display time of the normal symbols is long, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be short. It is In addition, in the "latency probability variable state", the success rate of normal symbols is set to be high, the variable display time of normal symbols is short, and the projection time of haunt board 79b is set to be short. there is Furthermore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the success probability of normal symbols is high, the variable display time of normal symbols is short, and the protruding time of the haunt board 79b is set to be long. .

In this way, the RAM 203 of the main controller 110 is provided with various counters and the like, and the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 is provided with various tables. And according to each of the tables 202a to 202h described above, a pachinko machine such as a big winning lottery, a dynamic display and a variable effect setting in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and a lottery of display results in the normal symbol display device 83 Ten main processes can be performed.

Returning to FIG. 13, the description is continued. In addition to the counter buffer 203c shown in FIG. 14, the RAM 203 includes a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201, various flags and counters, input/output It also has a work area (work area) in which values such as output (Input/Output, hereinafter abbreviated as “I/O”) are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When power is interrupted due to power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of power interruption (including power failure; the same applies hereinafter). On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including when the power is turned on due to the cancellation of the power failure; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203 . Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (see FIG. 28) when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by the start-up process (see FIG. 27) when the power is turned on. A non-maskable interrupt (hereinafter abbreviated as "NMI") terminal of the MPU 201 is designed to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 26) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

The RAM 203 further includes a first reserved ball number counter 203a, a second reserved ball number counter 203b, a first reserved ball storage area 203d, a second reserved ball storage area 203e, a reserved ball execution area 203f, and a normal figure reserved ball number counter 203g. , a normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h and a normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i.

The first reserved ball number counter 203a is a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or a special figure 1 second winning opening detected in a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds. Entering the ball into the mouth 77b (hereinafter, entering the ball into the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b, or the special figure 2 prize opening 78 may be referred to as "starting prize" ), the number of pending balls ( This is a counter that counts the number of standby times up to four times.

This first reserved ball number counter 203a is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process (S913 in FIG. 27) of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on. Then, every time the start winning to one of the special figure 1 winning openings 77 is detected and the number of pending balls of the dynamic display (variable effect) related to the first special symbol increases, 1 is added to the maximum value "4". (See S203 in FIG. 18). On the other hand, the first reserved ball number counter 203a is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) of the first special symbol is executed (see S308 in FIG. 20).

The second reserved ball number counter 203b, like the first reserved ball number counter 203a, is a special figure 2 winning opening detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds. Dynamic display of the second special symbol performed by the special symbol display device 37 (fluctuation performance of the third symbol corresponding to the second special symbol performed by the third symbol display device 81) based on the start winning to 78. A counter that counts the number of held balls (number of standby times) up to four times.

As with the first reserved ball number counter 203a, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process (S913 in FIG. 27) of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on. Then, every time the start winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is detected and the number of pending balls of the dynamic display (variable effect) related to the second special symbol increases, 1 is added to the maximum value "4" (Figure 18 S207). On the other hand, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is decremented by 1 each time the second special symbol dynamic display (fluctuation effect) is executed (see S305 in FIG. 20).

The value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (that is, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol) or the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (that is, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol) is the number of reserved balls command is notified to the audio lamp control device 113 (see S210 in FIG. 18). The pending ball count command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sound lamp control device 113 each time the first pending ball counter 203a or the second pending ball counter 203b is incremented by 1 after the start winning is detected. command.

The voice lamp control device 113 can acquire the value of the number of reserved balls itself of the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) of the first special symbol or the second special symbol reserved by the main controller 110 by the reserved ball number command. can. Thereby, in the sound lamp control device 113, it is possible to manage the number of suspensions of dynamic display (variation effect) of each special symbol without accessing the main control device 110. FIG. In addition, each time a starting winning is detected, by transmitting a pending ball number command from the main controller 110 to the voice ramp control device 113, dynamic display (variation) of each special symbol managed by the voice ramp control device 113 Even if the number of pending balls in the production) deviates from the number of pending balls in the actual dynamic display (variable production) held in the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise or the like, the next received hold The number of balls command can correct the deviation.

The audio lamp control device 113 transmits a display pending ball number command for notifying the pending ball number to the display control device 114 every time the internally managed pending ball number changes. The display control device 114 displays the reserved design in the cockpit display area Db of the third design display device 81 based on the number of reserved balls notified by the display reserved ball number command.

Further, in the first embodiment, when the main control device 110 transmits a pending ball number command to the sound lamp control device 113, in the pending ball number command, 1 is added to the first pending ball number counter 203a or the In addition to the value of the 2 reserved ball number counter 203b, the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14) is generated in accordance with the above-mentioned start winning that triggered the addition of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b. Each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 obtained from is also included.

That is, when there is a start winning, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c in the main control device 110 is A number command is communicated to the audio ramp controller 113 .

In the voice lamp control device 113, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 transmitted by the pending ball number command are used to execute fluctuation effects based on the respective values. Before execution of the variable performance, it is determined what will happen to the variable performance (whether it will be a big hit, what will happen to the variable time, etc.). Then, based on the result of determination by the look-ahead, it is possible to determine the execution of various effects, and to determine the contents and execution timing (timing) of the "holding change notice".

It should be noted that a configuration may be adopted in which a pending ball number command indicating the pending ball number of the variable effect and a command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like are separately transmitted. As a command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like different from the reserved ball number command, the reserved ball number command is generated at the timing of the ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78. , a command similar to the variation pattern command and the stop type command (preliminary variation pattern command and pre-stop type command) based on the entering ball may be generated and transmitted to the sound ramp control device 113 . In this case, regarding the program for generating the advance variation pattern command and the advance stop type command, by using the program for the variation pattern command and the stop type command, it is possible to easily create the program.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d includes a jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter C2, and a stopped A memory for storing each value of the pattern selection counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1. MPU201, in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17), when detecting that the ball has won (started winning) to any of the special figure 1 winning opening 77, from the counter buffer 203c each counter C1 ~ C3, The value of CS1 is obtained and stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores (holds) data corresponding to one start winning of the first special symbol (each value of the counters C1 to C3, CS1) up to four times. It has areas (first reservation first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the second reserved ball storage area 203e includes a jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter C2, and a stop pattern selection counter obtained from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of the starting prize to the special figure 2 prize-winning opening 78. C3 is a memory for storing each value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has entered the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning) in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17), the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 from the counter buffer 203c is acquired and stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. The second reserved ball storage area 203e stores (holds) data corresponding to one starting prize in the second special symbol (values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) for up to four times. It has areas (second reservation first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

The reserved ball execution area 203f, as described above, starts the execution, or the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol being executed, the operation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 It is a memory for storing data (values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) to be referred to in processes such as target display and variable effect setting.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variation performance of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display. Data ( counters C1-C3, CS1), if the data corresponding to the start winning regarding the second special symbol is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, it corresponds to one start winning of the data. Data is shifted into this hold ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the data corresponding to the start winning with respect to the second special symbol is not stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the data corresponding to the starting winning with respect to the first special symbol is stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. If so, the data corresponding to one start winning of the data is shifted to this reserved ball execution area 203f. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the dynamic display (variation effect) regarding the second special symbol is preferentially executed, and the dynamic display (variation effect) regarding the first special symbol is the second special symbol. It is configured to be executed on the condition that the dynamic display (variable effect) is not suspended. Note that the shift in the first embodiment means moving data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14 again, details of the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f will be described. The first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e and the reserved ball execution area 203f are used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and the operation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 in order to set target display and variable effect.

As described above, for setting the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and the variable effect, the jackpot random number counter used for the jackpot lottery C1, a jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used for determining the performance mode of the variable performance, and a variation type counter CS1 used for determining the variation pattern are used. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball enters the special figure 1 winning port 77 (start winning). , The second reserved ball storage area 203e stores the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball enters the special figure 2 winning port 78 (start winning). .

The first reserved ball storage area 203d is composed of four reserved areas (first reserved first to fourth areas). Each of the four reservation areas (first reservation first to fourth areas) has a jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter storage area that stores the value of the jackpot type counter C2. 203d2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203d4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1.

The second reserved ball storage area 203e is composed of four reserved areas (second reserved first to fourth areas), like the first reserved ball storage area 203d. Each of the four reservation areas (second reservation first to fourth areas) has a jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter C2, similar to the first reservation ball storage area 203d. A jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 that stores the value of , a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 that stores the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203e4 that stores the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided. It is

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1 and 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage areas 203d2 and 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage areas 203d3 and 203e3, and the fluctuation type counter storage areas 203d4 and 203e4 are set to 1. Although each of the reserved ball storage areas 203d and 203e is collectively provided, a plurality of reserved ball storage areas may be provided for each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1.

As described above, in the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the data (values of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when the ball enters one of the special figure 1 winning openings 77 (start winning) is stored up to 4 times. Data is stored in order. That is, the smaller the area number, the data corresponding to the start winning to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 that is older in time is stored, and the first reserved first area is the oldest special figure 1 winning opening in terms of time. Data corresponding to start-up wins to 77 will be stored.

In addition, in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, up to four data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when the ball enters the special figure 2 winning port 78 (start winning) is stored. In that case, the data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 reservation areas (2nd reservation 1st to 4th areas). be done. That is, the smaller the area number, the data corresponding to the start winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 that is older in time is stored, and the second reserved first area is the oldest special figure 2 winning opening in terms of time. Data corresponding to start-up wins to 78 will be stored.

On the other hand, the reserved ball execution area 203f is composed of only one area. Like the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the reserved ball execution area 203f includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter C2. A jackpot type counter storage area 203f2 for storing a value, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203f4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided. there is

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable effect, the data (the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) are stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. , the data stored in the second reserved first area are shifted to areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, when the execution start timing of the variable effect comes, the MPU 201 stores no data in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e and the first area of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. When data is stored in the first reserved area, the data stored in the first reserved first area are shifted to areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the reserved ball execution area 203f.

Then, the data shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f is referred to in the variation start process (see FIG. 21), and a big win lottery is performed based on the reference data and the game state, and a variation pattern corresponding to the lottery result. and determine the stop type. In the special symbol display device 37, under the control of the main controller 110, dynamic display is performed based on the determined variation pattern and stop type.

Further, the variation pattern and stop type determined here are notified to the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by a variation pattern command and a stop type command. Then, under the control of the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the third pattern display device 81 performs a variation effect based on the variation pattern and the stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

The details of data shift will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable effect, it determines whether or not data is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the data is stored in the second reservation first area, the random value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second reservation first area is changed to the jackpot random number of the reservation ball execution area 203f. Shift to the counter storage area 203f1. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the second reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reservation first area is It shifts to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and shifts the random value of the variation type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reservation first area to the variation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the data shift to the holding ball execution area 203f is completed, the second holding first area becomes empty, so that each area (second to fourth) of the second holding ball storage area 203e stores (holds ) is shifted to an area (first to third) whose area number is one smaller. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only for the second reserved areas (first to fourth) in which data is stored (reserved) in the second reserved ball storage area 203e.

Here, the data shift performed for each reserved area in the second reserved ball storage area 203e will be described. For example, the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b when it is determined to start the variable effect is "4", and data is stored in all areas (first to fourth) of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. Suppose that In this state, the data of the second reserved first area is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f, and when the second reserved first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 transfers the data of the other areas (second to fourth). are shifted to areas (first to third) whose area number is one smaller. That is, the data in the second reserved second area is shifted to the second reserved first area, the data in the second reserved third area is shifted to the second reserved second area, the data in the second reserved fourth area to the second reserved third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b when the start determination of the variable effect is performed is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the second reserved second area to the second reserved second area. After shifting to area 1, data shift ends. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the second reservation areas (third to fourth) in which no data is stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts is reduced. can reduce the control burden.

It should be noted that regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the second reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller. In that case, it becomes unnecessary to determine whether or not data is stored (reserved) in the second reservation areas (second to fourth), so that it is possible to easily create a program.

On the other hand, when the MPU 201 determines that the data is not stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e when it is time to start executing the variable effect, then the first reserved ball storage area 203e It is determined whether or not data is stored in the first reservation first area of the ball storage area 203d. As a result of the determination, if data is stored in the first reservation first area, the random value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reservation first area is changed to the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reservation ball execution area 203f. shift to Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the first reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reservation first area is It shifts to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and shifts the random value of the variation type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reservation first area to the variation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the data shift to the holding ball execution area 203f is completed, the first holding first area becomes empty, so that each area (second to fourth) of the first holding ball storage area 203d stores (holds ) is shifted to an area (first to third) whose area number is one smaller. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only for the first reserved areas (first to fourth) in which data is stored (reserved) in the first reserved ball storage area 203d.

Here, the data shift performed for each reserved area in the first reserved ball storage area 203d will be described. For example, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a when it is determined to start the variable effect is "4", and data is stored in all areas (first to fourth) of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. Suppose that In this state, the data in the first reserved first area is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f, and when the first reserved first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 transfers the data of the other areas (second to fourth). are shifted to areas (first to third) whose area number is one smaller. That is, the data in the first reserved second area is shifted to the first reserved first area, the data in the first reserved third area is shifted to the first reserved second area, the data in the first reserved fourth area to the first reserved third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a when the start determination of the variable effect is performed is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the first reserved second area to the first reserved second area. After shifting to area 1, data shift ends. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the first reservation areas (third to fourth) in which data is not stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts is reduced. can reduce the control burden.

It should be noted that regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the first reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller. In that case, it becomes unnecessary to determine whether or not data is stored (reserved) in the first reservation area (second to fourth), so that it is possible to easily create a program.

Returning to FIG. 13, the description is continued. The normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g is a normal pattern gate 76 (normal pattern gate 76a in the unit or the normal pattern on the right side) detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds. It is a counter for counting up to four times the number of pending balls (number of standby times) of variable display of normal symbols performed by the normal symbol display device 83 based on the passage of the ball through the gate 76b).

As with the reserved ball number counters 203a and 203b, the normal figure reserved ball number counter 203g is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process (see S913 in FIG. 27) of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on. Then, each time the passage of the ball to any of the normal symbol gates 76 is detected and the number of held balls for variable display relating to the normal symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (see S223 in FIG. 19). . On the other hand, the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g is decremented by 1 each time the variable display of the normal pattern is executed (see S405 in FIG. 22).

The normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h is a memory for storing the normal pattern per counter C4 obtained from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of passage of the ball to any of the normal pattern gates 76. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has passed through the normal pattern gate 76 in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), it acquires the value of the normal pattern counter C4 from the counter buffer 203c, and the normal pattern holding ball. Store in the storage area 203h. The normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h has four reserved areas (normal pattern holding first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

The normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i is a memory for storing data (value of the normal pattern random number counter C4) to be referred to in the normal pattern winning lottery and variable display processing that starts execution or is being executed. is.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variable display of the normal design, in order to execute the processing such as the setting of the normal design winning lottery and the setting of the variable display of the normal design display device 83, the above-mentioned normal design reservation ball Of the data stored in the storage area 203h (the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern), one data is shifted to this normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i. Note that the shift in the first embodiment means moving data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14 again, the details of the normal map reserved ball storage area 203h and the normal map reserved ball execution area 203i will be described. The normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h and the normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i are used by the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 in order to perform processing such as normal symbol winning lottery and setting of variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. be.

As described above, the normal symbol winning lottery and setting of the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83 use the normal symbol winning random number counter C4 used for the normal symbol winning lottery. The normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h stores the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball passes through one of the normal pattern gates 76.

The normal map holding ball storage area 203h is composed of four holding areas (normal map holding first to fourth areas). Each of the four reservation areas (normal pattern reservation 1st to 4th areas) is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal pattern that stores the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern.

As described above, in the general pattern reserved ball storage area 203h, the data obtained at the timing when the ball passes through one of the normal pattern gates 76 (the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern) is stored up to 4 times. However, in that case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) in the vacant areas of the 4 reservation areas (1st to 4th reservation areas for normal drawing). That is, the smaller the area number, the data corresponding to the passage of the ball to the normal pattern gate 76 that is older in terms of time is stored, and in the normal pattern reservation first area, the data to the normal pattern gate 76 that is the oldest in terms of time is stored. Data corresponding to the passage of the sphere will be stored.

On the other hand, the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is composed of only one area. Similar to the normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h, the normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i is provided with a normal pattern random number counter storage area (not shown) that stores the value of the normal pattern random number counter C4. .

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to execute the variable display of normal symbols, the data stored in the first general pattern reservation area of the normal pattern reservation ball storage area 203h is transferred to the normal pattern reservation ball execution area 203i. shift.

Then, the data shifted to the normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i is referred to in the normal pattern variation processing (see FIG. 22), and based on the reference data and the game state, a winning lottery is performed, and the contents of the variable display to decide. In the normal symbol display device 83, under the control of the main controller 110, variable display is performed based on the determined contents.

The details of data shift will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable display of normal symbols, the random value of the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal pattern in the first area of the normal pattern retention ball storage area 203h. is shifted to a random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal pattern of the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i.

Then, when the shift of the data to the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i is completed, the normal pattern holding first area becomes empty, so it is stored in each area (2nd to 4th) of the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203h. Shift processing is performed to shift the (suspended) data to areas (first to third) with area numbers one smaller. In the first embodiment, the data is shifted only for the general pattern reservation areas (first to fourth) in which the data is stored (reserved) in the general pattern reservation ball storage area 203h.

Here, the data shift performed with respect to each reservation area in the normal figure reservation ball storage area 203h is demonstrated. For example, when it is determined to start variable display of normal symbols, the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g is "4", and all areas (first to fourth) of the normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h Suppose data is stored. In this state, the data of the normal pattern reservation first area is shifted to the normal pattern reservation ball execution area 203i, and when the normal pattern reservation first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 is the other area (2nd to 4th) , are shifted to areas (1st to 3rd) whose area number is 1 smaller. In other words, the data of the 2nd area of the general pattern reservation is shifted to the 1st area of the general pattern reservation, the data of the 3rd area of the general pattern reservation is shifted to the 2nd area of the general pattern reservation, and the data of the 4th area of the general pattern reservation is shifted to the 3rd area for general map reservation.

Further, for example, if the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g when the start determination of the variable display of the normal pattern is performed is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the normal pattern reserved second area to the normal pattern. Shift to the drawing reservation first area to finish shifting the data. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the general pattern reservation area (third to fourth) where data is not stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts is reduced. can reduce the control burden.

In addition, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data of the general map reservation area (2nd to 4th) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller. In that case, it becomes unnecessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (reserved) in the normal drawing reservation area (second to fourth), so it is possible to facilitate the creation of the program.

Returning to FIG. 13, the description is continued. An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, a sound lamp control device 113, a special symbol display device 37, a normal symbol display device 83, a normal symbol reservation lamp 84, and a central big prize opening 65a. A central grand prize opening solenoid for opening and closing to the side, a right grand prize opening solenoid for driving opening and closing forward about the lower side of the opening and closing plate of the right big prize opening 67a, and a haunting type ordinary electric 79a appearing and disappearing. A solenoid 209 such as a retractable plate solenoid for driving the plate 79b is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input/output port 205. FIG.

The input/output port 205 is connected to various switches 208 including a switch group and a sensor group (not shown), and a RAM erasure switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115, which will be described later. , and the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch circuit 253, various processes are executed.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 storing control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory and the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 26) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main controller 110, the dispensing motor 216, the launch controller 112, and the like. Also, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111 but not to the main control device 110 .

The shooting control device 112 controls the ball shooting unit 112a so that the shooting strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51 when the main controller 110 issues an instruction to shoot the ball. . The ball shooting unit 112a has a shooting solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operating handle 51, and the operating handle is activated under the condition that the stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball is turned off (not operated). A shooting solenoid is energized corresponding to the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51, and the ball is shot with strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operating handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing from a lamp display device (electrical parts 29 to 33, display lamp 34, etc.) 227, changes production and continuous It controls the setting of the display mode of the effect performed by the third pattern display device 81 such as the advance notice effect.

The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory and the like.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 225 is connected to the main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the frame button 22, and the like. In the first embodiment, commands are transmitted only in one direction from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, and commands cannot be transmitted from the audio lamp controller 113 to the main controller 110. ing. On the other hand, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are configured to be able to exchange commands with each other.

In addition, the sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage of the effect displayed on the third pattern display device 81, It controls the voice output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 so as to change the back image such as the "super reach" effect mode, and displays the third pattern on the display control device 114 based on the depression of the frame button 22. The display device 81 is instructed to display.

The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third pattern display device 81, and based on the command received from the sound lamp control device 113, the third pattern display device 81 changes and continues the third pattern. It controls the advance notice effect.

The power supply unit 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2). and an erase switch circuit 253 . The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts supplied from the outside, various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, a voltage of 12 volts for driving a motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc. are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and backup voltages are supplied to the controllers 110 to 114 and the like as necessary voltages.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 at the time of power failure due to power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of stable DC 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown, power shutdown) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Then, a power failure signal SG1 is output to the NMI terminals of the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of power failure and execute NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 26). Even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input, and controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. Send to device 111 .

Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110 will be described with reference to the flow charts of FIGS. 17 to 28. FIG. The processing of the MPU 201 can be broadly classified into start-up processing (see FIG. 27) that is started when the power is turned on, main processing (see FIG. 28) that is executed after the start-up processing, and periodic processing (see FIG. 28). Then, there is a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is started at a period of 4 milliseconds) and an NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) that is started by the input of the power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. Here, for convenience of explanation, the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) and the NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 26) will be described first, followed by the startup processing (see FIG. 27) and the main processing (see FIG. 28). explain.

FIG. 17 is a flow chart showing timer interrupt processing executed by MPU 201 in main controller 110 . The timer interrupt processing is periodic processing that is repeatedly executed, for example, every 4 milliseconds. The MPU 201 executes this timer interrupt processing to perform various types of processing that should be executed periodically.

In this timer interrupt process, first, an external output process is executed (S101). In timer interrupt processing and main processing, based on various processing, commands to be transmitted to payout control device 111, sound lamp control device 113, etc. are generated and temporarily stored in a command transmission ring buffer provided in RAM 203. . In the external output process of S101, output data such as commands stored in the command transmission ring buffer is transmitted to each sub-side control device (peripheral control device).

For example, it transmits to the sound lamp control device 113 a command for the number of pending balls set in the later-described starting winning process (see FIG. 18). In addition, the variation pattern command, stop type command, confirmation command, etc. set in the special figure variation process (see FIG. 20) and the variation start process (FIG. 21) which is one process of the special figure variation process are sent to the sound lamp control device 113 Send. In addition, it transmits to the launch control device 112 a ball launch signal set when launching a ball in the launch control process of S112, which will be described later.

Next, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S102), and then the big win process for executing the process at the time of the big win based on the first special symbol or the second special symbol is executed ( S103). The details of this jackpot process (S103) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Next, a normal electric power control process for executing a drive control process for the haunting board 79b of the haunting type normal electric power 79a is executed (S104). Briefly, on the condition that the ball has passed through one of the normal design gates 76, the normal design variable display is performed in the normal design display device 83, and as a result of the variable display of the normal design, the winning design of the normal design is obtained. When a symbol (for example, "○" symbol) appears and a winning state is established, the retractable plate 79b of the retractable ordinary electric member 79a is driven to protrude for a predetermined period of time. The details of this ordinary electric role control process (S104) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Next, a process of reading various winning switches is executed (S105). That is, it reads the states of various switches 208 connected to the main controller 110, determines the states of the switches 208, and saves detection information (winning detection information). Also, a winning ball command corresponding to the number of winning balls to be transmitted to the payout control device 111 is set in a command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 based on the winning detection information. Thereby, the prize ball command is transmitted toward the payout control device 111 by the processing of S101 of the timer interrupt processing to be executed next.

Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S106). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is incremented by 1 and cleared to "0" when the counter value reaches the maximum value ("899" in the first embodiment). Then, the updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value ("99" in the first embodiment), it is cleared to "0" and the second initial value The updated value of the random number counter CINI2 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM203.

Furthermore, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the random number counter C4 per normal pattern are updated (S107). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the random number counter C4 per normal pattern are each added by 1, and their counter values are the maximum value (first implementation In the form, when reaching "899", "99", "99", "199", "99") respectively, they are cleared to "0". Also, when the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal random number counter C4 makes one round, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 or the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is changed to the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal random number It is read as the initial value of the counter C4, and the initial value is set in the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal random number counter C4. Then, the updated values of the respective counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM203.

Next, the start winning process accompanying the winning to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is executed (S108), and then the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b. The gate passing process associated with is executed (S109). Details of the starting winning process will be described later with reference to FIG. 18, and details of the gate passage process (S109) will be described later with reference to FIG.

After the gate passing process (S109) is executed, a process for dynamically displaying a special symbol by the special symbol display device 37 or a process by the third symbol display device 81 based on the processing contents of the start winning process (S108) A special figure variation process for setting the variation pattern of the third symbol is executed (S110). The details of the special figure variation process (S110) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Next, based on the processing contents of the gate passing process (S109), the normal pattern display device 83 performs a normal pattern variation process for performing a process for performing variable display of normal patterns (S111). In addition, the detail of normal figure fluctuation processing (S111) is mentioned later with reference to FIG.

After executing the normal figure fluctuation process (S111), the firing control process is executed (S112), and further, other processes to be executed periodically are executed (S113), and the timer interrupt process is terminated. Note that the firing control process (S112) is performed on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operating handle 51 and the stop switch 51b for stopping firing is not operated. This is the process of determining whether to fire the ball on or off. Then, when the ball shooting is on, in order to send the ball shooting signal to the shooting control device 112 , the information of the ball shooting signal is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 . As a result, the ball firing signal is transmitted to the firing control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the processing of S101 of the timer interrupt processing to be executed next.

Next, the starting winning process (S108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. FIG. 18 is a flow chart showing this starting winning process (S108). The starting winning process determines whether or not the ball enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, or the special figure 2 winning opening 78. If there is a winning, each counter C1 A process of storing (reserving) the values of C3 and CS1 in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e corresponding to the winning prize openings 77 and 78 is executed. Further, the processing for transmitting the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 to be held together with the number of held balls to the sound lamp control device 113 is executed.

The MPU 201, in this start winning process (S108), first, determine whether the ball has won (start winning) either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b ( S201). Here, the special figure 1 entrance to detect the entrance (winning) to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17) Based on the output signal of the switch (not shown), the ball entering the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17) .

When it is determined that the ball has won the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b (there was a start prize) (S201: Yes), then the number of the first reserved ball number counter 203a Whether or not the value (the number N1 of operation pending balls of the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) of the first special symbol suspended in the main controller 110) is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the first embodiment) is determined (S202). Then, even if there is a prize to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, if the number of operation pending balls N1 < 4 (S202: No), this start winning process (S108) Terminates and returns to timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number N1 of balls held in operation is less than 4 (S202: Yes), the value of the first ball number counter 203a (number of balls held in operation N1) is incremented by 1 (S203). And this time, since it is a prize to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b corresponding to the first special symbol, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set to each random value C1 to C3, CS1 is set as the storage destination (S204), and the process proceeds to S209.

In the processing of S201, if it is determined that the ball has not won the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (S201: No), then it is determined whether the ball has entered the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (start winning) Determine (S205). Here, like the special figure 1 winning opening 77, the special figure 2 winning opening switch ( not shown) based on the output signal, the ball into the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is detected over three times of timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has won the special figure 2 winning hole 78 (there has been a starting prize) (S205: Yes), then the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (which is reserved in the main controller 110) It is determined whether or not the second special symbol dynamic display (fluctuation performance) number N2 of activated balls is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the first embodiment) (S206). Then, whether there is no winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (S205: No), or even if there is a winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78, if the number of operation pending balls N2 < 4 (S206: No) , the start winning process (S108) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number N2 of balls held in operation is less than 4 (S206: Yes), the value of the second ball number counter 203b (the number N2 of balls held in operation) is incremented by 1 (S207). Then, this time, since the winning is to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 corresponding to the second special symbol, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination of each random number value C1 to C3, CS1 (S208), The process proceeds to S209.

In the process of S209, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 are read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14), and set as the storage destination in S204 or S208. Among the first holding first to fourth areas or second holding first to fourth areas provided in the first holding ball storage area 203d or the second holding ball storage area 203e, the first holding ball storage area 203d is If specified as a storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3, and the variation type counter of the area corresponding to the value indicated by the first reserved ball number counter 203a Each is reserved (stored) in the storage area 203d4 (S209). Also, when the second reserved ball storage area 203e is designated as the storage destination, the area corresponding to the value indicated by the second reserved ball number counter 203b is the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2, and the stop They are reserved (stored) in the pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 and the variation type counter storage area 203e4 (S209).

Specifically, for example, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the process of S204 based on the winning to the special figure 1 winning opening 77, and the first reserved ball after addition by the process of S203 If the value of the number counter 203a is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in the respective storage areas of the first reserved first area. Also, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a after the addition is "2", the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a after the addition is "3" in each storage area of the first reservation second area. If there is, in each storage area of the first reservation third area, if the value of the first reservation ball number counter 203a after addition is "4", in each storage area of the first reservation fourth area Counters C1 to C3 , CS1 are reserved.

Further, for example, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination in the processing of S208 based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and the second reserved ball number counter 203b after addition by the processing of S207 is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in the respective storage areas of the second reserved first area. Also, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after addition is "2", the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after addition is "3" in each storage area of the second reservation second area. If there is, in each storage area of the second reservation third area, if the value of the second reservation ball number counter 203b after addition is "4", in each storage area of the second reservation fourth area Counters C1 to C3 , CS1 are reserved.

Next, the value of the first retained ball number counter 203a or the second retained ball number counter 203b after the addition by the processing of S203 or S207 (the number of activated retained balls N1 or the number of activated retained balls N2), and the first A hold ball number command containing each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1 stored (held) in the hold ball storage area 203d or the second hold ball storage area 203e is voiced. In order to transmit it to the lamp control device 113, the reserved ball count command is set in a command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S210). As a result, the pending ball number command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 113 by the external output process of S101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) to be executed next. After completing the process of S210, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

The values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 included in the pending ball number command in the process of S210 may be the values read from the counter buffer 203c in the process of S209. A read value stored (retained) in the ball storage area 203d or the second retained ball storage area 203e may be used.

Further, in the processing of S201 and S205, when the ball wins simultaneously in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 and the special figure 2 winning opening 78, the winning processing of the ball to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 is preferentially executed, Standby for the winning process of the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and in the start winning process (S108) in the next timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), the winning of the ball to the waiting special figure 2 winning opening 78 It may be configured to execute processing.

Next, the gate passing process (S109), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 is a flow chart showing this gate passage processing (S109). In the gate passing process (S109), it is determined whether or not the ball passes (enters) the unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b. A process of storing (holding) the value of the counter C4 in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is executed.

In this gate passing process (S109), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has passed through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b (S221). Here, the normal pattern gate switch (not shown) for detecting the passage (entrance) of the ball to the unit normal pattern gate 76a or the right normal pattern gate 76b read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17) Based on the output signal, passage (entrance) to the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b is detected over three times of timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has passed (entered) the normal pattern gate 76a or the right normal pattern gate 76b (S221: Yes), then the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g (held in the main controller 110 It is determined whether or not the number HN of operation pending balls of the variable display of the normal symbols that has been set is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the first embodiment) (S222). Then, there is no passing (entering ball) to the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b (S221: No), or passing (entering) to the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b ), but if the number of balls HN<4 (S222: No), the gate passing process (S109) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of pending balls in operation HN<4 (S222: Yes), the value of the number of suspended balls in normal pattern 203g (the number of suspended balls in operation HN) is incremented by 1 (S223). Then, the value of the counter C4 per normal pattern is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14), and the read data is stored in the normal pattern reservation first to fourth areas provided in the normal pattern reservation ball storage area 203h. It is stored in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g (S224).

Specifically, for example, if the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g after the addition by the processing of S223 is "1", the value of the normal pattern per counter C4 is reserved in the normal pattern reservation first area. In addition, if the value of the normal figure reservation ball number counter 203g after addition is "2", it will be in the normal figure reservation second area, and if the value of the normal figure reservation ball number counter 203g after addition is "3" If the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g after addition is "4" in the reserved third area, the value of the normal pattern per counter C4 is reserved in the normal pattern reserved fourth area. After the process of S224 is finished, the gate passage process (S109) is finished and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In addition, in the first embodiment, it is configured not to transmit the pending ball number command related to the variable display of normal symbols to the voice lamp control device 113, but the pending ball number command related to the variable display of normal symbols is transmitted to the voice lamp control device. 113, and may be configured to perform an effect (notification) regarding reserved symbols, etc. regarding variable display of normal symbols. In this case, by transmitting the value of the normal per pattern counter C4 in the pending ball number command, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured to be able to execute the so-called pre-reading process regarding the normal pattern, and the variation of the production regarding the normal pattern is realized. It may be configured to be provided.

In addition, in the first embodiment, in the "normal game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", when the passage of the ball to the right normal symbol gate 76b is detected, an alarm sound command is issued to the audio lamp control device 113. to notify the player that right-handed hitting is not encouraged in the ``normal game state'' or ``latency probability fluctuation state'', or to inform the game parlor clerk that a game that is not encouraged is being played is configured to output an alarm sound from the audio output device 226 in order to notify the

This is, in the "normal game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", in a state in which the number of pending balls with variable display of normal symbols is acquired by hitting right where variable display of normal symbols is easy to obtain, and then left-handed game When the ball enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75, the execution balance between the flow timing of the ball assumed in each game state, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the haunt board 79b. This is because the function collapses and the playability collapses. Therefore, by outputting an alarm sound when a ball is detected at the right normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", the player is made to avoid the execution of the right-handed game, and the "normal It is assumed in each game state that the ball is detected at the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in a state where the number of held balls of variable display of normal symbols is accumulated in the "game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state" as much as possible. It is possible to realize the playability that is being done.

Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the special figure variation process (S110), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 20 is a flow chart showing this special figure variation process (S110). This special figure variation processing (S110) is to control the dynamic display in the special symbol display device 37 and the variation performance performed in the third symbol display device 81. FIG.

In this special figure variation process (S110), first, it is determined whether or not the game is currently in the middle of a big hit (S301). During the big win includes the middle of the big win game displayed on the third symbol display device 81 and the special symbol display device 37 at the time of the big win and the middle of the predetermined time after the end of the big win game. As a result of the determination, if it is during the jackpot (S301: Yes), the special figure variation processing (S110) is terminated as it is, and the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) is returned to.

If it is not during the jackpot (S301: No), it is determined whether or not the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is during dynamic display (S302), and the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is during dynamic display. If not (S302: No), then it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has passed after the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 is stopped (S303). As a result, if the predetermined time has not passed since the dynamic display was stopped (S303: No), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). As a result, the stop symbol in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) is displayed on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 only for a predetermined time, so that the player can visually recognize the stop symbol. .

On the other hand, as a result of the process of S303, if the predetermined time has elapsed after the dynamic display was stopped (S303: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (second special It is determined whether or not the number N2 of balls to be activated for dynamic display (fluctuation effect) regarding symbols is greater than "0" (S304). As a result, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operational reserved ball number N2) is not "0" (S304: Yes), it is the execution start timing of the dynamic display (variable effect) regarding the second special symbol. First, 1 is subtracted from the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of operational reserved balls N2) (S305). This is because execution of dynamic display (variation effect) of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variation effect) relating to the second special symbol is started by the fluctuation start process (S310) described later, and the second This is because the number of reserved balls related to special symbols is reduced by one.

Next, shift processing is performed on the data stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e (S306). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the second reserved first to fourth areas of the second reserved ball storage area 203e toward the reserved ball execution area 203f. 1 area→reserved ball execution area 203f, 2nd reservation 2nd area→2nd reservation 1st area, 2nd reservation 3rd area→2nd reservation 2nd area, 2nd reservation 4th area→2nd reservation 3rd area In this way, the data within each area is shifted.

On the other hand, in the process of S304, if it is determined that the value of the second ball number counter 203b (the number of balls held in operation N2) is "0" (S304: No), then the first ball number counter 203a (actuation suspension ball number N1 of dynamic display (fluctuation effect) relating to the first special symbol suspended in main controller 110) is greater than "0" (S307). As a result, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operational reserved ball number N1) is not "0" (S307: Yes), it is the execution start timing of the dynamic display (variation effect) regarding the first special symbol. First, 1 is subtracted from the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operational reserved ball number N1) (S308). This is because execution of dynamic display (variation effect) of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variation effect) relating to the first special symbol is started by the fluctuation start process (S310) described later. This is because the number is reduced by one.

Next, shift processing is performed on the data stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d (S309). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first reserved first to fourth areas of the first reserved ball storage area 203d toward the reserved ball execution area 203f. 1 area→holding ball execution area 203f, 1st holding 2nd area→1st holding 1st area, 1st holding 3rd area→1st holding 2nd area, 1st holding 4th area→1st holding 3rd area In this way, the data within each area is shifted.

After the data shift process of S306 or S309, the variation start process for the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 is executed based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the data shift process. (S310) and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). Note that the fluctuation start process (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG.

In the process of S307, when it is determined that the value of the first ball number counter 203a (the number of balls in operation and ball N1) is "0" (S307: No), the third symbol display device 81 performs a demonstration effect. In other words, it is determined whether the demonstration is in progress (S311). In this determination process, after transmitting a demo command to the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113, the value of the first pending ball number counter 203a or the second pending ball number counter 203b (operation pending ball number N1 or The period until it is determined that any value of the number of held balls N2) is greater than "0" is determined to be during the demonstration.

If it is determined that the demo is not in progress (S311: No), the demo command to be transmitted to the sound lamp control device 113 is set (S312), and the process returns to timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if it is determined that the demonstration is being performed (S311: Yes), the process directly returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). The demo command set in the process of S312 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and in the external output process (see S101 in FIG. 17) of the timer interrupt process to be executed next, It is sent to the audio lamp controller 113 .

When the audio lamp control device 113 receives the demo command, it transmits the display demo command to the display control device 114, and the display control device 114 displays the demo on the third symbol display device 81 based on the reception of the display demo command. Control is performed to display the production.

Here, the demo command is set when, as described above, there is not even a single held ball when the predetermined time has passed after the fluctuation is stopped. Therefore, if the variable effect is not started even after the predetermined time has passed after the fluctuation is stopped, the third symbol display device 81 displays the demonstration effect.

If it is determined in the process of S311 that the demonstration is not being performed (S311: No), a process of determining whether or not a second predetermined time longer than the predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation is stopped is added. After the fluctuation is stopped, the process of S312 may be executed to set the demonstration command when the second predetermined time has passed. Thus, when there is no reserved ball after the fluctuation is stopped, the stop pattern of the stopped fluctuation performance can be shown to the player for a relatively long time without immediately starting the demonstration performance.

In the processing of S302, when it is determined that the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is in dynamic display (S302: Yes), it is determined whether or not the dynamic display time (variation time) has elapsed (S313 ). The display time during the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 is determined according to the variation pattern selected by the variation type counter CS1 (determined according to the variation pattern command), and this dynamic display time If the (fluctuation time) has not passed (S313: No), the display of the special symbol display device 37 is updated (S314), and the process returns to the timer interruption process (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, in the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, for example, the central segment of the 7-segment display 37b blinks until the fluctuation time elapses after the dynamic display is started. A display mode is set.

On the other hand, if the dynamic display time (fluctuation time) of the dynamic display in the special symbol display device 37 has passed (S313: Yes), the special symbol display device 37 is set to a display mode corresponding to the stop symbol. (S315). The stop symbols are set in advance by the variation start process (S310), which will be described later with reference to FIG. In the fluctuation start process, it is determined whether or not a big win is made according to the value of the big win random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the process of S306 or S309. Then, after the big hit, it is determined whether the pattern is "15R probability variable jackpot" or "7R probability variable jackpot".

In the first embodiment, when the ``15R probability variable jackpot'' is reached after the jackpot, the symbol ``7'' is displayed on the 7-segment display 37b, and when the ``7R probability variable jackpot'' is reached, the 7-segment display 37b. , the symbol "3" is displayed. In addition, if it is a loss, only the center segment of the 7-segment display 37b is displayed (that is, "-").

When the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 corresponding to the stop symbol is set in the process of S315, the stop symbol of the variable effect on the third symbol display device 81 is displayed on the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37. A confirmation command is set (S316), and the process proceeds to S317. The confirmation command is a command for confirming and displaying the variable effect being executed on the third symbol display device 81 . Upon receiving this confirmation command, the audio lamp control device 113 transmits a display confirmation command to the display control device 114 . The display control device 114 is configured to stop the variation effect of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81 and to confirm and display the stopped symbol by receiving the confirmation command for display.

In the process of S317, in order to determine whether the state is the "variable probability state" or the "variable latent probability state", it is determined whether the value of the ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is greater than "0". is determined (S317).

This ST counter is a counter for indicating the "probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", and a predetermined number (first implementation In the mode, a value of "100") is set, and when the value of the ST counter is greater than "0", the game state is determined as "probability change state" or "latent probability change state". Specifically, in the later-described jackpot process (see FIG. 23), "100" is set when the jackpot state ends and the "probability change state" or "latency probability state" starts. ing.

In the processing of S317, if the value of the ST counter is not "0" (S317: Yes), it means "probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", dynamic display of any special symbol (variation effect) Since has been completed once, the value of the ST counter is subtracted by 1 (S318), this special figure variation processing (S110) is terminated, and the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) is returned to.

On the other hand, in the process of S317, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S317: No), it is a "normal game state", so the process of S318 is skipped and this special figure variation process (S110) is executed. Terminates and returns to timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the variation start process (S310), which is one process of the special figure variation process (S110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 21 is a flow chart showing the fluctuation start process (S310). In this fluctuation start process (S310), based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f according to the game state, a lottery for a big hit or a loss (big hit lottery) is performed, and the special symbol display device 37 and the second A dynamic display and a dynamic pattern (variation pattern and stop type) of the dynamic display and the variation effect performed by the 3-symbol display device 81 are determined.

In the fluctuation start process (S310), first, in order to determine the game state, it is determined whether or not the value of the ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is greater than "0" (S321). As a result of determination, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S321: No), the game state is the "normal game state", and the special symbol jackpot probability is in the low probability state. The jackpot random number table 202a is set (S322), and the process proceeds to S324. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the ST counter is greater than "0" (S323: Yes), the game state is "probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", and a special symbol jackpot Since the probability is in the high probability state, the jackpot random number table 202a for the high probability state is set (S323), and the process proceeds to S324.

In the process of S324, it is determined whether or not a big hit is made based on the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the big hit random number table 202a (see FIG. 15(a)) set in S322 or S323. (S324).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, whether or not the game is a big win is determined based on the relationship between the value of the big win random number counter C1 and the game state (mode) at that time. As described above, in the jackpot random number table 202a, when the game state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in the normal low probability state (“normal game state”), “7,307,582” is the jackpot random number. Specified as a number. In addition, when the game state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in a high probability state ("probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state"), "28, 122, 298, 390, 486, 567, 656 , 750, 866” is defined as the jackpot random value.

In the process of S324, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is compared with the jackpot random number value defined in the jackpot random number table 202a. It is determined that As a result of the process of S324, when it is determined that it is a big hit (S324: Yes), the value of the big hit type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the special figure 1 big hit corresponding to the first special symbol Based on the type table 202b1 (see FIG. 15(b)) or the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 (see FIG. 15(c)) corresponding to the second special symbol, the display mode at the time of the jackpot is set (S325 ).

In this process, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the jackpot type table 202b, that is, the maximum number of rounds is 15 rounds after the jackpot. It is discriminated whether it is a "15R probability variable jackpot" that shifts to 15R, or a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that shifts to a "latency probability fluctuation state" after the jackpot of the maximum number of rounds of 7 rounds. Then, based on the determined jackpot type, the display mode (display mode of the 7-segment display 37b) at the time of the jackpot in the special symbol display device 37 is set.

Specifically, whether the data stored in the held ball execution area 203f is data shifted from the first held ball storage area 203d or data shifted from the second held ball storage area 203e is determined by the held ball execution area 203f. If the data is stored in the shift source buffer (not shown) of , and the data is shifted from the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, The jackpot type is determined based on the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 (see FIG. 15(b)). In addition, when the data stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is the data shifted from the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the special The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type table 202b2 for FIG. 2 (see FIG. 15(c)).

Next, the variation pattern at the time of the big hit is determined (S326), and the process proceeds to S329. Specifically, in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, based on the display mode (stop type) at the time of the big hit and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f. A dynamic time (variation time) of dynamic display (variation performance) is determined from the selected performance mode based on the value of the variation type counter CS1. In determining the variation pattern at the time of the big win, first, the stop pattern table 202d (see FIG. 13) to be used is selected according to the stop type of the big win.

Specifically, when "15R probability variable jackpot" is set as the jackpot type in the process of S325, the stop pattern table 202d provided for "15R probability variable jackpot" (for example, 15R probability variable stop pattern table), A rendering mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected. Further, when "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, in the stop pattern table 202d (for example, 7R latent probability variable stop pattern table) provided for "7R latent probability variable jackpot", the holding ball execution area 203f to select the effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3.

Then, in the variation pattern table 202e provided for each effect mode set in the process of S325, the variation pattern associated with the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the held ball execution area 203f is selected. Then, the variable time is set based on the relationship between the predetermined variation pattern and the variable time.

On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S324 that it is not a big hit (S324: No), the display mode at the time of losing is set (S327). In the processing of S327, the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the lost symbol, and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the retained ball execution area 203f and the first retained ball number counter are set. 203a or (and) based on the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b and the current game state, as the effect mode to be displayed in the third symbol display device 81, "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode, "non-reach (Normal)" effect mode, "normal reach" effect mode, "super reach" effect mode, or "special reach" effect mode is set. In the first embodiment, the game state of the pachinko machine 10 is "probability change state", "latency probability change state", or "normal game state". The stop pattern table 202d is set so that the value ranges of the stop pattern selection counter C3 are different.

Next, the variation pattern at the time of losing is determined (S328), and the process proceeds to S329. In the process of S328, in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, the fluctuation time until the stop display of the missing symbol is determined. Specifically, in the variation pattern table 202e provided for each display mode (effect mode) at the time of losing determined in the process of S327, it corresponds to the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the holding ball execution area 203f. Select the attached variation pattern. Then, the variable time is set based on the relationship between the predetermined variation pattern and the variable time.

In this way, the setting processing of the performance mode and the variation pattern at the time of the big win and the setting processing of the performance mode and the variation pattern at the time of losing are determined by the same determination program using the same random numbers C3 and CS1. , the program can be shared, and the number of man-hours required for development can be reduced.

In the processing of S329, based on the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern determined by the processing of S326 and S328, the display control device 114 is notified of the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern via the audio lamp control device 113. A pattern command is set (S329). Specifically, for example, if you win a jackpot lottery, the jackpot is a "15R probability variable jackpot", and a "25 seconds" "super reach" variation pattern is selected, the jackpot " A variation pattern command indicating "super reach" of "15R probability variable jackpot" and "25 seconds" is set. In addition, if the jackpot lottery is lost and the variation pattern of ``25 seconds'' and ``super reach'' is selected, a variation pattern command indicating loss and ``25 seconds'' of ``super reach'' is set. . In this way, even if the variable effect has the same variable time, by setting together the propriety of the variable effect and the contents of the rough variation pattern in the variation pattern command, the sound ramp control device 113 can achieve the effect mode including the propriety. By grasping the contents of and the variation time, it is possible to determine the variation pattern of the variation effect in more detail based on the information.

In addition, a stop type command for notifying the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113 of the stop type set in the processing of S325 or S327 is set (S330), and special figure fluctuation processing (see FIG. 20 ). Specifically, for example, if you win a jackpot and the content of the jackpot is "15R probability variable jackpot", without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "7" symbol etc.) A stop type command indicating "15R probability variable jackpot" is set. Also, if you win a jackpot and the content of the jackpot is "7R latent probability variable jackpot", the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "3" symbol etc.) is not specified. Set a stop type command indicating that it is a big hit.

On the other hand, if the jackpot is not won and the "super reach" production mode is selected, the stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "787" etc.) is not specified, and the " Set a stop type command indicating that it is in the "super reach" effect mode. In addition, if the jackpot is not won and the "normal reach" production mode is selected, the stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "737" etc.) is not specified, and the "normal reach" at the time of losing is selected. ” Set a stop type command indicating that the mode is the rendering mode. Furthermore, if the jackpot is not won and the "non-reach" production mode is selected, the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "258" etc.) is not specified, and " Set a stop type command indicating that it is a "non-reach" production mode.

Thus, by setting a rough stop type based on the propriety of the variable effect to the stop type command, the audio lamp control device 113 (display control device 114) grasps the stop type based on the propriety, Based on this information, it is possible to determine the result of stopping the variable presentation in more detail.

These fluctuation pattern commands and stop type commands are stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and in the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed next, these commands are It is sent to the audio ramp controller 113 . Upon receiving the variation pattern command and the stop type command, the audio ramp control device 113 generates a display variation pattern command and a display type command based thereon, and transmits them to the display control device 114 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 22, normal chart fluctuation processing (S111), which is one processing of timer interrupt processing executed by MPU 201 in main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 22 is a flow chart showing the normal pattern variation process (S111). This normal pattern variation process (S111) controls variable display of normal patterns in the normal pattern display device 83. FIG.

In the normal pattern variation process (S111), first, it is determined whether or not the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type normal electric part 79a is currently protruding, that is, whether or not the normal pattern is hitting (S401). . As a result of the determination, if the haunt board 79b is protruding (S401: Yes), it means that the normal symbol is being hit, so the normal pattern variation process (S111) is terminated as it is, and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) back to

On the other hand, if the haunting plate 79b is not protruding (S401: No), it is not during normal symbol winning, and then it is determined whether or not the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is during normal symbol variable display. (S402). If the display mode of the normal design display device 83 is not in the variable display of the normal design (S402: No), then it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has passed after the variable display in the normal design display device 83 is stopped (S403 ). As a result, if the predetermined time has not elapsed after the stop of the variable display (S403: No), the normal pattern fluctuation processing (S111) is terminated and the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) is returned to. As a result, the stopped symbols in the variable display are displayed on the normal symbol display device 83 for a predetermined time, so that the player can visually recognize the stopped symbols.

On the other hand, as a result of the processing of S403, if a predetermined time has passed after the variable display is stopped (S403: Yes), the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g (variable It is determined whether or not the displayed number of balls in operation (HN) is greater than "0" (S404). As a result, if the value of the normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g (operation reserved ball number HN) is not "0" (S404: Yes), it is determined that it is time to start executing variable display regarding normal symbols. 1 is subtracted from the value of the figure holding ball number counter 203g (operation holding ball number HN) (S405). This is because the processing (S406 to S413) to be described later starts the execution of one variable display among the variable displays relating to the normal symbols that have been suspended, so that the number of reserved balls relating to the normal symbols decreases by one. .

Next, shift processing is performed on the data stored in the normal map reserved ball storage area 203h (S406). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas of the general pattern reservation ball storage area 203h toward the general pattern reservation ball execution area 203i. Reservation 1st area → Normal drawing reservation ball execution area 203i, Normal drawing reservation 2nd area → Normal drawing reservation 1st area, Normal drawing reservation 3rd area → Normal drawing reservation 2nd area, Normal drawing reservation 4th area → Normal drawing The data in each area is shifted, in a reserved third area, and so on.

After the data shift processing of S406, the normal design in the normal design display device 83 is variable based on the data (that is, the value of the counter C4 for the normal design) stored in the normal design reservation ball execution area 203i by the data shift processing. To execute the display, first, it is determined whether or not the game state is the "normal game state" (S407). As a result of determination, when it is determined to be "normal game state" (S407: Yes), the variable display time of normal symbols is set to "3 seconds" (S408), and the process proceeds to S410. On the other hand, when the game state is determined not to be the "normal game state", that is, when it is determined to be the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state" (S407: No), variable display time of normal symbols is set to "0.5 second", which is shorter than the "normal game state" (S409), and the process proceeds to S410.

As a result, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits left, the ball that has passed through the unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71 appears on the board 79b. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display of normal symbols is completed within the time until reaching the arrangement position of . As a result, when the ball passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the normal symbol variable display based on the passage is executed, the normal symbol variableness is reached before the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunt plate 79b. When the display is completed and the protruded haunting plate 79b based on the variable display result can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b, the normal symbol is still displayed. The variable display is continuously executed, and the haunting plate 79b is not guided by the haunting plate 79b because the haunting plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state), and the situation in which the special figure 1 second winning port 77b is won as it is By making , or different depending on the game state, it is possible to produce different game characteristics for each game state.

In addition, even when the player hits to the right, the normal symbol is displayed within the time required for the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79 to reach the disposition position of the landing plate 79b. A difference can be made whether the variable display ends or not. As a result, when passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage is executed, the variable display of the normal symbol ends before the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunt board 79b. Then, based on the variable display result, the protruding plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side (alternate distribution unit 71 side), or the ball has reached the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b. Sometimes, the variable display of normal symbols is still being executed continuously, and the hive plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-projected state), so that the ball is not guided by the haunt plate 79b, and remains in the game area below the game board 13. By making the situation in which the game is flowed down different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different game characteristics for each game state.

In the process of S410, the normal symbol per random number table 202f is referenced according to the game state to determine whether the stop symbol in the variable display of the normal symbol, that is, the propriety of the variable display of the normal symbol is determined (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state", that is, in the low probability state, referring to the group for the low probability state in the random number table 202f per normal pattern, the normal pattern stored in the normal pattern reserved ball execution area 203i The value of the winning random number counter C4 is determined, and the stop pattern of the variable display of the normal symbols (that is, the propriety of the normal symbols) is determined. In addition, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or "probability fluctuation state", that is, in the high probability state, the group for the high probability state in the random number table 202f per normal pattern is stored in the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i. The value of the normal pattern per random number counter C4 is determined, and the stop pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern (that is, the propriety of the normal pattern) is determined. After the process of S410, this normal figure fluctuation process (S111) is completed and it returns to a timer interruption process (refer FIG. 17).

Therefore, by changing the win/loss probability of normal symbols according to the game state, when the player hits to the left, when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71, the ball passes through the right exit. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the retractable plate 79b is in the projecting state at the timing when the ball is ejected. As a result, when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit, it is a situation where the haunting plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the haunting plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or the haunting It is a situation where the plate 79b is difficult to protrude, and the ball is not guided by the protruding plate 79b because the protruding plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state), and the situation is that the special figure 1 second winning port 77b wins as it is. , differ depending on the game state, it is possible to produce different game characteristics for each game state.

Further, even when the player hits to the right, when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the haunting plate 79b is likely to protrude. . As a result, when the ball passes through the right normal pattern gate 76b, it is a situation where the haunting plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the haunting plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or the haunting plate It is possible to create a different playability for each game state by varying whether the 79b is in a situation where it is difficult to protrude and is flowed down to the game area below the game board 13 as it is.

In the process of S402, when it is determined that the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is in variable display (S402: Yes), it is determined whether or not the variable display time has elapsed (S411). The variable display time of the normal symbol display device 83 is determined according to the game state by the processing of S408 or S409, and if this variable display time has not passed (S411: No), the normal symbol display device 83 is displayed. is updated (S412), this normal pattern fluctuation process (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the variable display time of the variable display in the normal symbol display device 83 has passed (S411: Yes), the normal symbol display device 83 is set to a display mode corresponding to the stop symbol preset by S410. Then (S413), this normal pattern fluctuation process (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

Thus, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the ball passes through one of the normal symbol gates 76, the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 is set based on the normal symbol variation processing (S111). From the start of the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 until the variable display time elapses, the symbol "O" and the symbol "X" are alternately lit. When the result of the variable display is a win, the symbol "O" is lit, and when the result is a loss, the symbol "X" is lit.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the success probability and the variable display time of the variable display of normal symbols are changed according to the game state, and the projection time of the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type normal electric player 79a is changed according to the game state. configured to change according to By configuring in this way, the ball passing through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit wins the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b depending on whether it is the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state" at the time of hitting to the left. It is possible to change whether to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78. In addition, depending on whether or not the "probability fluctuation state" at the time of hitting to the right, it is possible to roll the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and guide it to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. You can change whether or not you can. As a result, the win/fail probability and variable display time of normal patterns and the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b are changed according to the game state at that time, and the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win are changed for each game state, thereby providing variations in the game. By enriching, the interest in the game can be enhanced.

Next, with reference to FIG. 23, the jackpot process (S103), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 23 is a flow chart showing the jackpot process (S103).

In this jackpot process (S103), as described above, when a jackpot with a special symbol occurs, the number of times (the number of rounds) of opening the jackpots 65a and 67a is set according to the type of jackpot, and the central jackpot is set. The opening time of the opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a (the central big winning opening 65a and the right big winning opening 67a may be collectively referred to as "big winning openings 65a and 67a") is set. Then, in the case of the jackpot state, a large winning opening opening/closing control process (see FIG. 24) for opening or closing the large winning openings 65a and 67a is executed.

That is, the large winning openings 65a and 67a are opened for each round in the jackpot state, and the maximum opening time of the large winning openings 65a and 67a ("30 seconds" in the first embodiment) has passed, or A closing condition is determined as to whether or not a specified number of balls (10 in the first embodiment) have entered 65a and 67a. Then, when any one of these closing conditions is established, the big winning openings 65a and 67a are closed. The control for opening and the control for closing the big winning openings 65a and 67a are repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds.

In the jackpot process (S103), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is in progress (S501). As a result of determination, if the jackpot is not in progress (S501: No), then it is determined whether or not the dynamic display (variation effect) of the special symbols has ended (S502).

As a result of the determination in S502, if the dynamic display of the special symbol (variation effect) has not ended (S502: No), this jackpot process (S103) ends and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) of special symbols has ended (S502: Yes), then it is determined whether or not a big hit has been won in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) (S503).

As a result of the determination in S503, if it is determined that the jackpot has not been won in the dynamic display (variation effect) (S503: No), the jackpot process (S103) is terminated and the timer interrupt process (FIG. 17 reference). On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot has been won in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) (S503: Yes), first, in order to control the winning jackpot, the number of rounds for the winning jackpot is 15R. It is determined whether or not, that is, whether or not the "15R probability variable jackpot" has been won (S504).

As a result of the determination in S504, if "15R probability variable jackpot" is won (S504: Yes), "15" is set in the round counter in order to perform opening control of the big prize openings 65a and 67a 15 times in this jackpot. (S505), the process proceeds to S507. On the other hand, if the "15R probability variable jackpot" is not won, that is, if the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is won (S504: No), the opening control of the big winning openings 65a and 67a is performed seven times in the main jackpot. To do so, the round counter is set to "7" (S506), and the process proceeds to S507. The MPU 201 confirms the value of the round counter, and when the value is set in the round counter (that is, "1" or more), the value of the round counter is controlled while opening the big winning openings 65a and 67a. is subtracted by 1. Then, when the value of the round counter becomes "0", the jackpot in progress is terminated.

In the process of S507, in order to transmit the opening command to the sound lamp control device 113, the opening command is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S507). Next, the jackpot opening time (for example, "10 seconds") is set (S508), the jackpot process (S103) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In the process of S501, when it is determined that the big win is already in progress (S501: Yes), a big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) for controlling opening and closing of the big winning openings 65a and 67a is executed.

Here, with reference to FIG. 24, the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509), which is one process of the big winning process executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 24 is a flow chart showing the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509). As described above, in the large winning opening opening/closing control process (S509), the opening/closing control of the large winning openings 65a and 67a is executed based on the number of openings of the large winning openings 65a and 67a set in the big winning process (S103). do.

In this big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509), first, it is determined whether or not one of the big winning openings 65a, 67a is open (S601). If the large winning openings 65a and 67a are not open (S601: No), the large winning openings 65a and 67a are not open and the interval time is in effect. If 67a is open (S601: Yes), then, whether or not the opening time of the big winning openings 65a and 67a set in the opening time setting process (see S615) has passed. is determined (S602).

In the process of S602, if the opening time of the large winning openings 65a and 67a has elapsed (S602: Yes), the conditions for closing the large winning openings 65a and 67a are established, and the opening of the large winning openings 65a and 67a in the round Since it is the closing timing, the winning counter value is cleared to "0" (S603), and the process proceeds to S607 in order to close the big winning openings 65a and 67a. The closing processing of the big winning openings 65a and 67a from S607 will be described later. On the other hand, in the processing of S602, if it is not the time when the opening time of the large winning openings 65a and 67a has elapsed (S602: No), then it is determined whether or not the ball has entered the large winning openings 65a and 67a (S604). ).

In the process of S604, if the ball has entered the big winning openings 65a and 67a (S604: Yes), the value of the winning counter is subtracted by 1 (S605). ” (S606). If the value of the winning counter is not greater than "0" (S606: No), that is, if the value of the winning counter is less than or equal to "0", 10 balls will enter the big winning openings 65a and 67a to win the big prize. Since the conditions for closing the winning openings 65a and 67a are satisfied, the process proceeds to S607 in order to close the big winning openings 65a and 67a.

In the process of S604, if it is determined that the ball has not entered the big winning openings 65a and 67a (S604: No), or in the process of S606, the value of the winning counter is greater than "0". If it is determined that there is (S606: Yes), the conditions for closing the large winning openings 65a and 67a are not satisfied, and the processing of S607 to S616 is skipped in order to continue opening the large winning openings 65a and 67a. Then, the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) is terminated. After the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) ends, the process returns to the big winning process (see FIG. 23).

In the process of closing the large winning openings 65a and 67a from S607, first, the closing setting of the large winning openings 65a and 67a is performed (S607), and then the audio lamp control device 113 closes the large winning openings 65a and 67a. A closing command is set to indicate that it has been closed (S608), and the process proceeds to S609. Note that the close command set in the process of S608 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and will be , and is transmitted to the audio lamp controller 113 .

Next, in the process of S609, since one round of the big winning openings 65a and 67a has been completed, the value of the round counter is subtracted by one (S609), and the value of the round counter obtained by subtracting one is greater than "0". (S610). When the value of the round counter is greater than "0" (S610: Yes), the number of rounds (remaining number of openings of the big winning openings 65a and 67a) in the big win remains. An interval time (for example, "2 seconds") until the winning openings 65a and 67a are opened is set (S611), and the process proceeds to S612.

On the other hand, in the process of S610, if the value of the round counter is not greater than "0" (S610: No), that is, if the value of the round counter is less than or equal to "0", the big winning opening 65a, Since the opening operation of 67a is all completed, in order to end the big win state, this big winning opening opening control process (S509) is ended and the process returns to the big win process (see FIG. 23).

In the process of S612, it is determined whether or not the opening time set in S508 of the jackpot process (see FIG. 23) or the interval time set in S611 has passed (S612). As a result of determination, if the opening time or the interval time has not elapsed (S612: No), the processing of S613 to S616 is skipped, the big winning opening opening/closing control processing (S509) is terminated, and the jackpot processing (Fig. 23 ).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time or the interval time has passed (S612: Yes), it is time to open the large winning openings 65a and 67a. It does (S613). Next, in order to count the number of balls that have won into the opened big winning openings 65a and 67a, the winning counter is set to "10" (S614), and the process proceeds to S615. In the first embodiment, the value of the winning counter is decremented by 1 each time a ball enters the big winning openings 65a and 67a. , when a predetermined opening time elapses or when the value of the winning counter becomes "0", the big winning openings 65a and 67a are closed.

In the process of S615, the maximum opening time (for example, "30 seconds") of the large winning openings 65a and 67a is set (S615), and the large winning openings 65a and 67a are being opened with respect to the sound lamp control device 113. An open command indicating that is set (S616), and the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) is terminated. After the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) ends, the process returns to the big winning process (see FIG. 23).

Note that the release command set in the process of S616 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and will , and is transmitted to the audio lamp controller 113 .

Returning to FIG. 23, the description is continued. After execution of the big winning opening control process (S509), it is determined whether or not the value of the round counter is greater than "0" (S510). In the above-described big winning opening opening/closing control process, the value of the round counter is decremented as the big winning openings 65a and 67a are closed (see S609 in FIG. 24). 0” (S510: Yes), in order to continue executing the jackpot, the processing of S511 to S516 is skipped, this jackpot processing (S103) is terminated, and the timer interrupt processing ( 17).

On the other hand, if the value of the round counter is not greater than "0", that is, if the value of the round counter is less than or equal to "0" (S510: No), then the conditions for ending the big win are met, so the big win is won. In order to end the game, first, an ending command indicating the start of the jackpot ending effect is set to the sound lamp control device 113 (S511). Then, in order to set the game state at the end of the jackpot to the "probability fluctuation state" or "latency probability fluctuation state" until the dynamic display (variation effect) of the special symbol is executed 100 times, the value of the ST counter is set to "100". is set (S512), a jackpot end setting process for setting an ending time, etc. is performed (S513), and the process proceeds to S514. Note that the ending command set in the process of S511 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and will , and is transmitted to the audio lamp controller 113 .

In the process of S514, it is determined whether or not the jackpot type in this jackpot was the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that generates the "latency probability variable state" (S514). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the jackpot type is the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that generates the "latency probability fluctuation state" (S514: Yes), the game state is shifted to the "latency probability fluctuation state" ( S515), this jackpot process (S103) ends. On the other hand, when it is determined that the jackpot type is not the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that generates the "latency probability fluctuation state", that is, when the jackpot type is the "15R probability variable jackpot" (S514: No), the gaming state is changed. The game is shifted to the "probability fluctuation state" (S516), and the jackpot process (S103) ends. After the jackpot process ends, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In this way, by executing the big winning process (see FIG. 23) and the big winning opening opening/closing control process (see FIG. 24) for controlling the opening and closing of the big winning openings 65a and 67a in the big winning process, the main control The MPU 201 of the device 110 performs a process of opening and closing the big winning openings 65a and 67a at the time of the big win and a process of transmitting various states to the sound lamp control device 113 at the time of the big win.

Next, with reference to FIG. 25, the normal electric control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 25 is a flow chart showing the normal electric duty control process (S104). In this normal electric role control process (S104), when a win of a normal symbol occurs, the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type normal electric role 79a is driven to appear and disappear (protrusion and recession) in accordance with the game state. That is, the projecting time of the projecting and retracting plate 79b is set according to the game state, and the projecting and retracting plate 79b is driven to protrude. .

In the normal electric role control process (S104), first, it is determined whether or not the haunting board 79b is protruding, that is, whether or not the normal symbol is being hit (S701). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the haunting plate 79b is not protruding, that is, if it is determined that the normal symbols are not hitting (S701: No), then whether or not the variable display of the normal symbols has ended. (S702).

As a result of determination in S702, if the variable display of normal symbols has not ended (S702: No), the normal electric role control process (S104) is ended and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) is returned to. If the variable display of the normal symbols has ended (S702: Yes), then it is determined whether or not a win has been won in the variable display (S703).

As a result of the determination in S703, if it is determined that the win has not been won in the variable display (S703: No), this ordinary electric role control process (S104) is terminated, and timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) back to On the other hand, if it is determined that the winning is won in the variable display (S703: Yes), first, the game state at the time of winning is the "probability fluctuation state" in order to execute the control related to the winning. (S704).

As a result of the determination in S704, if it is determined that it is not the "probability fluctuation state", that is, if the game state is the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state" (S704: No), the normal electric role control table Based on the contents of 202h, the projecting time of the retractable board 79b in the winning state is set to "2 seconds" (S705), and the process proceeds to S707. On the other hand, if it is determined to be in the "probability fluctuating state" (S704: Yes), the projecting time of the landing plate 79b in the winning state is set to "5 seconds" based on the stipulated contents of the normal electric role control table 202h. (S706), the process proceeds to S707.

In the process of S707, the protruding plate 79b is protruded (S707), the protruding plate 79b that has been in the retracted state is driven to the protruding state, the ordinary electric control processing (S104) is terminated, and timer interrupt processing is performed. (See FIG. 17).

As a result, by changing the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b based on the hit of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits to the left, the normal symbol gate 76a within the alternate distribution unit 71 is passed. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the projection/retraction plate 79b maintains the projecting state when the ball thus moved reaches the arrangement position of the projection/retraction plate 79b. As a result, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and wins in the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage, when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b, the haunting plate 79b is in a protruding state, and when the haunting plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b, the haunting plate 79b is in a recessed state (non In the projecting state), the ball is not guided by the haunting plate 79b, and the state of winning as it is to the special figure 1 second winning port 77b is changed depending on the game state, so that different game characteristics are provided for each game state. can produce.

Also, when the player hits to the right, the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79, reaches the arrangement position of the landing plate 79b, and rolls on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b. During movement, it is possible to make a difference whether or not the retractable plate 79b is in the recessed state (non-projected state). As a result, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the arrangement position of the landing plate 79b, that is, the right end of the landing plate 79b, and while the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b. , the protruding state of the haunting plate 79b is maintained, and the ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b toward the left end can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or the ball rolls on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b. The protruding time of the haunting plate 79b ends while it is rolling, and the haunting plate 79b is retracted, so that the ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b flows down to the lower side of the game area as it is. By making , or different depending on the game state, it is possible to produce different game characteristics for each game state.

In the processing of S701, if it is determined that the haunting board 79b is protruding, that is, if it is determined that the normal symbol is being hit (S701: Yes), then the haunting plate 79b set in S705 or S706 It is determined whether or not the projecting time of the plate 79b has elapsed (S708). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the set projecting time of the retractable plate 79b has not elapsed (S708: No), the process of S709 is skipped in order to maintain the projecting state of the retractable plate 79b. The normal electric service control process (S104) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, in the process of S708, if it is determined that the set projecting time of the retractable plate 79b has passed (S708: Yes), the retracting process of the retractable plate 79b is performed (S709), and the projecting state has been reached. The protruding board 79b is driven into the retracted state, the normal electric role control process (S104) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the winning probability and the variation time of the normal symbols and the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b associated with the winning are different according to the game state, so that the left-handed game can be played. In, in the "normal game state", the game is played by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and "latency probability fluctuation state", the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 can be done. In addition, in the right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by differentiating the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest in the game.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, NMI interrupt processing executed in main controller 110 when a power failure or the like occurs will be described. FIG. 26 is a flow chart showing NMI interrupt processing executed by the MPU in main controller 110 . The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 when the pachinko machine 10 is powered off due to power failure or the like.

By this NMI interrupt processing, information on occurrence of power failure is stored in the RAM 203 . That is, when the pachinko machine 10 is powered off due to a power failure or the like, a power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main controller 110 . When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal, the MPU 201 interrupts the control being executed, starts NMI interrupt processing, and stores power failure occurrence information in the RAM 203 as power failure occurrence information settings (S801). ), ending the NMI interrupt processing.

Incidentally, the above NMI interrupt processing is also executed in the payout control device 111 in the same manner, and information on occurrence of power failure is stored in the RAM 213 by such NMI interrupt processing. That is, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure or the like, a power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control being executed. Then, NMI interrupt processing is started.

Next, with reference to FIG. 27, startup processing executed by MPU 201 in main controller 110 when main controller 110 is powered on will be described. FIG. 27 is a flow chart showing this start-up process. This start-up process is started by a reset when the power is turned on.

In the start-up process, first, an initial setting process is executed upon power-on (S901). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, in order to wait for the sub-side control devices (peripheral control devices such as the sound lamp control device 113 and the payout control device 111) to become operable, wait processing ("1 second" in the first embodiment) ) is executed (S902). Then, access to the RAM 203 is permitted (S903).

After that, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) provided in the power supply device 115 is turned on (S904), and if it is turned on (S904: Yes), the process proceeds to S911. On the other hand, if the RAM erasing switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), it is determined whether or not power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S905), and if not stored (S905: No). , there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power shutdown did not end normally, so in this case also, the process proceeds to S911.

If power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S905: Yes), the RAM determination value is calculated (S906). If the determination value does not match the RAM determination value saved at the time of power shutdown, the backed-up data is destroyed.

Note that the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the work area address of the RAM 203, as will also be described in S926 of FIG. Instead of the RAM determination value, the validity of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in the predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the processing of S911, a payout initialization command is transmitted in order to initialize the payout control device 111 which is a sub-side control device (peripheral control device) (S911). When the payout control device 111 receives this payout initialization command, it clears the area (work area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets the initial value, and becomes ready to start ball payout control. After transmitting the payout initialization command, main controller 110 executes the initialization process of RAM 203 (S912, S913).

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, the power is turned on while the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed when the RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, such as when the hall starts operating. Therefore, if the RAM erasing switch 122 is pressed during the start-up process, the RAM 203 is initialized (S912, S913). Also, if power failure occurrence information is not set, or if a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.), the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913) is executed in the same way. . In the initialization process of the RAM 203 (S912, S913), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to "0" (S912), and then the initial value is set in the RAM 203 (S913). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process proceeds to S910.

On the other hand, if the RAM erasing switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), power failure occurrence information is stored (S905: Yes), and the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.) is normal ( S907: Yes), while retaining the data backed up in the RAM 203, clear the power failure occurrence information (S908). Then, the sub-side control device (peripheral control device) transmits a payout return command at the time of power recovery for returning to the gaming state at the time of drive power interruption (S909), and the process proceeds to S910. When the payout control device 111 receives this payout return command, it becomes possible to start the ball payout control while retaining the data stored in the RAM 213 .

In the process of S910, interrupts are permitted (S910). Then, the process shifts to the main process (see FIG. 28), which will be described later.

Next, with reference to FIG. 28, main processing executed by MPU 201 in main controller 110 after the start-up processing described above will be described. FIG. 28 is a flow chart showing this main process. This main process is roughly divided into a counter update process and a power-off process.

In the main process, it is determined whether power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S921). If the RAM 203 does not store power failure occurrence information (S921: No), the power failure signal SG1 is not output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252, and the power is not shut off. Therefore, in such a case, the first initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S922, S923).

First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S922). Specifically, 1 is added to the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value ("899" and "99" in the first embodiment) , clear to "0". Then, the updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c areas of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the fluctuation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the process of S107 (see FIG. 17) (S923), and the process proceeds to S921.

Here, while this main process is being executed, the timer interrupt process described with reference to FIG. 17 is activated and executed at predetermined time intervals ("4 milliseconds" in the first embodiment). In the timer interrupt process, different processes are executed according to the state of the game. For example, during the big hit, the execution of controlling the opening and closing of the big winning openings 65a and 67a is performed, and if the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76, the normal symbol display device 83 performs display control regarding the variable display of the normal symbol. is done. Also, in the jackpot lottery executed when the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 is started, the number of jackpot random numbers to be compared with the obtained jackpot random number counter C1 differs depending on whether the state is a high probability state or a low probability state. come. Therefore, the time taken to execute one timer interrupt process changes according to the state of the game. Therefore, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt process to the execution timing of the next timer interrupt process is not constant, but changes according to the state of the game at that time.

The processes of S922 and S923, which are one process of the main process, are executed during the remaining time of this timer interrupt process. That is, the remaining time is used to repeatedly update the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2. The counter CINI2 (that is, the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the initial value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern) can be randomly updated, and similarly the variation type counter CS1 can be randomly updated. In particular, by randomly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, to update the jackpot random number counter C1 and the general figure random number counter C4 that use these as the initial values for updating, It can be random.

In addition, in the process of S921, if the RAM 203 stores power failure occurrence information (S921: Yes), the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the power is turned off, and the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252. As a result, the NMI interrupt process of FIG. 26 has been executed, so the power-off process after S924 is executed. First, the generation of each interrupt process is prohibited (S924), and a power-off command indicating that the power has been cut off is sent to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the sound lamp control device 113). and transmit (S925). Then, a RAM determination value is calculated and stored (S926), access to the RAM 203 is prohibited (S927), and the infinite loop continues until the power supply is completely cut off and processing cannot be executed. Here, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203 .

Note that the process of S921 is executed at the timing when one cycle of the processes of S922 and S923 performed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) ends. As a result, in the main processing of the main control unit 110, at the timing when various settings by the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) are finished, and when the updating of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 is finished, power-off generation information is confirmed. Therefore, when returning from the power-off state, the process can be started from the process of S921 after the start-up process (see FIG. 27) ends. That is, the process can be started from the process of S921, as in the case of initialization in the start-up process.

Therefore, even if the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 are not saved in the stack area or the value of the stack pointer is not saved in the processing at power-off, the stack pointer is set to By setting to a predetermined value (initial value), the process of S921 can be started. As a result, the control load on main controller 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without malfunction or runaway of main controller 110 .

In the first embodiment, the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) executes the processing to be periodically executed, and the main processing (see FIG. 28) sets each counter to the remaining time of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17). Although the case of updating CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 has been described, part or all of the processing executed in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) can be performed in the main processing (see FIG. 28). It may be configured to run every hour (eg, 4 milliseconds). For example, in the first embodiment, the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) was executed in the prize ball counting signal, payout abnormality signal reading processing (S102), jackpot processing (S103), normal electric role control processing (S104) And switch reading process (S105), start winning process (S108), gate passing process (S109), special figure fluctuation process (S110), normal figure fluctuation process (S111), some or all of the launch control process (S112) , in the main processing (see FIG. 28), instead of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17), may be configured to be executed every 4 milliseconds.

In this case, a step is provided in the main processing (see FIG. 28) to determine whether or not a predetermined time (4 milliseconds) has elapsed, and only when it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, processing is executed at predetermined time intervals. , and the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 may be updated regardless of whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. As a result, each of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 is updated during the remaining time of the processing executed every predetermined time. Since the time required for the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 can be updated at random even with such a configuration.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b Play the game by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning, and in the "latency probability fluctuation state", the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 first winning port 77a A game by a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winning to the winning opening 78 in FIG. 2 can be performed. In addition, in the right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by differentiating the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest in the game.

Also, by setting the game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special pattern to be more advantageous for the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special pattern, the player wins prizes for each game state. Combined with the fact that the winning ports 77 and 78 that can be (easily) made different are provided to the player, the interest of transitioning to a high-value game state in stages can be provided to improve the interest of the game. . That is, in the "normal game state", the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player is easily obtained, and in the "latency probability fluctuation state" that is easy to transition from the "normal game state", the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player and a second lottery game advantageous to the player alternately, and in the ``probability fluctuation state'' to which the ``latency probability fluctuation state'' is easily changed, the second lottery game advantageous to the player is played. It is possible to provide the player with the interest of making it easy to obtain and transitioning to a high-value game state step by step.

In addition, special patterns and normal patterns that are familiar to the players are used, and the haunting plate 79b is configured to be linked to the alternating distribution unit 71 that alternately distributes to a plurality of winning openings 77. By realizing this property, it is possible to make it easier for the player to understand the specifications of the game, and to solve the problem that the difficulty of understanding the game specifications causes the player to shy away from playing the game and the operation does not improve.

In addition, since the above-described playability is realized without using special mechanisms such as non-electric accessories, an increase in the number of parts for special mechanisms is prevented, and the cost of the pachinko machine 10 is increased. It is possible to realize the above-mentioned game characteristics without having to

Furthermore, the structure of the deceleration part 79c makes it possible to reduce the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projection plate 79b toward the left end, while making the time for rolling on the upper surface of the projection plate 79b constant. As a result, the time for which the ball stays on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b can be made constant and long. Therefore, by lengthening the staying time on the hive plate 79b compared to the case without the deceleration part 79c, the projecting time of the hive plate 79b can be adjusted for each game state in order to realize the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications. Furthermore, the more the speed of the balls flowing down by the deceleration part 79c is delayed, the more the length of the projection/retraction plate 79b can be shortened, so that the entire ordinary electric unit 79 can be made compact accordingly.

<Second embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 to 34. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is arranged in the central part of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit is buried near the distribution device 73 in the right path 75. ing.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in order to realize the game specifications of the present invention, the retractable plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is arranged to have a certain distance (width) in the left-right direction (horizontal direction). In addition to configuring, alternate distribution is performed so that the left part of the retractable plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is arranged above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b provided on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71 It is configured such that an ordinary electric unit 79 is arranged with respect to the unit 71 .

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the hive plate 79b is positioned between the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. It is configured such that the deceleration portion 79c of the winning unit 79 is positioned.

However, the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is separated from the sorting device 73 by only about one ball, and the direction of the flow of the ball has just been switched by the sorting device 73. In addition, since the ball rolling in the right path 75 in the lateral direction when viewed from the front is detected, the ball may collide with the lower passage wall (not shown) of the right path 75 and bounce back. Since there is a possibility that the movement of is not stable, there is a possibility that chattering will occur due to the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In addition, when the normal electric unit 79 is arranged in parallel with the alternate distribution unit 71, the left end portion of the entrance/exit plate 79b is located on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71. When the configuration is such that it overlaps with the upper position of the alternate distribution unit 71, the degree of overlap in the horizontal direction of the front view of the ordinary electric unit 79 with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 is small, and the width of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the width of the ordinary electric unit 79 are required, respectively, and there is a risk that the degree of freedom in designing the board surface in the game area will decrease.

Furthermore, when the deceleration part 79c of the normal electric unit 79 is positioned above the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the deceleration part 79c. However, the behavior of the ball is disturbed based on the collision, and there is a possibility that it will flow out to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side even though the haunting plate 79b does not protrude.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is embedded near the right exit of the right path 75 so as to detect balls flowing vertically downward. Also, the central portion of the retractable board 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Further, the deceleration units 79d and 79e are not arranged in the ball flowing down space formed between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

By configuring in this way, the ball that is free falling vertically downward can be detected by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the ball in which the behavior of the ball flowing down the right path 75 is stable is detected. Thus, chattering at the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a can be eliminated.

In addition, since the central portion of the haunting plate 79b is positioned above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, the overlapping portion of the normal electric unit 79 in the front view lateral direction with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 increases, and the alternate The installation area of the distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in designing the board surface in the game area can be increased.

Furthermore, by not arranging the deceleration units 79d and 79e in the space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second winning opening 75, the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 can be predicted. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of behavior (for example, inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side).

In addition, since the deceleration units 79d and 79e are arranged on both sides of the space where the ball flows down from the right outlet of the right path 75, when the retractable plate 79b is in the retracted state, the ball flows out from the right outlet of the right path 75. When the behavior of the ball is disturbed and the ball is about to be discharged outside the alternate distribution unit 71 without entering the special figure 1 second winning port 77b, the ball collides with the deceleration units 79d and 79e again It can be configured to flow down to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first embodiment, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 29, the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g in 2nd Embodiment is demonstrated. FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202 of the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 29, in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g of the second embodiment, the normal pattern variable display time set in the case of the low probability state is "3 seconds". stipulated in That is, in the low probability state, the time from the start of variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "3 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal pattern variable display time set in the case of the high probability state is defined in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g so as to be "0.1 second". That is, in the high probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "0.1 second".

Next, with reference to FIGS. 30 to 34, the playability in each game state of the second embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the haunting plate 79b will be described.

FIG. 30 shows, in each game state of the second embodiment, the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternating sorting unit 71 when hitting left, or the behavior of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b. FIG. 30(a) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the landing plate 79b during left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. FIG. 30(b) is a diagram for explanation, and FIG. 30(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 during left-handed hitting in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment. , and the behavior of the retractable plate 79b, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a retractable plate 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b when hitting to the right;

Also, FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit 79 taken along line AA of FIG. 30(a).

Furthermore, FIG. 32(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbols when hitting to the left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. 32(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b, and FIG. 32(b) shows the flow into the normal electric unit 79 (right It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b. FIG. 33(a) shows variable display of the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal pattern at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment. 33(b) is a timing chart showing the projection time of the hive board 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball (passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b. Furthermore, FIG. 34(a) shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment. 34(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the hive plate 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in the second embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the arrangement position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the alternate distribution unit 71. The difference is that the arrangement position of the normal electric unit 79 (projection plate 79b) and the arrangement position of the deceleration units 79d and 79e in the normal electric unit 79 are different. That is, as shown in FIGS. 30(a) to 30(c) and FIG. 31, in the second embodiment, the unit normal symbol gate 76a is arranged near the right exit of the right path 75, and the normal electric unit The portion where the retractable plate 79b of 79 is arranged in the alternately distributing unit 71 is increased, and the deceleration units 79d and 79e of the normal electric unit 79 are arranged on both sides of the ball flowing down space from the right outlet of the right path 75. is set. Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 30( a ), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the second embodiment is “2 seconds after being distributed” by the distribution device 73 . '' later flows out from the left exit of the left path 74, and enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment are first distributed by the distribution device 73, and after "1.8 seconds", normal symbols in the unit are displayed. It passes through the gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "0.2 seconds" after passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 32(a), when the ball is sorted into the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, it is arranged so that it flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 two seconds after the sorting timing. is configured to In addition, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a disposed in the right path 75 after "1.8 seconds" after being distributed to the right path 75, and by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a, the normal A symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of normal symbols.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the result of the variable display is derived. It passes through the arrangement position of the haunting board 79b before and wins the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b as it is.

Here, in the second embodiment, the embedding position of the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is near the right exit of the right path 75. Since it is free falling inside, there is a high probability that the behavior of the ball is stable. Therefore, it is possible to detect a ball that behaves stably by the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and to prevent chattering from occurring.

It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 32(b), when hitting to the right in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is released after "one second". The rightmost position of 79b is reached. In addition, the variable display time of normal symbols in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment is "3 seconds". Therefore, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" is before the normal symbol variable display based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, the haunting plate 79b protrudes based on the variable display. Before entering the state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if the balls enter the ball continuously, it is difficult to hit the normal symbols in the "normal game state". Seconds" (see FIG. 15(c)), and the time required for rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b moves toward the left end without rolling to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) side. When the projection/retraction plate 79b is displaced into the recessed state while rolling, the ball flows down to the downstream side of the ordinary electric unit 79. As shown in FIG. Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "normal game state".

Thus, in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b alternately, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 30(b) and 33, the gameplay in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(b), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment are It flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "2 seconds" after being sorted from 73, and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is first distributed by the distribution device 73, and after "1.8 seconds", the normal It passes through the symbol gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "0.2 seconds" after passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 33(a), when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, the ball will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 two seconds after the sorting timing. is configured to In addition, after "1.8 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 second" (see FIG. 29). Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the ball appearance plate 79b is provided. A variable display result is derived at the timing of reaching the position.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projection time of the haunting board 79b in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment is "2 seconds" as in the "normal game state", but the haunting board 79b is projected after the variable display is started. The total time until immersion is "2.1 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the protruding plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and before it reaches the arrangement position of the protruding plate 79b. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the arrangement position of the retractable plate 79b collides with the central portion of the retractable plate 79b, and then rolls on the upper surface of the projected retractable plate 79b. , is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the center portion of the protruding plate 79b is arranged above the special figure 1 second entrance 77b. In addition, the right side of the central portion of the retractable plate 79b, that is, the outer speed reduction portion 79d provided outside the alternate distribution unit 71, and the left side of the above-mentioned central portion, that is, the inner speed reduction portion provided inside the alternate distribution unit 71 79e are arranged, and the outer speed reduction section 79d and the inner speed reduction section 79e are not provided in the central portion of the retractable plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, neither the outer speed reduction section 79d nor the inner speed reduction section 79e is arranged at the central portion of the retractable plate 79b, that is, the portion that intersects the right outlet of the right path 75. .

Now, with reference to FIG. 31, the configuration of the ordinary electric unit 79 of the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit 79 taken along line AA of FIG. 30(a).

As shown in FIG. 31, when the retractable plate 79b is in a protruding state, the ball that has flowed into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the central portion of the retractable plate 79b in the protruding state, By the inclination of , the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b rolls to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b from the central portion of the projecting/retracting plate 79b first collides with the inner deceleration portion 79e1 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric unit 79, The traveling direction is changed by the collision, and it rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the front inner deceleration portion 79e2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base portion 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b. In the second embodiment, it takes "1 second" to roll from the center portion of the retractable plate 79b to the left end portion.

Further, as shown in FIG. 31, when the hive plate 79b is in the projected state, the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 collides with the right end of the hive plate 79b in the projected state, Due to the inclination of the protrusion/retraction plate 79b, the upper surface of the protrusion/retraction plate 79b rolls to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, ie, to the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball that rolls from the right end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b first moves toward the first rear outer deceleration portion 79d1 provided on the base portion 79y side of the normal electric unit 79. , and the traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b rolls toward the cover portion 79x side. Then, it collides with the first front outer deceleration portion 79d2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, so that the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base portion 79y side. roll to. After that, it collides with the second rear-outer deceleration section 79d3 provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the cover section 79x side. move. Then, it collides with the second front outer deceleration portion 79d4 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, so that the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base portion 79y side. It reaches the central portion of the projecting/retracting plate 79b while rolling to. In the second embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion.

Then, the ball that has passed through the central portion of the retractable plate 79b, like the ball that has flowed out from the right exit of the right path 75, collides with the inner deceleration section 79e1 provided on the base portion 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, The traveling direction is changed by the collision, and it rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the front inner deceleration portion 79e2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base portion 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for rolling from the right end to the left end of the retractable plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". ” is configured to do so.

Thus, in the second embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion by the outer deceleration portion 79d. Further, the inner deceleration portion 79e is configured so that it takes "1 second" to roll from the central portion of the retractable plate 79b to the left end portion. That is, the time required for rolling from the right end to the central portion of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is longer than the time required for rolling from the central portion to the left end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b.

In addition, by arranging the number of the outer speed reduction portions 79d larger than the number of the inner speed reduction portions 79e so that the time for the outer speed reduction portions 79d to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the protruding plate 79b becomes longer, the alternate Even when the distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 are made compact, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the retractable plate 79b can be lengthened. Therefore, in the game state (that is, "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state") in which hitting to the right is not encouraged, the time for rolling on the haunting plate 79b is longer than the projection time of the haunting plate 79b. By configuring to, it is possible to prevent the inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78. As a result, special figure 1 winning opening 77 in "normal game state", special figure 1 winning opening 77 and special figure 2 winning opening 78 in "latency probability fluctuation state", special figure 2 winning opening 78 in "probability fluctuation state" , the variation of the prize winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states can be made different, and the amusement of the game can be improved. Then, the entire ordinary electric unit 79 overlaps the alternate distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, so that the installation area of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 can be reduced, and the game area can be reduced. The degree of freedom in board design can be increased.

Furthermore, by not arranging the deceleration units 79d and 79e in the space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second winning opening 75, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 can be predicted. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of behavior (for example, inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side).

In addition, by not arranging the deceleration units 79d and 79e directly below the right exit of the right path 75, the flow speed of the ball flowing out of the right exit of the right path 75 can be maintained without deceleration. It is possible to prevent the congestion of balls at the entrance and the jamming of balls near the right exit.

In addition, the ball that flows out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b is configured to enter the special figure 2 winning port 78 arranged slightly to the right of the center line of the alternate distribution unit 71. Therefore, there is no need to dispose a member such as a nail for guiding the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

Returning to FIG. 33(a), the description continues. As described above, in the "latency probability varying state" of the second embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the center portion to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "1 second", and the right side of the right path 75 The protruding state of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is maintained until the ball flowing out from the outlet rolls from the central portion of the projecting/retracting plate 79b to the left end. Therefore, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the projecting plate 79b, rolls on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b toward the left end, and enters the special figure 2 winning port 78.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 33(b), when the right hand is hit in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b appears after "1 second". The position of the right end of plate 79b is reached. In addition, the variable display time of normal symbols in the "latency probability variable state" of the second embodiment is "0.1 second". Furthermore, the winning probability of normal symbols in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is set higher than that in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is high. When the ball that has passed through the gate 76b reaches the right end position of the projecting plate 79b, there is a high possibility that the projecting plate 79b is in a projecting state.

However, while the time required for the projecting plate 79b to maintain the projecting state as a hit is "2 seconds", the time required to roll the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b from the right end portion to the central portion is "1.5 seconds". ” is configured to be As a result, the ball that rolls from the right end of the haunting plate 79b toward the central portion (left end) is the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b (the special figure 2 winning It does not roll to the port 78) side, but flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) when the retractable plate 79b is displaced to the recessed state. Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "latency probability variable state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "latency probability variable state".

Thus, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 In order to alternately win either one of them, the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 30(c) and FIG. 34, game characteristics in the "probability change state" of the second embodiment will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(c), in the "variable probability state" of the second embodiment, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 through the right normal symbol gate 76b flows downstream as it is. After passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the haunting board 79b after "1 second".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 34(b), when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 second". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the arrival timing, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" of the second embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display is started until the haunting board 79b projects and is retracted is "5. 1 second”.

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the hive plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and before it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b collides with the right end of the haunting plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and special figure 2 winning opening 78 side begin to be guided to

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the second embodiment is 5.1 seconds from the start of , until the haunting plate 79b protrudes and sinks. The upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls continuously flowing into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol will enter the special figure 2 winning opening while the haunt plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It is configured to be guided to the 78 side and to win a special figure 2 winning opening 78. Specifically, in the second embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the right normal symbol gate 76b is passed at each interval, two balls are additionally special. It is guided to the prize winning opening 78 side in FIG.

That is, in the second embodiment, when the haunting board 79b protrudes once at the time of hitting to the right in the "probability fluctuation state", the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol is obtained by continuing to hit to the right. is configured to be able to obtain three times. Therefore, by executing a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 34(a), when a left-handed hit is performed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the ball is moved to the right path by the sorting device 73 as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". When distributed to 75, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "two seconds" from the distributed timing. In addition, after "1.8 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability change state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 second". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the ball appearance plate 79b is provided. A variable display result is derived at the timing of reaching the position.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b in the "variable probability state" of the second embodiment is longer than that in the "normal game state" and projects for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from when the variable display is started until when the retractable board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.1 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it collides with the central portion of the hive plate 79b, and the hive plate 79b is in a protruding state until it reaches the left end position of the hive plate 79b from the central portion. It is highly possible that the protruding state is maintained. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the central portion of the haunting plate 79b collides with the central portion of the haunting plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and special figure 2 winning opening 78 side be guided to.

On the other hand, as described above, in the "variable probability state" of the second embodiment, the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b into the normal electric unit 79 by the right-handed game is assisted by the haunt board 79b. It is configured so that it is easy to win a special figure 2 winning opening 78 by. Therefore, even if the left-handed game is performed, it is configured to be able to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78, but the right-handed game in which the winning assistance to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 can be performed is continuously performed. The second lottery game with the second special symbol is more likely to be executed when the second lottery game is played.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, in the left-handed game, to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b in the "normal game state" Play the game by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning, and in the "latency probability fluctuation state", the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 first winning port 77a A game by a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winning to the winning opening 78 in FIG. 2 can be performed. In addition, in the right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by differentiating the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest in the game.

Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the embedding position of the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is near the right exit of the right path 75. 75 has been flowing down for a while, so there is a high probability that the behavior is stable. Therefore, it is possible to detect a ball that behaves stably by the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and to prevent chattering from occurring.

Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion by the outer deceleration portion 79d. Further, the inner deceleration portion 79e is configured so that it takes "1 second" to roll from the central portion of the retractable plate 79b to the left end portion. That is, the time required for rolling from the right end to the central portion of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is longer than the time required for rolling from the central portion to the left end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b.

In this way, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are made compact by configuring the outer deceleration part 79d so that the rolling time from the right end portion to the central portion of the retractable plate 79b is lengthened. Even so, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the retractable plate 79b can be lengthened. Therefore, in the game state (that is, "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state") in which hitting to the right is not encouraged, the time for rolling on the haunting plate 79b is longer than the projection time of the haunting plate 79b. By configuring to, it is possible to prevent the inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78. As a result, special figure 1 winning opening 77 in "normal game state", special figure 1 winning opening 77 and special figure 2 winning opening 78 in "latency probability fluctuation state", special figure 2 winning opening 78 in "probability fluctuation state" , the variation of the prize winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states can be made different, and the amusement of the game can be improved. Then, the entire ordinary electric unit 79 overlaps with the alternate distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, so that the installation area of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 can be reduced. The degree of freedom in board design can be increased.

In addition, by not arranging the deceleration units 79d and 79e in the ball flow down space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second winning opening 75, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 can be predicted. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of behavior (for example, inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side).

Furthermore, since the deceleration units 79d and 79e are arranged on both sides of the flow-down space on the downstream side of the right exit of the right path 75, when the retractable plate 79b is in the retracted state, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 Behavior is disturbed, even if the ball is about to be discharged outside the alternate distribution unit 71 without entering the special figure 1 second winning port 77b, the ball collides with the deceleration units 79d and 79e again It can be configured to flow down to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side. Therefore, when the haunt board 79b is in the retracted state, the game ball flowing down the right path 75 can be reliably flowed into the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment has the same effects as the first embodiment due to the same configuration.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, in the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", by lengthening the projection time of the haunt board 79b while shortening the variable display time of the normal symbol, to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 A game property that is easy to win and hard to win in the special figure 1 winning port 77 is realized.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, regarding the protrusion mode of the haunting plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state", the first pattern that is easy to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78 and the special figure 1 winning opening 77 ( A plurality of patterns with the second pattern that can win the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) are provided, and the game property of winning the special figure 1 winning opening 77 is provided even in the "probability fluctuation state". By configuring in this way, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to continuously win the advantageous special figure 2 winning opening 78 without winning the disadvantageous special figure 1 winning opening 77 to win the jackpot. Amusement is created, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described below, focusing on the points that differ from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first and second embodiments. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first and second embodiments, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 35, the normal electric role control table 202h in the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric duty control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the third embodiment. The normal electric role control table 202h is referred to when a normal symbol win occurs, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b is defined based on the game state at the timing when the normal symbol win occurs and the value of the normal symbol type counter C5. there is

The general pattern type counter C5 is for determining the projection time of the haunt board 79b when the winning is achieved by the variable display of normal patterns, and sequentially within a predetermined range (eg, "0 to 9") It is incremented by 1 and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value (for example, "9" in the case of a counter that can take a value of "9"). The value of the normal figure type counter C5 is periodically updated (in the third embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball passes through the normal pattern gate 76a or the right normal pattern gate 76b in the unit, the normal pattern reservation first to fourth areas provided in the normal pattern reservation ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 (see FIG. 13) It is stored in the general pattern type counter storage area (not shown) in the same general pattern reservation area as the general pattern reservation area in which the normal pattern per counter C4 is stored.

Here, for example, if the value of the normal pattern per counter C4 stored in the normal pattern reservation area 1 in the normal pattern reservation ball storage area 203h is not a random number that becomes a hit, that is, if it is a random number that becomes a loss, The stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol is a lost symbol (for example, "x" symbol). On the other hand, if the value of the normal pattern per counter C4 stored in the normal pattern retention area of 1 in the normal pattern retention ball storage area 203h is a winning random number, the stop pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern is a winning pattern ( For example, "○" symbol or "◎" symbol). In this case, the projection mode (projection time) of the haunt board 79b based on the hit is determined corresponding to the projection mode (projection time) indicated by the value of the normal pattern type counter C5 stored in the same normal pattern reservation area .

The value of the normal figure type counter C5 in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 9". Based on the normal pattern type counter C5 and the normal electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202, the projection mode (protrusion time) of the haunting board 79b based on the hit of the variable display of the normal pattern is determined.

The normal electric role control table 202h of the third embodiment is divided into groups based on the game state in which the normal symbols are drawn. Specifically, for the left-handed state referred to by the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state" which are the game states when hitting left, and the "probability fluctuation state" which is the game state when hitting right. The projecting time of the haunting board 79b is changed based on the value of the normal figure type counter C5 for the right hitting state to be referred to.

As shown in FIG. 35, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, in the game state of the left-handed state, that is, in the "normal game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", the appearance and appearance set when the normal symbol is won The projecting time of the plate 79b is defined in the normal electric role control table 202h so that it is "2 seconds" (for example, "○" symbol) for all values (that is, "0 to 9") of the normal figure type counter C5. It is That is, in a game state other than the "variable probability state", when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be "2 seconds".

On the other hand, the game state of the right-handed state, that is, the projection time of the haunt board 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuation state" is set when the value of the normal symbol type counter C5 is "0 to 8". ``5 seconds'' (for example, ``◎'' symbol) when the normal pattern type counter C5 is ``9'', and ``2 seconds'' (for example, ``○'' symbol). It is defined in table 202h. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal pattern is won, the projection time of the haunting board 79b is "5 seconds" with a probability of 90%, and the projection time of the haunting board 79b is "2 seconds" with a probability of 10%. seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the normal symbol winning probability, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the variation of the projection time of the haunt board 79b are configured to be different according to each game state. In the "probability fluctuation state", the projecting time of the haunting board 79b is configured to change according to the value of the general pattern type counter C5.

Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the normal electric control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110 in the third embodiment, will be described. do. FIG. 36 is a flow chart showing the normal electric duty control process (S104) of the third embodiment. In the normal electric role control process (S104) of the third embodiment, when a normal symbol hit occurs, the projecting time of the haunt board 79b is set according to the game state. Control is executed to vary the projecting time of the retractable plate 79b according to the value of the type counter C5.

Specifically, in the process of S704 of the normal electric role control process (S104) of the third embodiment, if it is determined that it is in the "probability fluctuation state" (S704: Yes), then the normal figure type counter C5 It is determined whether the value is any value (S751).

In the process of S751, if it is determined that the value of the normal figure type counter C5 is "0 to 8" (S751: "0 to 8"), the winning state based on the specified contents of the normal electric role control table 202h is set to "5 seconds" (S752), and the process proceeds to S707.

On the other hand, in the process of S751, when it is determined that the value of the normal figure type counter C5 is "9" (S751: "9"), the process proceeds to S705, and the specified contents of the normal electric role control table 202h , the projecting time of the retractable plate 79b in the hit state is set to "2 seconds" (S705), and the process proceeds to S707.

Thereby, depending on the game state, the projection time of the haunting board 79b based on the hit of the normal symbol is changed. By changing, when the player hits to the right in the "variable probability state", the protruding state of the haunting plate 79b is maintained until the ball rolls on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from the right end to the left end. 2. A special figure 1 in which the ball can enter the winning opening 78 or the protruding plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state while the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b, and is disposed at the lower position of the rolling position. A ball flows down to the guide part 77c, and it can produce the game property of whether it can win a special figure 1 2nd prize-winning opening 77b.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38, the playability in each game state in the third embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting board 79b associated therewith will be described.

FIG. 37 shows, in each game state of the third embodiment, the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the behavior of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b. FIG. 37(a) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the landing plate 79b when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment. FIG. 37(b) is a diagram for explanation, and FIG. 37(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 during left-handed hitting in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the third embodiment. , and the behavior of the retractable plate 79b, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a retractable plate 79b and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b when hitting to the right;

FIG. 38(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of normal symbols when hitting left in the "variable probability state" of the third embodiment. 38(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the hive plate 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b.

In the third embodiment, since the behavior of the ball and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state" are the same as in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted. The behavior of the ball and the behavior of the retractable plate 79b in the “variable state” will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 37(c), in the "variable probability state" of the third embodiment, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 through the right normal symbol gate 76b flows downstream as it is. After passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the haunting board 79b after "1 second".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 38(b), when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the third embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the arrival timing, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" of the third embodiment is "5 seconds" in the first pattern and "2 seconds" in the second pattern. The total time until the retractable plate 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds" or "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and reaches the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b, the haunting plate 79b is in a projected state, and this state is maintained regardless of the pattern. likely to be As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b collides with the right end of the haunting plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and special figure 2 winning opening 78 side begin to be guided to

Here, the ordinary electric unit 79 of the third embodiment is provided with a plurality of collective deceleration sections 79f with which the ball collides when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b toward the left end. This centralized speed reduction unit 79f is located on the opposite side of a plurality of deep side centralized speed reduction units (not shown) provided on a base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13. It is composed of a plurality of front side aggregate speed reduction sections (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of the cover section (not shown).

The collective deceleration units 79f are alternately and evenly arranged in the normal electric unit 79 on the right end side of the projection plate 79b. It is configured to roll while decelerating by repeatedly colliding with the aggregate deceleration portion 79f. As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the ball that reaches the right end of the projection board 79b rolls on the top surface of the projection board 79b in the left end direction until it reaches the left end of the projection board 79b. is configured to require a time of "2.5 seconds".

In addition, the aggregate reduction part 79f is arranged so that it takes "2 seconds" for the ball that reaches the right end of the haunting plate 79b to roll above the special figure 1 guide part 77c on the haunting plate 79b. It is Furthermore, the special figure 1 guide part 77c is widened from the winning opening width of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b so that it is easy to guide the ball that has flowed down from the haunting plate 79b to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b ( For example, it is configured with a size twice as large as the winning opening width of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. As a result, even if the retractable plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the retractable plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the aggregation deceleration portion 79f, the retractable plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. The ball flows down to the special figure 1 guide part 77c, and is configured to be able to win the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

That is, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability varying state" of the third embodiment to the time when the haunting plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds" in the first pattern, while " 2.5 seconds”. Therefore, when the projecting time of the projecting plate 79b is the first pattern, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is projected from the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b from the right end while the projecting plate 79b maintains the projecting state. It rolls to the left end and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. On the other hand, when the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b is the second pattern, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b moves the top surface of the haunting plate 79b from the right end while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It begins to roll, but the protruding and retracting plate 79b changes from the protruding state to the recessed state while rolling on the upper position of the special figure 1 guide part 77c, and the special figure 1 arranged downstream from the rolling position It flows down to the guide part 77c, and can win a special figure 1 2nd prize-winning opening 77b.

In addition, the aggregation deceleration part 79f is not arranged directly under the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and directly under the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, and is located on the right side of the right exit in front view. It is located on the left side of the right normal symbol gate 76b when viewed from the front. By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 or the right normal pattern gate 76b from directly colliding with the aggregation deceleration part 79f when flowing down in the vertical direction. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of unexpected behavior of the ball that has flowed down from the right exit of the right path 75 or the right normal symbol gate 76b (for example, the flow into the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side).

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the protruding mode of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" is configured to change according to the value of the normal pattern type counter C5. Specifically, as the projection pattern of the haunting plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state", the first pattern that maintains the protruding state of the haunting plate 79b for "5 seconds" and is easy to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78, A plurality of patterns with a second pattern that can win a special figure 1 winning opening 77 (special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) are provided with the protrusion state of the haunt board 79b for "2 seconds", and in the "probability fluctuation state" Also configured to give the game property of winning to the special figure 1 winning port 77. By configuring in this way, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to continuously win the advantageous special figure 2 winning opening 78 without winning the disadvantageous special figure 1 winning opening 77 to win the jackpot. Amusement is created, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment has the same effects as those of the first embodiment or the second embodiment due to the same configuration.

<Fourth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 42. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction in front view, and the left-handed game and the right-handed game are used properly according to the game state, By making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win (easily win) different for each game state, variations are provided in the game and the interest in the game is improved.

However, the pachinko machine 10 has a vertical width larger than the horizontal width of the pachinko machine 10 as a whole, and has a configuration in which the design restrictions on the horizontal width are larger than the design restrictions on the vertical width. Therefore, when the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction, a predetermined area in the game area of the game board 13 is divided by the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79. , and there is a risk that it may become a factor that lowers the degree of freedom in designing other game parts.

In addition, in order to realize the above-described game characteristics, a plurality of normal symbol gates 76 of the unit normal symbol gate 76a and the right normal symbol gate 76b, and driving due to the passage of the ball to any of the normal symbol gates 76 Since it is necessary to provide the normal electric unit 79, the number of parts increases, and there is a risk that the manufacturing cost will rise.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is configured to be short, and the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a is arranged below the left exit of the left path 74. . A right depth passage 75a is provided in the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 to extend in the depth direction, and a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is provided below the right exit of the right path 75. - 特許庁A special figure 2 winning opening 78 is arranged between the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

In addition, the left exit lower position of the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71, that is, the left side exit plate 79b1 is provided at the upper position of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, and the right exit lower position of the right path 75, that is, A right haunting plate 79b2 is provided at an upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Also, a pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76 c is embedded in the sorting entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 .

Then, while the driving states of the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b2 are always synchronized (interlocked) and movable, the variable display time of the normal symbols and the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b1 are adjusted according to the game state. The projecting time of the plate 79b2 is changed. By constructing in this way, the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win in each of the three game states are made different to provide variations in the game.

In addition, since the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided with the left-side projecting/removing plate 79b1 and the right-side projecting/removing plate 79b2, and the need to provide the normal electric unit 79 on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is eliminated, the right-side normal pattern gate 76b is also provided. no longer needed. By constructing in this way, it is possible to realize the above-mentioned game property without providing the ordinary electric unit 79 in parallel in the horizontal direction of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the pachinko machine 10 can realize new game property. It is possible to reduce the occupied area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction). As a result, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10 .

Moreover, since it is not necessary to provide parts such as the right normal symbol gate 76b as in the first embodiment, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first to third embodiments. In the following description, elements that are the same as those in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions thereof are omitted.

Here, referring to FIGS. 39 to 42, the playability in each game state of the fourth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball entering the alternate distribution unit 71 and the flow down near the alternate distribution unit 71 The following describes the behavior of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the left retractable plate 79b1 and the right retractable plate 79b2.

FIG. 39 shows, in each game state of the fourth embodiment, the behavior of the ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the behavior of the ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71, and the 7 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the retractable plate 79b. FIG. FIG. 39(a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting board 79b in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. It is a diagram.

Also, FIG. 40(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of normal symbols, and the left haunt board 79b1. FIG. 40(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the normal game, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the variable display of the pattern and the projecting time of the right projection/retraction plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39( a ), a ball entered into the alternate sorting unit 71 in the “normal game state” of the fourth embodiment is a pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 . It passes through the gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 after "0.1 second". Then, it is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40(a), when the ball enters the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71, the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 It passes through the gate 76 c , reaches the sorting device 73 after “0.1 second”, and is sorted to the left path 74 . When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left outlet of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the distribution timing. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out from the left exit of the left path 74 from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, the variable display result is derived. It passes through the arrangement position of the left side haunting plate 79b1 before entering, and wins to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

Here, in the fourth embodiment, the embedded position of the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c is the sorting ball entrance 72 before being sorted by the sorting device 73, and the sorting ball entrance 72 flows down for a while. Therefore, there is a high probability that the behavior is stable. Therefore, the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c can detect a ball that behaves stably, and chattering can be prevented.

Returning to FIG. 39(a), the description continues. As shown in FIG. 39(a), in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 next to the ball distributed to the left path 74 is the distribution ball entrance. It passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c embedded in 72, and reaches the sorting device 73 after "0.1 second". Then, it is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, and has a predetermined length (for example, 5 cm) that slopes slightly downward (not shown in the drawing) in the direction toward the back when the alternate distribution unit 71 is viewed from the front. meter) back passage (not shown) and a predetermined length (for example, 5 cm) front passage (not shown) that folds back from the back passage and inclines slightly downhill (not shown in the drawing) (not shown)), and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after “5 seconds” from the timing sorted by the sorting device 73 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40(b), when the ball enters the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71, the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 It passes through the gate 76 c , reaches the sorting device 73 after “0.1 second”, and is sorted to the right path 75 . When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the distribution timing. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". In addition, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, when the variable display of normal symbols is won, the left haunting board 79b1 and the right haunting board 79b2 are configured to protrude for "two seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbols and the projecting time of the right haunting plate 79b2 is calculated from the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c. Since the path 75 is shorter, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the right projection/retraction plate 79b2 after the result of the variable display is derived and the right projection/removal plate 79b2 protrudes and enters. Then, as it is, it wins to the special figure 1 first winning port 77a.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the projecting time of the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b2 is set to "2 seconds". Since the projecting time of the plate 79b2 is long, the ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71 may be guided to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 by the left appearing and disappearing plate 79b1 or the right appearing and disappearing plate 79b2 becomes higher. Therefore, in order to make it difficult to enter the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 with the left haunting plate 79b1 or the right haunting plate 79b2 in the "normal game state", the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b2 project. It may be configured to set the time to a short time (for example, “0.1 seconds”). By configuring in this way, in the "normal game state", only the ball that has flowed into the alternate distribution unit 71 can win the special figure 1 winning port 77.

Thus, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball entered in the alternate distribution unit 71 is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. In order to alternately win prizes, a game in which a first lottery game of a first special symbol can be executed is performed.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, while the variable display of the normal symbols is executed, or while the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b2 maintain the protruding state, the alternate shaking is performed. When the ball enters the minute unit 71 and passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, the game balance between the variable display time of the normal symbol and the projecting time of the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b2 is lost. , The ball may be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side by the left haunting plate 79b1 or the right haunting plate 79b2. Therefore, on the front side of the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, a fixed interval (for example, "3 seconds", which is the variable display time of the normal pattern, or the variable display time of the normal pattern and the left haunting plate 79b1 and the projecting time of the right retractable plate 79b2 ("5 seconds"). good. By constructing in this way, it is possible to surely realize the game property of the ``normal game state'' constituted by the balance between the execution time of the variable display of the normal symbols and the projection time of the left haunting plate 79b1 and the right haunting plate 79b2. can be done.

Next, with reference to FIG. 39(b) and FIG. 41, the gameplay in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 39(b) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment, and the ball flowing down near the alternate sorting unit 71. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball, the behavior of a left retractable plate 79b1 and a right retractable plate 79b2, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1 or the right retractable plate 79b2;

Also, FIG. 41(a) shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the left haunt board. FIG. 41(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of 79b1, and FIG. 41(b) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment. , a timing chart showing the variable display of normal symbols and the projecting time of the right haunting plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(b), a ball entered into the alternate sorting unit 71 in the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment is placed in the pre-sorting normal ball buried in the sorting ball entrance 72. It passes through the symbol gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 after "0.1 second". Then, it is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41(a), when the ball enters the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71, the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 It passes through the gate 76 c , reaches the sorting device 73 after “0.1 second”, and is sorted to the left path 74 . When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left outlet of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the distribution timing. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the left exit of the left path 74 from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, the ball is displayed on the left haunt board 79b1. At the timing of reaching the position of the right part, the result of variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the left haunting board 79b1 (and the right haunting board 79b2) in the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment is "2 seconds" as in the "normal game state", but the variable display is started. The total time from when the left retractable plate 79b1 (and the right retractable plate 79b2) protrudes and retracts is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is possible that the left haunting plate 79b1 is in a projecting state and that state is maintained after the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c and reaches the position of the right portion of the left haunting plate 79b1. highly sexual. As a result, the ball that flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 and reaches the right portion of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 rolls on the upper surface of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 toward the right end, and exits from the right end of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1. It is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the right portion of the left hive plate 79b1 is arranged above the special figure 1 first entrance 77a, and the left hive plate The left portion of 79b1 is arranged so as to protrude outward (to the left) from the outer shape of alternate distribution unit 71 . In addition, the left outer deceleration part 79g and the left inner deceleration part 79h that collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the left haunting plate 79b1 are from the left path 74 to the ball flowing down space to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a is not installed. That is, a left outer deceleration portion 79g provided on the left side of the flow-down space (that is, the outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71) as the deceleration portions 79g and 79h that collide with the balls rolling on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1; A left inner deceleration section 79h provided on the right side of the flow-down space (that is, inside the alternate distribution unit 71) is configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the left retractable plate 79b1 is in a protruded state, the ball that has flowed into the left path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the right portion of the protruded left retractable plate 79b1, and the left retractable plate 79b1 is projected. Due to the inclination of the plate 79b1, the upper surface of the left projection/removal plate 79b1 rolls to the right side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1 from the right side of the left retractable plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration portion 79h, and the collision changes the traveling direction of the left retractable plate 79b1. while rolling on the upper surface of the left projection/retraction plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, it takes "1 second" for the ball flowing out of the left outlet of the left path 74 to roll to the right end of the left retractable plate 79b1.

Similarly, when the left hive plate 79b1 is in a protruding state, the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 collides with the left part of the left hive plate 79b1 in the protruded state, and the left hive plate 79b1 is tilted. , the upper surface of the left projection/retraction plate 79b1 rolls to the right side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1 from the left portion of the left retractable plate 79b1 collides with the plurality of left outer deceleration portions 79g, changes its direction of travel, and rolls on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1. While rolling, it reaches the above-mentioned flow-down space in the left projection/retraction plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the left portion of the left retractable plate 79b1 to the flow-down space.

That is, in the fourth embodiment, it takes "1 second" for the left projection/retraction plate 79b1 to roll from the flow-down space to the right end. The time required for rolling to the part is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the left end to the right end of the left haunt plate 79b1 Also, the projecting state of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 is configured to be displaced to the retracted state. Therefore, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", preventing the ball flowing down the left outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 from entering the special figure 2 winning opening 78, winning only to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a obtain.

Returning to FIG. 39(b), the description continues. As shown in FIG. 39(b), the ball that entered the alternate sorting unit 71 after the ball sorted to the left path 74 in the "latency probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment is the sorted entering ball. It passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c embedded in the mouth 72, and reaches the sorting device 73 after "0.1 second". Then, it is distributed to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, passes through the right depth passage 75a of the alternate sorting unit 71, and exits the right exit of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the timing when it is sorted by the sorting device 73. leak.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41(b), when the ball enters the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71, the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 It passes through the gate 76 c , reaches the sorting device 73 after “0.1 second”, and is sorted to the right path 75 . When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right outlet of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the distribution timing. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Further, in the "variable latent probability state" of the fourth embodiment, the left haunting board 79b1 and the right haunting board 79b2 are configured to protrude for "two seconds" when the normal symbol variable display is won. Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbols and the projecting time of the right haunting plate 79b2 is calculated from the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c. Since the path 75 is shorter, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the right projection/retraction plate 79b2 after the result of the variable display is derived and the right projection/removal plate 79b2 protrudes and enters. Then, as it is, it wins to the special figure 1 first winning port 77a.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left portion of the right haunting plate 79b2 is arranged above the special figure 1 second entrance 77b, and the right haunting plate The right portion of 79b2 is arranged so as to protrude outward (to the right) from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71. As shown in FIG. In addition, the right outer deceleration part 79i and the right inner deceleration part 79j that collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the right haunting plate 79b2 are from the right path 75 to the ball flowing down space to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is not installed. That is, as deceleration units 79i and 79j that collide with balls rolling on the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2, a right outer deceleration unit 79i provided on the right side of the flow-down space (that is, outside the alternating distribution unit 71) A right inner deceleration section 79j provided on the left side of the flow-down space (that is, inside the alternate distribution unit 71) is configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the right hive plate 79b2 is in a protruded state, the balls flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 collide with the right part of the right hive plate 79b2 in the protruded state, and the right hive plate Due to the inclination of 79b2, the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2 rolls to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2 from the right portion of the right retractable plate 79b2 collides with the plurality of right outer deceleration units 79i, changes its direction of travel, and rolls on the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2. while rolling toward the left end, it reaches the flow-down space in the right projecting/retracting plate 79b2. In the fourth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the right retractable plate 79b2 to the flow-down space.

That is, in the fourth embodiment, it takes "1 second" to roll from the flow-down space to the left end of the right projection/retraction plate 79b2. The time required for rolling to the part is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the right end to the left end of the right haunt plate 79b2 In addition, the projecting state of the right retractable plate 79b2 is configured to be displaced to the retracted state. Therefore, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", preventing the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 from entering the special figure 2 winning opening 78, it can win the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. is configured as

Thus, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 is either the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 Along with winning alternately, the balls flowing down near the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 can win the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, so the first lottery of the first special symbol A game and a game in which a second lottery game with a second special symbol is executed are performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 39(c) and 42, the playability in the "probability change state" of the fourth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 39(c) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 and the ball flowing down near the alternate sorting unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment. , the behavior of a left retractable plate 79b1 and a right retractable plate 79b2, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1 or the right retractable plate 79b2.

Also, FIG. 42(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the left haunt board 79b1. FIG. 42(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the ball, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the variable display of the pattern and the projecting time of the right projection/retraction plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(c), a ball entering the alternate sorting unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is placed in the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72. It passes through the gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 after "0.1 second". Then, it is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(a), when the ball enters the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71, the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 It passes through the gate 76 c , reaches the sorting device 73 after “0.1 second”, and is sorted to the left path 74 . When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left outlet of the left path 74 after "1.5 seconds" from the distribution timing. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "probability variable state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 second" as in the "latency probability variable state". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the left exit from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, the ball is positioned at the right side of the left haunt plate 79b1. At the timing of reaching , the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, similarly to the "latency probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projection time of the left haunting board 79b1 (and the right haunting board 79b2) in the "variable probability state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds", which is longer than in the "normal game state". The total time required for the protrusion/retraction plate 79b1 (and the right protrusion/retraction plate 79b2) to protrude and retract is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is possible that the left haunting plate 79b1 is in a projecting state and that state is maintained after the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c and reaches the position of the right portion of the left haunting plate 79b1. highly sexual. As a result, the ball that flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 and reaches the right portion of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 rolls on the upper surface of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 toward the right end, and exits from the right end of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1. It is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Further, as described above, the ball that rolls from the right side of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration portion 79h and flows out from the left outlet of the left path 74. It takes "1 second" for the ball to roll to the right end of the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1. In addition, the ball rolling from the left side of the left retractable plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left retractable plate 79b1 collides with the plurality of left outer decelerating portions 79g and the plurality of left inner decelerating portions 79h, The time required to roll from the left end to the right end of 79b1 is configured to take "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the left end to the right end of the left haunt plate 79b1 , the projecting state of the left retractable plate 79b1 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 rolls in the right end direction on the upper surface of the left haunting plate 79b1 in the protruding state and can enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78 .

Returning to FIG. 39(c), the description continues. As shown in FIG. 39(c), in the "probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 next to the ball distributed to the left path 74 is the distribution entrance. It passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c embedded in 72, and reaches the sorting device 73 after "0.1 second". Then, it is distributed to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, passes through the right depth passage 75a of the alternate sorting unit 71, and exits the right exit of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the timing when it is sorted by the sorting device 73. leak.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(b), when the ball enters the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71, the pre-sorting normal symbol embedded in the sorting ball entrance 72 It passes through the gate 76 c , reaches the sorting device 73 after “0.1 second”, and is sorted to the right path 75 . When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right outlet of the right path 75 after "5 seconds" from the distribution timing. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "probability change state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, the ball is displayed on the right haunt board 79b2. At the timing of reaching the position of the left portion, the result of variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projection time of the right haunting plate 79b2 (and the left haunting plate 79b1) in the “variable probability state” of the fourth embodiment is “5 seconds”, and the right haunting plate 79b2 (and the left haunting plate 79b2) The total time for the board 79b1) to protrude and sink is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is possible that the right haunting plate 79b2 is in a projected state and that state is maintained after the ball passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c until it reaches the position of the left part of the right haunting plate 79b2. highly sexual. As a result, the ball that has flowed out of the right exit of the right path 75 and reached the left portion of the right retractable plate 79b2 rolls on the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2 toward the left end and exits from the left end of the right retractable plate 79b2. It is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Further, as described above, the ball that rolls from the left side of the right retractable plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2 collides with the right inner deceleration portion 79j and flows out from the right outlet of the right path 75. It takes "1 second" for the ball to roll to the left end of the right retractable plate 79b2. Also, the ball rolling from the right part of the right retractable plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right retractable plate 79b2 collides with the plurality of right outer deceleration portions 79i and the plurality of right inner deceleration portions 79j, The time required to roll from the right end to the left end of 79b2 is configured to take "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the right end to the left end of the right haunt plate 79b2 , the projecting state of the right retractable plate 79b2 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 rolls in the left end direction on the upper surface of the right haunting plate 79b2 in the protruding state and can enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78 .

Thus, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball entering the alternate distribution unit 71 enters the special figure 2 winning opening 78 and flows down near the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 Since the ball can also enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78, the second lottery game of the second special symbol is easily executed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, even in a single firing mode (that is, a left-handed game), in the "normal game state" special figure 1 first winning opening 77a Or play a game by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and in the "latency probability fluctuation state" the second based on winning to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a A game by the first lottery game of 1 special pattern and the second lottery game of the second special pattern based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is performed, and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is played in the "probability fluctuation state". A game by a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning can be played. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win in each of the three game states irrespective of the plurality of shooting modes, variations can be provided in the game and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, the above-described game characteristics can be realized without providing the ordinary electric unit 79 in parallel in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the alternate distribution unit 71. It is possible to reduce the occupied area of the alternate distribution unit 71 (and the normal electric unit 79) in the left-right direction (horizontal direction). As a result, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10 .

Furthermore, since there is no need to provide parts such as the right normal symbol gate 76b, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment has the same effects as those of the first to third embodiments due to the same configuration.

<Fifth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 43 to 46. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the left-handed game and the right-handed game are used according to the game state, and the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win (easily) are made different for each game state. , We are trying to improve the interest of the game by providing variations in the game.

In order to realize this playability, a haunting plate 79b is arranged so that the ball can pass through the upper part of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b provided in the right part of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the "probability It is configured to guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 while making the player execute the right-handed game in the "fluctuation state" and maintaining the haunting board 79b in the protruding state.

However, when the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b ends and the haunting plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state, the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b located in the upper part of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b Rolls There is a risk that the ball that was being held will win the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b, and the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player will be executed.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78 a is arranged on the right outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 . In addition, while arranging the right separation haunting plate 79b4 below the right normal symbol gate 76b, above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71, the unit side separation haunting plate 79b3 is arranged.

Then, the unit-side separation retractable plate 79b3 and the right separated retractable plate 79b4 are always interlocked (that is, when the unit-side separated retractable plate 79b3 is retracted, the right separated retractable plate 79b4 is also retracted, and the unit-side separated retractable plate 79b4 is also retracted. When the plate 79b3 is in a protruding state, the drive control is performed so that the right side separation haunting plate 79b4 is also in a protruding state). The projecting time of the retractable plate 79b4 is changed. By configuring in this way, the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win in each of the three game states are made different to provide variations to the game.

In addition, by arranging the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a outside the alternate distribution unit 71 and making it so that the ball does not pass above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b even when hitting to the right. , When the unit side separation hive plate 79b3 and the right side separation hive plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation hive plate 79b4 is placed in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Winning can be prevented. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to win only to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a which is advantageous for the player, and the above-described game characteristics can be realized.

Furthermore, when the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 is arranged at the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is closed. It is configured to prevent the ball from entering the special figure 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", even if the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right separation haunting plate 79b4 flows down vigorously, even if it rolls to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side, the unit The side separation protruding plate 79b3 prevents the winning of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and can guide the ball to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to enter only the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a which is advantageous for the player, and the above-described game characteristics can be realized without fail.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first to fourth embodiments. In the following description, elements that are the same as those in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions thereof are omitted.

First, referring to FIGS. 43 to 46, the playability in each game state of the fifth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball, and the accompanying unit side separation haunting plate 79b3 and the right separating haunting plate 79b4 behavior.

FIG. 43 shows, in each game state of the fifth embodiment, the behavior of the ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the behavior of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of the unit side separation haunting plate 79b3 and the right separation haunting plate 79b4. FIG. 43(a) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the unit-side separation board 79b3, and the FIG. 43(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the right separation hive plate 79b4, and FIG. 43(b) shows the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. A diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the opening 72, the behavior of the unit-side separable retractable plate 79b3 and the right separable retractable plate 79b4, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit-side separable retractable plate 79b3. FIG. 43(c) shows the behavior of the right separation hive plate 79b4 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right separation hive plate 79b4 when hitting to the right in the “variable probability state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a figure for explaining.

FIG. 44(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbols when hitting to the left in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. 44(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the unit-side separation protruding plate 79b3, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the flowing timing of the ball (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the right separation haunting plate 79b4.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 in the fifth embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the configuration of the left side path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the unit side separation retractable plate The configuration of 79b3 and the right separation protruding plate 79b4, the arrangement position of the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, and the arrangement position of the right deceleration part 79k in the normal electric unit 79 are different. Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 43( a ), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the fifth embodiment is “1 second” after being distributed by the distribution device 73 . ” later flows out from the left exit and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment are first distributed by the distribution device 73 "0.1 second" after the normal symbol gate in the unit. 76a, and flows out from the right exit 1.9 seconds after passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a.

Therefore, when the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74, it enters the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a after "1 second" from the distribution by the distribution device 73, and the right side When distributed to the route 75, after "two seconds" from the distribution by the distribution device 73, it is awarded to the special figure 1 second prize winning opening 77b. As a result, a time lag occurs in the timing of winning the respective winning openings 77a and 77b, so that the player can grasp the winning winning openings 77a and 77b even if the winning is related to the first lottery game with the same first special symbol. becomes possible.

Also, by shortening (compacting) the left path 74, the occupied area of the entire alternate distribution unit 71 can be reduced, which contributes to improving the design flexibility of the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加

In this case, as shown in FIG. 44(a), when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, the ball will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 two seconds after the sorting timing. is configured to In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of normal symbols.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbols is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. It passes through the arrangement position of the separation protruding plate 79b3 and enters the special figure 1 second prize winning port 77b as it is.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 44(b), when hitting to the right in the "normal game state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is placed at the right end of the right separation board 79b4 after "1 second". reach the position of the part. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, the right side based on the variable display It flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the separation protruding plate 79b4 becomes a projecting state.

In addition, even if the balls enter the ball continuously, it is difficult to hit the normal symbols in the "normal game state", and the right separation hive plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state as a hit. The time required for the right deceleration part 79k (see FIGS. 43(a) to 43(c)) to roll from the right end to the left end on the upper surface of the right separation retractable plate 79b4 is "2 seconds". 2.5 seconds”.

As a result, while the right separation haunting plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state, it does not roll to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a side, and while rolling on the upper surface of the right separation haunting plate 79b4 When the right separation protruding plate 79b4 is displaced to the recessed state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13). Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "normal game state".

Thus, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 due to the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b alternately, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 43(b) and 45, the gameplay in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 43(b) shows the behavior of the ball entering from the distribution entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the unit-side separation landing plate when hitting left-handed in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. 79b3 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of 79b3 and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit-side separation retractable plate 79b3. FIG.

FIG. 45(a) shows variable display of the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal pattern at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment. 45(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the unit-side separation protruding plate 79b3, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the right separation haunting plate 79b4.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(b), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is It flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1 second" after being sorted from 73, and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is first distributed by the distribution device 73, and after "0.1 seconds", the normal It passes through the symbol gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "1.9 seconds" after passing through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 45(a), when the ball is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73, the ball will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 two seconds after the sorting timing. is configured to In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a, the ball is separated from the unit side separation board 79b3 At the timing of reaching the arrangement position of , the result of variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the unit-side separation haunting plate 79b3 in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is "2 seconds", which is the same as in the "normal game state", but after the variable display is started, the unit-side separation The total time until the protruding/retracting plate 79b3 protrudes and retracts is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and reaches the position of the left end of the unit side separation hive plate 79b3, the unit side separation hive plate 79b3 is in a projecting state, and this state is maintained. likely to be As a result, the ball that flows out from the right outlet of the right path 75 and reaches the left end of the unit side separation retractable plate 79b3 collides with the unit side separated retractable plate 79b3 and hits the upper surface of the unit side separated retractable plate 79b3. It rolls in the right end direction and is guided to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, a deceleration section corresponding to the unit-side separation retractable plate 79b3 is not provided. As a result, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end on the upper surface of the unit-side separation retractable plate 79b3 is configured to take "0.5 second".

Therefore, in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the left end to the right end of the unit side separation hive plate 79b3 is "0.5 second", and the right path 75 The projecting state of the unit-side separation protruding/retracting plate 79b3 is maintained until the ball flowing out from the right outlet of the unit-side separation protruding/retracting plate 79b3 rolls from the left end to the right end of the unit-side separation protruding/retracting plate 79b3. Therefore, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 can enter the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 45(b), when the ball is hit to the right in the "latency probability variable state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is placed on the right separation board 79b4 after "1 second". Reach the rightmost position. Further, the variable display time of normal symbols in the "latency probability variable state" of the fifth embodiment is "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of normal symbols in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is set higher than that in the "normal game state".

As a result, the normal symbol variable display time is shorter than the time from passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the right end position of the right separation haunting plate 79b4. When the ball passing through the normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the right separation hive board 79b4, there is a high possibility that the right separation hive board 79b4 is in a projected state.

However, while the time required for the right separation protruding plate 79b4 to maintain the projecting state as a hit is "2 seconds", the time required to roll the upper surface of the right separation protruding plate 79b4 from the right end to the left end is " 2.5 seconds”. As a result, the ball rolling from the right end portion of the right separation hive plate 79b4 toward the left end rolls to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a side while the right separation hive plate 79b4 maintains the protruded state. When the right separation protruding/retracting plate 79b4 is displaced to the retracted state without being pushed, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13). Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "latency probability variable state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "latency probability variable state".

Thus, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a alternately, the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 43(c) and 46, game characteristics in the "probability change state" of the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 43(c) explains the behavior of the right separation hive plate 79b4 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right separation hive plate 79b4 when hitting to the right in the "variable probability state" of the fifth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for doing.

FIG. 46(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of normal symbols when hitting left in the "variable probability state" of the fifth embodiment. 46(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the unit-side separation protruding/retracting plate 79b3, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the flowing timing of the ball (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the right separation haunting plate 79b4.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(c), in the "variable probability state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 through the right normal symbol gate 76b flows downstream as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the right separation haunting plate 79b4.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 46(b), when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the right separation protruding plate 79b4 after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the ball reaches the right end of the right separation haunting plate 79b4 from the timing when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the timing of reaching the position of the part, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the right side separation plate 79b4 in the "variable probability state" of the fifth embodiment is "5 seconds", which is the total time from when the variable display is started to when the right side separation plate 79b4 projects and retracts. is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and reaches the right end position of the right separation haunting plate 79b4, the right separation haunting plate 79b4 may be in a projecting state and maintain that state. is high. As a result, the ball reaches the right end of the right separation plate 79b4, collides with the right end of the right separation plate 79b4, rolls leftward on the upper surface of the right separation plate 79b4, and rolls outward. It begins to be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the right separation hive plate 79b4 is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, in the "probability change state" of the fifth embodiment, Since the time from the start of the variable display until the right separation haunting plate 79b4 protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b maintains the right separation haunting plate 79b4 protruding state. While doing this, the upper surface of the right separation protruding plate 79b4 is rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the variable display of the normal symbol are displayed while the right separation hive plate 79b4 maintains the protruded state. It is configured to be guided to the side of the 2 winning opening 78a and to win the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a. Specifically, in the fifth embodiment, when the balls are shot at intervals of “0.6 seconds” and pass through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally released outside. It is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

That is, in the fifth embodiment, when the right separation protruding plate 79b4 is in a protruding state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In addition, by configuring so that the ball does not pass above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b when hitting to the right, the unit side separation hive plate 79b3 and the right side separation hive plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state. It is possible to prevent the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right separation hive plate 79b4 from entering the special figure 1 second winning port 77b. The first lottery game based on winning to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b has a lower transition probability to "probability fluctuation state" than the second lottery game based on winning to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a. In the "variable probability state", the player does not want to execute the first lottery game which is disadvantageous to the player. Therefore, according to the present invention, in the "probability fluctuating state", it is possible to make it easier for the player to win the ball into the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and to realize the above game characteristics.

Furthermore, when the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 is arranged at the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is closed. It is configured to prevent the ball from entering the special figure 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball that rolls in the left end direction on the upper surface of the right separation haunting plate 79b4 flows down vigorously, and it is a case where it rolls to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side. Also, the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 prevents the winning of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and can guide the ball to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to enter only the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned game characteristics can be realized without fail.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 45(a), when a left-handed hit is performed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball is moved to the right path by the sorting device 73 as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". When distributed to 75, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "two seconds" from the distributed timing. In addition, the ball passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right-side path 75 after "0.5 seconds" after being distributed to the right path 75, and by passing through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a, the normal symbol A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability change state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to pass through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and flow out from the right exit. At the timing of reaching , the result of variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projecting time of the unit-side separation protruding plate 79b3 in the "variable probability state" is longer than that in the "normal game state" and protrudes for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from when the variable display is started to when the unit-side separation retractable plate 79b3 protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and reaches the arrangement position of the unit side separation hive plate 79b3, the unit side separation hive plate 79b3 is in a projecting state, and this state is maintained. likely to be. As a result, the ball that reaches the position where the unit-side separation protruding plate 79b3 is arranged collides with the left end of the unit-side separation protruding plate 79b3, and rolls toward the right end on the upper surface of the unit-side separation protruding plate 79b3 from that position. , is guided to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball entered into the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is placed in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a. While winning alternately, the ball entering the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is configured so as to easily enter the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a. To make it easier for a player to execute a second lottery game with a second special symbol, which is advantageous to a player, by continuously performing a right-handed game with prize-winning assistance rather than performing a left-handed game without assistance. It is configured.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, in the left-handed game, to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b in the "normal game state" The first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the first lottery game is performed, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 first winning port 77a in the "latency probability fluctuation state" and the outside It is possible to play a game with the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78a. Further, in the right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by differentiating the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78a that can win in each of the three game states, variations can be provided in the game, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, by arranging the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a outside the alternate distribution unit 71 and making it so that the ball does not pass above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b even when hitting to the right. , When the unit side separation hive plate 79b3 and the right side separation hive plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation hive plate 79b4 is placed in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Winning can be prevented. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to enter only the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a that is advantageous for the player, and the above-described game characteristics can be realized.

Furthermore, when the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 is arranged at the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is closed. It is configured to prevent the ball from entering the special figure 1 second winning port 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball that rolls in the left end direction on the upper surface of the right separation haunting plate 79b4 flows down vigorously, and it is a case where it rolls to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side. Also, the unit side separation protruding plate 79b3 prevents the winning of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and can guide the ball to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be made to enter only the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned game characteristics can be realized without fail.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment has the same effects as those of the first to fourth embodiments due to the same configuration.

<Sixth embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, the unit normal pattern gate 76a is embedded in the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the left end of the haunt plate 79b is placed above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. By making the variable display time of the normal symbols different between the ``normal game state'' and the ``latency probability variable state'', the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win are different, thereby improving the game. We are trying to improve the interest of the game by providing variations.

However, when the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is embedded in the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, chattering may occur if the movement of the ball is not stable in the right path 75.

In addition, embedding the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a in the alternately sorting unit 71 increases the number of parts in the alternately sorting unit 71, which may increase the manufacturing cost.

Furthermore, since the left end of the landing plate 79b must be arranged above the special figure 1 second winning port 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 position adjustment may become difficult.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a normal symbol lottery opportunity, and the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided with a normal symbol lottery. It is configured so as not to arrange a switch such as a normal symbol gate capable of acquiring a trigger.

In addition, under the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, and provided with the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b at the position of the left lower left end of the haunting plate 79b, below the haunting plate 79b, alternating It is configured to provide an outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d on the right outer side of the distribution unit 71. - 特許庁

Then, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol and the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b according to each game state, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the right special figure 2 winning A game that can win a prize is executed alternately with the opening 78b, a game that can win a prize is executed in the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d in the "latency probability fluctuation state", and a right special figure 2 winning prize is executed in the "probability fluctuation state". A game that can win a prize is executed through the mouth 78b.

By constructing in this way, while realizing game characteristics in which the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77d, 78b that can win in each game state are different, detection of balls in the alternate distribution unit 71 is prevented. By configuring, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering. In addition, by realizing the above-described game characteristics only with the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, there is no need to dispose the normal symbol gate in the alternate distribution unit 71. The number of points can be reduced, and manufacturing costs can be suppressed.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first to fifth embodiments. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first to fifth embodiments, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50, the playability in each game state of the sixth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b associated therewith will be described.

FIG. 47 shows, in each game state of the sixth embodiment, the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternating sorting unit 71 when hitting left, or the behavior of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the haunting board 79b. FIG. 47(a) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the landing plate 79b during left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 47(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the movement of the ball rolling on the top surface of the landing plate 79b at the time of hitting to the right in the "latent probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 47(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the retractable plate 79b and how it rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball;

FIG. 48(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of hitting to the left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 48(b) shows the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b) and the normal symbol when striking to the right in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment. is a timing chart showing the variable display of and the projecting time of the projecting/retracting plate 79b.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 in the sixth embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the configuration of the left side path 74 and the right side path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the unit Arrangement presence or absence of the inner normal pattern gate 76a, the arrangement position of the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b, the arrangement position of the outside special figure 1 winning opening 77d, the configuration of the right side aggregation reduction part 79m, and the left side distributed reduction part 79n configuration. Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 47( a ), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the sixth embodiment are distributed “1 second” after being distributed by the distribution device 73 . '' later flows out from the left exit of the left path 74, and enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Also, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1 second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. Then, it wins the right side special figure 2 winning port 78b arranged below the right side exit.

Therefore, by shortening (compacting) the left path 74 and the right path 75, it is possible to reduce the area occupied by the entire alternate distribution unit 71, which contributes to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10. .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 48(a), since the normal symbol gate is not provided on the right path 75, the normal symbol lottery opportunity cannot be acquired, and the normal symbol variable display is not performed. As a result, the haunting plate 79b can not be in the protruding state, but since the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b is not arranged in a position that hinders the winning of the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b, it is distributed to the right path 75 The ball that has been drawn enters the right side special figure 2 winning port 78b as it is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric role unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a normal symbol lottery opportunity, and the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided with a normal symbol lottery opportunity. It is configured so as not to arrange a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can acquire.

By constructing in this way, by realizing the above-mentioned game property only with the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, it is not necessary to dispose the normal symbol gate in the alternate distribution unit 71, so that the alternate It is possible to reduce the number of parts in the sorting unit 71 and suppress the manufacturing cost.

In addition, by configuring the alternate distribution unit 71 so as not to detect the ball, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

The right centralized deceleration portion 79m of the normal electric unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped back side deceleration units (not shown) provided on a base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, It is composed of a plurality of rib-shaped front side deceleration portions (not shown) provided on the back side (base portion side) of a cover portion (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base portion.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the ball that reaches the right end of the projecting plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b and reaches the center portion of the projecting plate 79b. 5 seconds” is required. As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the right consolidation deceleration portion 79m, the protruding plate 79b rolls on the upper surface. It is constructed such that the ball that has been in contact flows out to the lower side of the ordinary electric unit 79 .

The left distributed deceleration portion 79n of the normal electric unit 79 includes a rib-shaped 1 back side deceleration portion (not shown) provided at a base portion (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and a rib-shaped front side deceleration portion (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of a cover portion (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base portion.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the ball that reaches the central portion of the landing plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b, and reaches the left end portion of the landing plate 79b. It is configured to take a time of "seconds".

It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 48(b), when hitting to the right in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is released after "one second". The rightmost position of 79b is reached. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, it appears based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b becomes a projecting state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

In addition, even when the ball is continuously entered, it is configured so that the hit of the normal symbol is unlikely to occur in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the time for which the projecting plate 79b maintains the protruding state due to the collision is "2 seconds", and the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end by the right collective deceleration part 79m and the left distributed deceleration part 79n. The time required to move is "2.5 seconds", and the time required to roll the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from the right end to the upper position of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d by the right aggregate deceleration part 79m It becomes "1.5 seconds".

As a result, while the haunting plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state, the haunting plate 79b does not roll to the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b side, and the haunting plate 79b is rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b. is displaced to the immersed state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13). On the other hand, while the haunting plate 79b maintains the projecting state, the ball can roll up to the upper side of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d. is configured to sound an alarm when it detects the passing of the ball. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball entering the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b. In order to alternately win either one of them, the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 47(b) and 49, the gameplay in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the sixth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 47(b) is for explaining the behavior of the hive plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the hive plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "latency probability varying state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram.

FIG. 49(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of hitting left in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment. 49(b) shows the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b) at the time of hitting to the right in the "latent probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, and It is the timing chart which showed the variable display of a normal pattern, and the projection time of the appearance board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(b), in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 flows downstream as it is. After passing through the right normal pattern gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt board 79b after "1 second".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 49(b), when a right shot is made in the "latent probability variable state", the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, and a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained. , The variable display of normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "latency probability changing state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the ball reaches the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the timing when the ball reaches the right end position of the haunting plate 79b. , the results of the variable display are derived.

In addition, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the projection time of the haunting board 79b in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display is started until the haunting board 79b projects and immerses is "2 seconds". .5 seconds”.

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the hive plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and before it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end position of the projecting/retracting plate 79b collides with the right end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b, rolls from that position on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b toward the left end, and moves toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side. It begins to be guided.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", and from the right end of the haunting plate 79b to the upper position of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d The time required for the ball to roll to is "1.5 seconds". Further, as described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment until the haunt board 79b protrudes and immerses is "2.5 seconds", so the right normal symbol gate The ball that has passed through 76b rolls the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from the right end to the upper position of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, and at that timing the haunting plate 79b is displaced from the projected state to the retracted state. As a result, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b falls to the downstream side and can enter the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latency probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire the lottery opportunity of the first lottery game of the first special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 49(a), a left-handed game is played in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, and the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is It flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1 second" after being sorted from, and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

In addition, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment also passes through the right exit of the right path 75 "1 second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out and enters the right side special figure 2 winning port 78b arranged below the right side exit.

In addition, in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, when a left-handed game is played, winning assistance by the haunt board 79b or the like is not performed, so the same advantage as in the "normal game state" is obtained. .

Therefore, in the "latency probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, a ball entered into the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game will Since it is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the winning opening 77d, the right-handed game in which the appearance board 79b assists in winning is continuously performed rather than the left-handed game in which the appearance board 79b does not perform the winning assistance. It is configured such that a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 47(c) and 50, game characteristics in the "probability change state" of the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 47(c) is a schematic for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a diagram.

FIG. 50(a) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of hitting to the left in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 50(b) shows the flow timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b) and the normal symbol when hitting to the right in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment. is a timing chart showing the variable display of and the projecting time of the projecting/retracting plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(c), in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 through the right normal symbol gate 76b flows downstream as it is. After passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the haunting board 79b after "1 second".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 50(b), when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the ball reaches the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the timing when the ball reaches the right end position of the haunting plate 79b. , the results of the variable display are derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is more likely to be won than in the "normal game state". Further, the projecting time of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display is started until the haunting board 79b projects and retreats is "5. 5 seconds."

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the hive plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and before it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end position of the projecting/retracting plate 79b collides with the right end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b, rolls on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and reaches the alternate distribution unit 71 side ( It begins to be guided to the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b side).

Then, the ball that rolls from the right end of the projection plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the projection plate 79b first collides with the right centralized deceleration portion 79m provided on the right side of the ordinary electric unit 79, The middle part of 79b is reached. In the sixth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion.

Also, the ball that rolls from the central portion of the projecting plate 79b on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b toward the left end collides with the left distributed deceleration unit 79n provided on the left side of the normal electric unit 79, and the ball moves toward the projecting plate 79b. Reach the left end. The left distributed deceleration section 79n has a smaller number of deceleration sections than the right aggregate deceleration section 79m (for example, when the number of deceleration sections of the right collective deceleration section 79m is "4", the number of deceleration sections of the left distributed deceleration section 79n is reduced. Since the number is "2"), in the sixth embodiment, it takes "1 second" to roll from the central portion of the retractable plate 79b to the left end portion.

That is, in the sixth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion, and it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the center portion to the left end portion of the retractable plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for rolling from the right end to the left end of the retractable plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". ” is configured to do so.

Therefore, in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, it is normal Since the time from the start of the variable display of the pattern until the haunting plate 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b maintains the protruding state of the haunting plate 79b. While it is, the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol, while the haunt board 79b maintains the protruding state, the right special figure 2 winning It is configured to be guided to the side of the opening 78b and to win a prize to the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b. Specifically, in the sixth embodiment, when the balls are fired at an interval of "0.6 seconds" and pass through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are added to the right side. It is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78b side.

That is, in the sixth embodiment, when the haunting plate 79b is in the projecting state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 50( a ), a left-handed game is played in the “variable probability state” of the sixth embodiment, and the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is It flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 after "1 second" after being sorted, and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

In addition, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "variable probability state" of the sixth embodiment also flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1 second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. Then, it wins the right side special figure 2 winning port 78b arranged below the right side exit.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, when a left-handed game is performed, the prize winning assistance by the haunting board 79b etc. is not performed, so the advantage is the same as that of the "latency probability fluctuation state". .

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball entering the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is likely to enter the right special symbol 2 winning opening 78b. Since it is configured, a game in which the second lottery game of the second special symbol is easily executed is performed by continuously performing the right-handed game with the winning assistance rather than performing the left-handed game without the winning assistance. It is configured to be

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, in the left-handed game, the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a in the "normal game state" The first lottery game and the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the right side special figure 2 winning port 78b can be played. In addition, in the right-handed game, in the "hidden probability fluctuation state", the game is performed by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d, and the right side in the "probability fluctuation state" A game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78b can be performed. Therefore, by differentiating the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77d, and 78b that can win in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variation to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, since the above-described game characteristics can be realized without arranging the normal pattern gate in the alternate distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternate distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and the increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed. can.

Furthermore, by configuring so as not to detect the ball in the alternate distribution unit 71, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

In addition, since it is not necessary to arrange the left end portion of the haunt plate 79b at the upper position of the winning opening (right special figure 2 winning opening 78b) provided in the alternate distribution unit 71, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit It is possible to reduce the manufacturing burden on the pachinko machine 10 by eliminating the need to perform complicated work for position adjustment with respect to the pachinko machine 10.例文帳に追加

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment has the same effects as those of the first to fifth embodiments due to the same configuration.

<Seventh embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 to 53. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is set to a low probability (that is, 1/10) in the "normal game state", and is set to a high probability in the "latency probability fluctuation state" and the "probability fluctuation state". Set to probability (ie 9/10). In addition, the variable display time of normal symbols is set to a long time (that is, "3 seconds") in the "normal game state", and a short time (that is, "0 .5 seconds”). Furthermore, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to a short time (ie, "2 seconds") in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability change state", and a long time (ie, "5 seconds") in the "probability change state". seconds”).

That is, the winning probability of the normal symbols and the variable display time of the normal symbols are set to the same setting for the "latency probability fluctuation state" and the "probability fluctuation state", and are set differently only for the "normal game state". The protrusion time of 79b has the same setting for the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state", and is set differently only for the "probability fluctuation state".

Therefore, regarding the winning probability of normal symbols, the variable display time of normal symbols, and the projection time of haunting board 79b, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", various behaviors related to normal symbols are set advantageously (that is, winning probability is high probability, variable display time is short, or projection time is long), or setting is disadvantageous (i.e., winning probability is low, variable display time is long, or projection time is short). However, it is difficult for the players to understand the game specifications, and there is a risk that the players will avoid playing the pachinko machine 10 with the above game specifications, and the operation of the pachinko machine 10 will decrease.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols, the variable display time of normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b in the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state" Only the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be disadvantageous, and only the winning probability of normal symbols, the variable display time of normal symbols, and the projection time of haunt board 79b are set to be advantageous. Then, based on the above settings, it is configured to realize a game property in which the variations of the prize winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes are varied for each game state.

By constructing in this manner, the game specifications are made easy for the player to understand while the winning holes 77 and 78 for winning are made different for each game state, thereby providing the pachinko machine 10 which is difficult for the player to shy away from. , the operation deterioration of the pachinko machine 10 can be prevented.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first to sixth embodiments. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as in the first to sixth embodiments, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 51, the winning probability of normal symbols, variable display time of normal symbols, and projection time of haunt board 79b for each game state in the seventh embodiment will be described. Fig.51 (a) is the schematic diagram which showed typically an example of the random number table 202f per normal figure memorize|stored in ROM202 of 7th Embodiment. Moreover, FIG.51(b) is the schematic diagram which showed typically an example of the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g memorize|stored in ROM202 of 7th Embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 51(c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric duty control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 51(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern that becomes a win in the case of the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" is 50. The value "50 to 99" is stored in the random number table 202f per normal pattern. That is, the winning probability of normal symbols in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" is set to be 50/100=1/2.

On the other hand, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern is 90, and the value "10 to 99" is stored in the random number table 202f per normal pattern. That is, the winning probability of normal symbols in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be 90/100=9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the normal symbol variable display time set in the case of the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" is "3 seconds. " is defined in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g. That is, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "3 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal pattern variable display time set in the case of the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g so as to be "0.5 second". That is, the time from the start of variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be "0.5 seconds" without exception.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the protruding board 79b is set when a normal symbol is won in the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state". The time is defined in the normal electric work control table 202h so as to be "2 seconds". That is, in a game state other than the "variable probability state", when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be "2 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal electric role control table 202h specifies that the projection time of the haunting plate 79b, which is set when the normal symbol is won in the "variable probability state", is "5 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be "5 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the variation of the success/failure probability of normal symbols, the variable display time of normal symbols, and the projection time of the appearance board 79b are set to be the same in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state". , and are configured so that only the “probability variation state” is different. Specifically, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state", the success probability of the normal symbols is low, the variable display time of the normal symbols is long, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b is It is set to be short. In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the success probability of the normal symbols is set to be high, the variable display time of the normal symbols is short, and the protruding time of the haunt board 79b is set to be long. .

Then, in the seventh embodiment, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state", which are disadvantageous settings for the normal symbol setting, in the "normal game state", by performing a left-handed game, a special figure 1 First winning opening 77a or special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is a game state that can be won, and in the "latency probability fluctuation state", by performing a right-handed game, winning special figure 1 second winning opening 77b Make it easy to play. In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" in which the setting related to normal symbols is an advantageous setting, the game state is such that it is easy to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78 by performing a right-handed game. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 that is hard for the players to shy away from is provided by making the game specifications easy for the players to understand while making the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win prizes different for each game state. It is possible to prevent a decrease in operation.

Next, with reference to FIG. 52, normal figure fluctuation processing (S111), which is one processing of timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) executed by MPU 201 in main controller 110 in the seventh embodiment, will be described. . FIG. 52 is a flow chart showing the normal pattern variation process (S111) of the seventh embodiment. In the normal pattern fluctuation process (S111) of the seventh embodiment, the normal pattern variable display time is set to be a long time (that is, "3 seconds") in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state". However, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is set to be a short time (that is, "0.5 seconds").

Specifically, in S451 of the normal pattern variation process (S111) of the seventh embodiment, it is determined whether it is a "normal game state" or a "latency probability variation state" (S451), and as a result of the determination, " If it is determined to be the normal game state or the latent probability variable state (S451: Yes), the variable display time of normal symbols is set to 3 seconds (S408), and the process proceeds to S410. . On the other hand, when it is determined that it is neither the "normal game state" nor the "latency probability fluctuation state" (S451: No), that is, when it is the "probability fluctuation state", the variable display time of normal symbols is "0.5 seconds." ” (S409), and the process proceeds to S410.

Then, in the process of S410, the normal symbol per random number table 202f is referred to in accordance with the game state to determine whether the stop symbol in the variable display of the normal symbol, that is, the propriety of the variable display of the normal symbol is determined (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state" or "latency probability fluctuation state", referring to the group for "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state" in the random number table 202f per normal pattern, the normal pattern holding ball The value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern stored in the execution area 203i is determined, and the stopped pattern of the variable display of the normal pattern (that is, the propriety of the normal pattern) is determined. In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", referring to the group for "probability fluctuation state" in the random number table 202f per normal pattern, the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern stored in the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i It judges, and the stop design of the variable display of the normal design (that is, the propriety of the normal design) is determined. After the process of S410, this normal figure fluctuation process (S111) is completed and it returns to a timer interruption process (refer FIG. 17).

It should be noted that the projection time of the haunt board 79b based on the winning of the normal symbol is "2 seconds" in the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state" in the normal electric role control process (S104), as in the first embodiment. , and in the "probability fluctuation state", it is set to "5 seconds" (see FIG. 51(c)).

By configuring in this way, various lotteries and behaviors related to normal symbols are set uniformly for each game state, and the game specifications are easily understood by the players, thereby providing a pachinko machine 10 that is difficult for the players to shy away from. As a result, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 can be prevented from being lowered.

Next, with reference to FIG. 53, the playability in each game state of the seventh embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b associated therewith will be described.

FIG. 53 shows, in each game state of the seventh embodiment, the behavior of the ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the behavior of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the haunting board 79b. FIG. 53(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entered from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 during left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 53(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "latency probability varying state" of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 53(c) is for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "variable probability state" of the seventh embodiment. is a diagram.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 in the seventh embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the presence or absence of the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit and the special figure 1 enlarged guide part 77e, the arrangement position of the normal electric unit 79 (protrusion plate 79b) with respect to the alternating distribution unit 71, and the arrangement positions of the reduction units 79d and 79e in the normal electric unit 79. . Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 53(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment is "2 seconds after being distributed by the distribution device 73". '' later flows out from the left exit of the left path 74, and enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Also, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "2 seconds" from being distributed by the distribution device 73. Then, it wins the right side special figure 2 winning port 78b arranged below the right side exit.

In this case, since the right path 75 is not provided with a normal symbol gate that triggers the normal symbol lottery, even if the ball passes through the right path 75, the normal symbol lottery opportunity cannot be acquired, so the normal symbol is variable. No display is performed. As a result, the haunting plate 79b cannot be in a projecting state, and the ball distributed to the right path 75 wins the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b as it is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, only the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric role unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a normal symbol lottery opportunity, and the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided with a normal symbol lottery opportunity. It is configured so as not to arrange a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can acquire.

By constructing in this way, by realizing the above-mentioned game property only with the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, it is not necessary to dispose the normal symbol gate in the alternate distribution unit 71, so that the alternate It is possible to reduce the number of parts in the sorting unit 71 and suppress the manufacturing cost.

In addition, by configuring the alternate distribution unit 71 so as not to detect the ball, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

In addition, when hitting to the right in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the haunt board 79b after "1 second". In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, it appears based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b becomes a projecting state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if the ball is continuously entered, the "normal game state" is structured so that the normal symbol hits are less likely to occur than in the "probability fluctuation state". Furthermore, the time for which the projection/retraction plate 79b maintains the projecting state due to the hit is "2 seconds", and the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end by the outer deceleration part 79d and the inner deceleration part 79e. The time required for this is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for rolling the upper surface of the landing plate 79b from the right end to the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b by the outer deceleration part 79d is "1 .5 seconds”.

As a result, while the haunting plate 79b is maintaining the projecting state, it does not roll to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, and the haunting plate 79b is rolled in the left end direction. When the plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13). On the other hand, while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball is configured to roll up to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b above, but in the "normal game state", the right normal symbol gate When 76b detects passage of a ball, it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "normal game state".

Thus, in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b alternately, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(b), in the "latency probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 continues downstream. After passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the rightmost position of the haunting board 79b after "1 second". In this case, the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b after "1 second".

In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "latency probability variable state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display It flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13) before the protruding plate 79b is projected.

In addition, when the balls enter the ball continuously, it is structured so that the hit of the normal symbol is unlikely to occur in the "latent probability fluctuation state". Furthermore, the time for which the projection/retraction plate 79b maintains the projecting state due to the hit is "2 seconds", and the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end by the outer deceleration part 79d and the inner deceleration part 79e. The time required for this is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for rolling the upper surface of the landing plate 79b from the right end to the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b by the outer deceleration part 79d is "1 .5 seconds”.

As a result, while the haunting plate 79b is maintaining the projecting state, it does not roll to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, and the haunting plate 79b is rolled in the left end direction. When the plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

On the other hand, while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that continuously passes through the right normal pattern gate 76b is configured to be able to roll up to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. In addition, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "latency probability variable state", the warning sound is not generated. Furthermore, as described above, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", although the winning probability of the normal symbol is lower than the "probability fluctuation state", the probability of winning is 1/2 so that the haunt board 79b is displaced to the protruding state. It is configured.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latency probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire the lottery opportunity of the first lottery game of the first special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

It should be noted that a left-handed game is played in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, and the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is "two seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and wins the special figure 1 first prize winning opening 77a arranged below the left side exit.

Also, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment is also distributed from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out and wins the special figure 1 second winning port 77b arranged below the right exit.

In addition, in the "latency probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment, when a left-handed game is played, the prize winning assistance by the haunt board 79b or the like is not performed, so the advantage is the same as in the "normal game state". .

Therefore, in the "latency probability variable state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b in the right-handed game will 2 Since it is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the winning opening 77b, rather than performing a left-handed game in which the winning assistance by the haunting plate 79b is not performed, the right-handed hitting game in which the winning assistance by the haunting plate 79b is performed is continuously performed. It is configured such that a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(c), in the "variable probability state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 through the right normal symbol gate 76b flows downstream as it is. After passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the haunting board 79b after "1 second".

In this case, when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the seventh embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the arrival timing, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is configured to be easier to win than the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state". Further, the projecting time of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" of the seventh embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display is started until the haunting board 79b projects and is retracted is "5. 5 seconds."

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the hive plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and before it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the right end position of the projecting plate 79b collides with the right end of the projecting plate 79b, rolls on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and reaches the alternate distribution unit 71 side (especially It starts to be guided to the prize winning opening 78 side in FIG.

Then, the ball that rolls from the right end of the projecting plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b first collides with the outer deceleration portion 79d provided outside the normal electric unit 79, and reaches the central part of In the seventh embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion.

Also, the ball rolling from the central portion of the projecting plate 79b on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b toward the left end collides with the inner deceleration portion 79e provided inside the normal electric unit 79, reach the department. The inner speed reduction section 79e has a smaller number of speed reduction sections than the outer speed reduction section 79d (for example, when the number of speed reduction sections of the outer speed reduction section 79d is "4", the number of speed reduction sections of the inner speed reduction section 79e is "2"). ”), in the seventh embodiment, it takes “1 second” to roll from the central portion of the retractable plate 79b to the left end portion.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion, and it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the retractable plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for rolling from the right end to the left end of the retractable plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". ” is configured to do so.

Therefore, in the "variable probability state" of the seventh embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "2.5 seconds". Since the time from the start of the variable display of the pattern until the haunting plate 79b protrudes and sinks is "5.5 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b maintains the protruding state of the haunting plate 79b. While it is, the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls continuously flowing into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol will enter the special figure 2 winning opening while the haunt plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It is configured to be guided to the 78 side and to win a special figure 2 winning opening 78. Specifically, in the seventh embodiment, when the balls are shot at intervals of “0.6 seconds” and pass through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally special. It is guided to the prize winning opening 78 side in FIG.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, when the haunting plate 79b is projected once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state" in which the winning assistance to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is performed, making it easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities of the second lottery game of the second special symbol, A predetermined number of prize balls (that is, 2 balls/1 winning prize) can be provided, and the game can be played without significantly damaging the player's possession balls.

In the seventh embodiment, after the first ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the fifth and subsequent balls roll on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b, and the landing plate 79b protrudes. In order to displace from the state to the immersed state, a special figure that guides the ball that is provided above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b and is located above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b Together with the configuration of the 1 expansion guide part 77e, there is a case where the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is won. Therefore, in the "variable probability state", it is possible to create a game that requires the skill of always playing the game with the number of right-handed shot balls being four or less, thereby improving the interest of the game.

Also, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, a left-handed game is played, and the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is distributed to the left side "two seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left exit of the path 74 and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Furthermore, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "2 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. Then, it wins the special figure 1 second winning port 77b arranged below the right exit.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, when a left-handed game is performed, winning assistance by the haunt board 79b or the like is not performed, so the same advantage as in the "latency probability fluctuation state" is obtained. .

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball entering the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is easily won to the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Since it is configured, it is easier to execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol by continuously performing the right-handed game in which the winning assistance is performed rather than performing the left-handed game in which the winning assistance is not performed. is configured to take place.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, in the left-handed game, to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b in the "normal game state" A game by a first lottery game of a first special symbol based on the winning can be played. In addition, in the right-handed game, in the "hidden probability fluctuation state", the game is performed by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and in the "probability fluctuation state" A game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 can be performed. Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77b, 78 that can win in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variation in the game and improve the interest in the game.

In addition, in the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state", the probability of winning the normal pattern, the variable display time of the normal pattern, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b are disadvantageously set, and only the "probability fluctuation state" is normal. The winning probability of the symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b are set to be advantageous. By constructing in this way, while the winning openings 77a, 77b, 78 that can win in each game state are made different, various lotteries and behaviors related to normal symbols are set in a unified manner for each game state, so that the player can understand. By adopting game specifications that are easy to play, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 10 that is difficult for players to shy away from, and to prevent the operation of the pachinko machine 10 from declining.

In addition, since the above-described game characteristics can be realized without arranging the normal pattern gate in the alternate distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternate distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and the increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed. can.

Furthermore, by configuring so as not to detect the ball in the alternate distribution unit 71, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment has the same effects as those of the first through sixth embodiments due to the same configuration.

<Eighth embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 54 to 58. FIG. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a left-handed game is recommended in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state", and a right-handed game is recommended in the "probability fluctuation state". Since the shooting mode of the ball is fixed for each game state, and the shooting mode is fixed even though the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes are different for each game state, the game becomes monotonous and the above-mentioned effect of improving interest is achieved. It can be difficult to perform effectively.

On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed in the "latency probability fluctuation state", and the player can select the shooting mode. At the same time, by making the variations of the winning openings 63a, 77a, 77f, and 78c different for each game state, it is possible to change the winning openings 77a, 77f, and 78c according to the intention of the player. It is possible to improve the amusement of the game by imparting amusement.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first to seventh embodiments. In the following description, elements that are the same as those of the first to seventh embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustrations and descriptions thereof are omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 54, the winning probability of normal symbols, the variable display time of normal symbols, and the projection time of haunt board 79b for each game state in the eighth embodiment will be described. Fig.54 (a) is the schematic diagram which showed typically an example of the random-number table 202f per normal figure memorize|stored in ROM202 of 8th Embodiment. Moreover, FIG.54(b) is the schematic diagram which showed typically an example of the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g memorize|stored in ROM202 of 8th Embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 54(c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric duty control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 54(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern that becomes a hit in all game states is 90, and the value is "10 to 99". is stored in the random number table 202f per normal pattern. That is, the winning probability of normal symbols is set to be 90/100=9/10 in any game state.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the normal symbol variable display time set in the case of the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" is "3 seconds. " is defined in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g. That is, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variable state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "3 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal pattern variable display time set in the case of the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the normal pattern fluctuation time table 202g so as to be "0.5 second". That is, the time from the start of variable display of the normal symbols to the derivation of the stop symbols in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be "0.5 seconds" without exception.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the projection of the haunting board 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the "normal game state" or the "latency probability fluctuation state" The time is defined in the normal electric work control table 202h so as to be "2 seconds". That is, in a game state other than the "variable probability state", when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be "2 seconds".

On the other hand, the normal electric role control table 202h defines the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b to be set to "3 seconds" when the normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuating state". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the projection time of the haunt board 79b is set to be "3 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the variation of the probability of success or failure of the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunting plate 79b are the "normal game state", the "latency probability change state", and the "probability In particular, the winning probability of normal symbols is common in all game states, and in the "probability fluctuation state", the "normal game state" and the "latency probability fluctuation state" are different. The projecting time of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is set to be slightly longer (that is, from "2 seconds" to "3 seconds").

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55 to 58, the playability in each game state of the eighth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting board 79b associated therewith will be described.

FIG. 55 shows, in each game state of the eighth embodiment, the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the behavior of the normal electric unit 79 when hitting right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball entered from the right normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b. FIG. 55(a) explains the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the landing plate 79b when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(b) is a diagram showing that a ball is entered from the sorting ball entrance 72 of the alternate sorting unit 71 at the time of left-handed or right-handed hits in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball, the behavior of a ball that enters the normal electric unit 79, the behavior of a protruding plate 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b; FIG. 55(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting right in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit 79 taken along line BB of FIG. 55(a).

Also, FIG. 56(a) shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of hitting to the left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. 56(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b, and FIG. 56(b) shows the flow into the normal electric unit 79 (right It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 in the eighth embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the configuration of the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 The configuration of the right depth second passage 75b of the right path 75, the configuration of the in-unit general winning opening 63a of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the arrangement position of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c of the alternate distribution unit 71 And, the configuration of the special figure 2 guide part 78d of the alternate distribution unit 71, the configuration of the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f, and the configuration of the right aggregate reduction part 79m and the left distributed reduction part 79n in the normal electric unit 79 is different from Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 55( a ), the left side path 74 of the eighth embodiment is a path along which the balls guided to the left side in the alternately sorting unit 71 by the sorting device 73 flow down. Below the left side of the left path 74, there is provided a left exit through which the balls flowing down the left path 74 flow out, and a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a is provided below the left exit. . Therefore, the ball guided to the left side path 74 is configured to enter the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a after flowing down the inside of the left side path 74. - 特許庁

In addition, the left path 74 has a predetermined length as a ball downflow path, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 are distributed to the left path It is configured so that it takes "1 second" from entering 74 to reaching the left exit. That is, the ball distributed to the left side by the distribution device 73 flows out from the left exit after "1 second" from the timing, and enters the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a.

As shown in FIG. 55( a ), the right path 75 of the eighth embodiment is a path along which the balls guided to the right side in the alternating sorting unit 71 by the sorting device 73 flow down. Below the right side of the right path 75, there is provided a right exit through which the ball flowing down the right path 75 flows out, and a right special figure 2 second prize opening 78c is provided below the right exit. there is Further, the left end portion of the projection/retraction plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is positioned below the right exit.

The right path 75 is provided with an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and the ball flowing into the right path 75 is discharged from the right exit of the right path 75 in a longer time. A right depth second passage 75b is formed in the . The balls distributed to the right path 75 by the right depth second path 75b are configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "4.4 seconds" from the timing of passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. ing.

A special figure 2 guide portion 78d is provided in the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. This special figure 2 guide part 78d is widened from the winning opening width of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c so that it is easy to guide the ball that has flowed down from the haunt plate 79b to the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. (For example, 1.5 times the width of the winning opening width of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c) is configured. As a result, even if the retractable plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the retractable plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the left distributed deceleration unit 79n, the retractable plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. The ball that has been played flows down to the special figure 2 guide part 78d, and is configured to be able to win the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c.

On the left side of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c (on the right side of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a), an intra-unit general winning opening 63a is arranged. When a ball wins in the intra-unit general winning hole 63a, only a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls are paid out, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game are not executed. It is A ball that rolls on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b and flows down from the left end portion of the landing plate 79b can enter the unit general winning opening 63a.

The right centralized deceleration section 79m of the normal electrical unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped deep side deceleration sections 79m1 and 79m3 provided on a base portion 79y where the normal electrical unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13, and the opposite side of the base portion 79y. and a plurality of rib-shaped front side deceleration portions 79m2 and 79m4 provided on the back surface side (base portion 79y side) of the cover portion 79x located at .

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the ball that reaches the right end of the landing plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b, and the central right part of the landing plate 79b (outer special figure 1 second It is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to reach the prize winning opening 77f). As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in a protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the right consolidation deceleration portion 79m, the protruding plate 79b rolls on the upper surface. The sphere that was being played is configured to enter the outer special figure 1 second winning port 77f.

The left distributed deceleration portion 79n of the normal electric unit 79 is located on the opposite side of the base portion 79n1 of the rib shape provided on the base portion 79y where the normal electric function unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13. and a rib-shaped front side deceleration portion 79n2 provided on the back side (base portion 79y side) of the cover portion 79x.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the ball that reaches the central portion of the projecting plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b toward the left end until it reaches the left end of the projecting plate 79b. is configured to require a time of "1 second".

As shown in FIG. 55(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is distributed "1 second" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and wins the special figure 1 first prize winning opening 77a arranged below the left side exit.

On the other hand, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment are first distributed by the distribution device 73 "0.1 second" after the normal symbol gate in the unit. 76a, and after passing through the normal pattern gate 76a in the unit, a predetermined length (for example, , 4 cm) and a predetermined length (for example, 4 cm) that is turned back from the second back passage and inclined slightly downhill (not shown in the drawing) ) passes through the right depth second passage 75b configured by the second front direction passage (not shown), and the right side of the right path 75 after “4.4 seconds” from the timing of passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit out of the outlet. That is, it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "4.5 seconds" from the timing when it is distributed from the sorting device 73 to the right path 75 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 56(a), when the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right outlet of the right path 75 after "4.5 seconds" from the distribution timing. is configured to In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of normal symbols.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a, the ball is separated from the unit side separation board 79b3 At the timing of reaching the leftmost position of , the result of variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is configured to be easy to win, like the other game states. Furthermore, the projecting time of the haunting board 79b in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display of the normal symbols is started until the haunting board 79b projects and immerses is It is set to "5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the protruding plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and before it reaches the arrangement position of the protruding plate 79b. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the arrangement position of the projection plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the projection plate 79b toward the left end, and is guided to the general winning opening 63a in the unit. .

In addition, as shown in FIG. 56(b), when hitting to the right in the "normal game state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b hits the right end of the haunt board 79b after "1 second". reach the position. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, it appears based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b becomes a projecting state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (the lower side of the game board 13).

In addition, even when the balls enter the ball continuously, the time for which the projecting plate 79b maintains the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds" (see FIG. 54(c)), and the projecting plate 79b The time required for rolling from the right end to the left end on the upper surface of is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the haunting plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state, the haunting plate 79b does not roll up to the upper side of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c, and the haunting plate 79b is rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b. When the plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79. As shown in FIG.

On the other hand, while the haunt plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball continuously passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to be able to roll up to the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f above. However, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without playing a right-handed game in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball entered in the alternate distribution unit 71 alternately enters either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the unit general winning opening 63a. In order to win a prize, a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a game in which a predetermined number of prize balls are obtained are performed. In the unit general winning opening 63a, only a predetermined number of winning balls are paid out, and a lottery opportunity for special symbols is acquired like the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f or the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. never In other words, it is configured so that a certain game value such as a prize ball can be obtained although a jackpot or the like cannot be awarded based on a special symbol lottery opportunity. Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if the entrance of the ball to the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c is hindered by the protruding state of the haunting board 79b, the ball will win the general winning opening 63a in the unit. Then, a predetermined prize ball is given to the player to suppress the dissatisfaction of the player based on the hindrance of the ball entering the right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78c, and to prevent the player from losing interest in the game. can do.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55(b) and 57, the gameplay in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 55(b) shows the behavior of a ball entered from the distribution entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left or hitting right in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters the win unit 79, the behavior of a landing plate 79b, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b;

FIG. 57(a) shows variable display of the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal pattern at the time of hitting to the left in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment. 57(b) is a timing chart showing the projection time of the haunting board 79b, and FIG. 57(b) shows the flow into the normal electric unit 79 at the time of hitting to the right in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball (passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(b), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment are distributed by the distribution device 73 and then "1 Seconds" later, it flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 and enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the left-handed game are distributed from the distribution device 73 as in the "normal game state". After "0.1 second", it passes through the unit normal pattern gate 76a, passes through the right depth second passage 75b, and after "4.4 seconds" from the timing of passing through the unit normal pattern gate 76a, the right exit of the right path 75 flow out from That is, it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 after "4.5 seconds" from the timing when it is distributed from the sorting device 73 to the right path 75 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 57(a), when the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right outlet of the right path 75 after "4.5 seconds" from the distribution timing. is configured to In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of normal symbols.

The variable display in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". In addition, in the "variable hiding probability state" of the eighth embodiment, when the variable display of normal symbols is won, the haunt board 79b is configured to protrude for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the projecting time of the right haunting plate 79b2 is greater than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. is short, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the projection/removal plate 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the projection/removal plate 79b protrudes and then enters. It wins to the right side special figure 2 2nd prize-winning mouth 78c as it is.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, even if a right-handed game is played and the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the warning sound is not output. That is, both left-handed games and right-handed games are configured to be executable.

Here, as shown in FIG. 57(b), when the ball is hit to the right in the "latent probability variable state", the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, and a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained. Variable display of normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "latency probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the arrival timing, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win, as in the other game states. Furthermore, the projection time of the haunting board 79b in the "latency probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", which is the total time from when the variable display of the normal pattern is started until the haunting board 79b projects and immerses. is "2.5 seconds".

Now, with reference to FIG. 55(d), the configuration of the deceleration units 79m and 79n of the ordinary electric unit 79 of the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 55(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric unit 79 taken along line BB of FIG. 55(a).

As shown in FIG. 55(d), when the retractable plate 79b is in a protruded state, the ball that has flowed into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the left portion of the protruded retractable plate 79b, Due to the inclination of the hive board 79b, the upper surface of the hive board 79b rolls toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, toward the general winning opening 63a in the unit.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b from the left side of the projecting/retracting plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b without colliding with the deceleration part or the like, It flows out from the left end. In the eighth embodiment, it takes "0.5 second" to roll from the left side portion of the retractable plate 79b to the left end portion.

Also, when the hive plate 79b is in a protruding state, the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 collides with the right end of the hive plate 79b in the protruded state, The upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in a front view, that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b to the left end on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b first moves toward the first rear right central reduction speed reducer provided on the base portion 79y side of the normal electric unit 79. It collides with 79m1, changes its traveling direction by the collision, and rolls on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b toward the cover portion 79x side. Then, it collides with the first front right centralized deceleration section 79m2 provided on the cover section 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the direction of travel again, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves to the base section 79y. roll to the side. After that, it collides with the second rear right centralized deceleration part 79m3 provided on the base part 79y side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b moves toward the cover part 79x side. Roll. Then, it collides with the second front right-side aggregate deceleration section 79m4 provided on the cover section 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves toward the base section 79y. While rolling sideways, it reaches the central portion of the retractable plate 79b. In the eighth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion.

The ball that has passed through the central portion of the projection plate 79b collides with the rear left distributed deceleration section 79n1 provided on the base portion 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the projection plate 79b rolls the upper surface of the to the cover portion 79x side. Then, it collides with the front left distributed deceleration part 79n2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the ordinary electric unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves to the base part 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the projecting/retracting plate 79b.

That is, in the eighth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion of the retractable plate 79b to the central portion, and it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the retractable plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for rolling from the right end to the left end of the retractable plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". ” is configured to do so.

As a result, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is moved in the left end direction without rolling to the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c side while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state. When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state while rolling to the right, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79. As shown in FIG. However, in the "latency probability variable state", while the haunting board 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b does not roll up to the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. On the other hand, since it is configured to be able to roll to the upper side of the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f, when the protruding plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the recessed state, the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b rolls. The ball that was being held can win the outside special figure 1 second prize opening 77f.

Therefore, by executing a right-handed game in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, while making it easier to acquire the lottery opportunity of the first lottery game of the first special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 (pieces/1 prize) can be awarded to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls possessed by the player.

In this way, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", both the left-handed game and the right-handed game are configured to be executable, and the player can select the shooting mode, and the left-handed game and the right-handed game are configured. By making the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can win different, a new game property is imparted in which the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can win can be changed according to the intention of the player. Interest can be improved.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", in the left-handed game, the game is executed without winning assistance by the haunting board 79b, while in the right-handed game, the appearance board 79b A game in which the special figure 1 second winning opening 77f is easy to win is executed. By configuring in this way, the conditions for winning the winning opening (the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c) are the same as the "normal game state". The conditions for obtaining a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol having a large game value for a person or winning a prize opening (outside special pattern 1 second prize opening 77f) are easier to win than "normal game state". However, it is possible to select a game mode including an obtainable game value such as obtaining a lottery opportunity of a first lottery game with a first special symbol which is not advantageous for the player. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately select the game property (gambling property) desired by the player in the "latency probability fluctuating state", thereby improving the amusement of the game.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55(c) and 58, the gaming properties in the "probability change state" of the eighth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 55(c) is a schematic for explaining the behavior of the landing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b when hitting right in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment. It is a diagram.

FIG. 58(a) shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of normal symbols when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment. 58(b) is a timing chart showing the projecting time of the hive board 79b, and FIG. 58(b) shows the flow into the normal electric unit 79 (the right It is a timing chart showing the flow down timing of the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the projecting time of the haunt board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(c), in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 through the right normal symbol gate 76b flows downstream as it is. After passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the haunting board 79b after "1 second".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 58(b), when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the haunt plate 79b after "1 second" from the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time it takes for the ball to reach the right end of the haunting plate 79b after passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. At the arrival timing, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of normal symbols is configured to be easy to win, as in other game states. Further, the projecting time of the haunting board 79b in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment is "3 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display is started to when the haunting board 79b projects and is retracted is "3. 5 seconds."

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the hive plate 79b will be in a protruding state and maintain that state after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and before it reaches the position of the right end of the haunt plate 79b. As a result, the ball that reaches the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b collides with the right end of the haunting plate 79b, rolls on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from that position toward the left end, and the right special figure 2 second prize It begins to be guided to the mouth 78c side.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the variable display in the "probability change state" of the eighth embodiment starts. Since the time it takes for the haunting plate 79b to protrude and sink in is "3.5 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b will move to the haunting plate while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruded state. It rolls on the upper surface of 79b from the right end to the left end. However, since it takes "3.5 seconds" for the ball that first passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b to roll to the left end of the haunting plate 79b, the ball reaches the left end of the haunting plate 79b. The retractable plate 79b is displaced from the projected state to the retracted state. Therefore, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projection/retraction plate 79b flows down to the downstream side of the projection/retraction plate 79b (the lower side of the game board 13) at the timing when it is displaced from the projected state to the retracted state.

As described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment to the time when the haunting plate 79b protrudes and sinks is "3.5 seconds". Therefore, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b begins to roll on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b from the right end while the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, but above the special figure 2 guide part 78d Since the projection/retraction plate 79b can change from the protruding state to the retracted state while rolling in position (that is, from the central position to the left end position of the projection/retraction plate 79b), the projection/retraction plate 79b is arranged downstream from the rolling position. It flows down to the special figure 2 guide part 78d which was made, and can win a prize in the right side special figure 2 2nd prize-winning mouth 78c.

In addition, a plurality of balls continuously flowing into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol are displayed in the right side special figure 2 while the haunt plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It is configured so as to be guided to the 2nd prize winning port 78c side and to win the right side special figure 2 2nd prize winning port 78c. Specifically, in the eighth embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, one ball is additionally special. It is guided upward in the guide portion 78d in FIG. That is, in the eighth embodiment, when the haunting board 79b is projected once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained twice. Therefore, by executing a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", while making it easier to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be provided to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In the eighth embodiment, after the first ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the third and subsequent balls roll on the upper surface of the landing plate 79b, and the projection plate 79b protrudes. Since it is displaced from the state to the immersed state, the ball rolling on the landing plate 79b in the upper part of the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f may enter the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f. be. Therefore, in the "variable probability state", it is possible to create a game that requires the skill of always playing the game with the number of right-handed shot balls being two or less, and to improve the interest of the game.

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 58(a), when a left-handed hit is performed in the "variable probability state" of the eighth embodiment, when the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is distributed. It is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 4.5 seconds after the timing. In addition, after "0.1 seconds" after the ball is sorted to the right path 75, it passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability change state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". In addition, in the "probability variable state" of the eighth embodiment, when the normal symbol variable display is won, the haunt board 79b is configured to protrude for "3 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbols and the projecting time of the haunting plate 79b is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. Because the ball is short, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the projection/removal plate 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the projection/removal plate 79b protrudes and then enters the right path. It wins to the special figure 2 2nd winning mouth 78c.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, when a left-handed game is performed, the prize winning assistance by the haunt board 79b etc. is not performed, so the advantage is the same as that of the "latency probability fluctuation state". .

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball entering the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game wins the right special symbol 2 second winning opening 78c. Since it is configured to be easy, the second lottery game of the second special symbol is more likely to be executed by continuously performing the right-handed game with the winning assistance rather than performing the left-handed game without the winning assistance. It is configured so that a game can be played.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed in the "latency probability fluctuation state", and the player selects the shooting mode. The winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can win prizes according to the player's intention are made different in variations of the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can win in the left-handed game and the right-handed game. can be changed to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, while the game is executed in a state where there is no prize winning assistance by the haunting plate 79b in the left-handed game, the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f is executed by the haunting plate 79b in the right-handed game. to execute a game in which it is easy to win a prize. By configuring in this way, the conditions for winning the winning opening (the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c) are the same as the "normal game state". The conditions for obtaining a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol having a large game value for a person or winning a prize opening (outside special pattern 1 second prize opening 77f) are easier to win than "normal game state". However, it is possible to select a game mode including an obtainable game value such as obtaining a lottery opportunity of a first lottery game with a first special symbol which is not advantageous for the player. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately select the game property (gambling property) desired by the player in the "latency probability fluctuating state", thereby improving the amusement of the game.

As described above, the present invention has been described based on the above embodiments, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications and improvements can easily be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. can be inferred. For example, the numerical values given in the above embodiment are examples, and it is naturally possible to employ other numerical values.

Further, it is of course possible to combine each configuration of the above-described embodiment with one of the configurations of the modifications shown below. Furthermore, it is of course possible to combine any one of the configurations of the modifications shown below with each configuration of one or a plurality of other modifications. In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration. In the following, description will be made based on the reference numerals of the parts used in the explanation of the first embodiment, but it is of course possible to replace them with the reference numerals of the same or similar parts in other embodiments.

<Modification 1>
In each of the above-described embodiments, regarding the alternate distribution unit 71, the distribution entrance 72, the distribution device 73, the left path 74, the right path 75, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the special figure 1 winning opening 77 and the special figure 2 The prize winning port 78 and the like are unitized into one alternate distribution unit 71.例文帳に追加On the other hand, each of the members 72 to 78 may be composed of separate members, or each of the members 72 to 78 may be unitized so as to be different from the alternate distribution unit 71 . By configuring in this way, although the number of parts increases, replacement of each member 72 to 78 in the event of failure is facilitated, and the efficiency of maintenance work for the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 2>
In each of the above-described embodiments, regarding the normal electric unit 79, the right normal symbol gate 76b, the appearing/removing plate 79b, the deceleration unit 79c, etc. are unitized into one normal electric unit 79. FIG. On the other hand, each member 76b, 79b, 79c may be configured by separate members, or each member 76b, 79b, 79c may be configured as a unit unlike the ordinary electric unit 79. good. By configuring in this way, although the number of parts increases, replacement of each member 76b, 79b, 79c in the event of failure becomes easy, and the efficiency of maintenance work of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 3>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are configured as separate units. On the other hand, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 may be integrated. When changing the variation of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win for each game state of the present invention, the arrangement position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 The relationship with the arrangement position of the retractable plate 79b is important, but in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, if a mistake (for example, misalignment of the installation position) occurs in screwing work, etc., the game characteristics of the present invention It may not be possible. Therefore, by unitizing the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79, the arrangement position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric unit 79 Therefore, it is possible to reliably realize the playability of the present invention.

<Modification 4>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the projecting pattern (time) of the haunting board 79b in each game state is composed of one pattern or two patterns. On the other hand, the projecting pattern (time) of the haunting plate 79b in each game state may be selected by lottery from three or more patterns. By configuring in this way, it is possible to diversify the inflow destinations of the balls rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b, and further enrich the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win in each game state. , it is possible to improve the interest of the game by realizing a variety of game characteristics.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the variable display time of normal symbols in each game state is fixed (for example, "3 seconds" in "normal game state", "0.5 seconds" in "latency probability change state" and "probability change state"). 5 seconds”, etc.). On the other hand, a plurality of patterns may be provided for the variable display time of normal symbols in each game state, and the pattern may be selected by lottery. Specifically, for example, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", patterns such as "0.5 seconds", "1 second", and "3 seconds" are provided as patterns of variable display time of normal symbols, and the patterns are selected by lottery. Configure to select patterns. By configuring in this way, the end timing of the variable display time of the normal symbol differs in each game state, and the timing of the protruding state of the haunt board 79b also changes. It is possible to improve the interest of the game by further enriching the variations and realizing various game characteristics.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, only one of the "15R probability variable jackpot" and "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is awarded in the lottery for each special symbol. On the other hand, it is configured to draw a lottery for a big win different from the above big win (for example, "non-probability variable big win" or so-called "sudden probability variable big win (2R probability variable big win)") or "small win" different from the big win. may By configuring in this way, when the player wins the jackpot, the game value given to the player is made different, thereby providing variations in the game and realizing various game characteristics, thereby improving the interest of the game. be able to.

In particular, when a "small win" is provided in the lottery of special symbols, when the small win is won, the opening and closing mode of the central big prize opening 65a etc. similar or similar to the big win to which the "latency probability fluctuation state" is given (that is, , If the "7R latent probability variable jackpot", the "7R latent probability variable jackpot", similar to the "7R latent probability variable jackpot", by executing the opening and closing operation of the central big winning opening 65a seven times, such as "7R small hit"), It is difficult to distinguish between the normal game state and the latent probability fluctuation state. By constructing in this way, a game feature that makes the player guess which game state it is in is created, and the interest in the game can be improved.

Note that the "small win" is a lottery result in which the opening and closing of the central big winning opening 65a etc. is executed, but unlike the "15R probability variable big win" and "7R latent probability variable big win", the transition of the game state is not executed.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above-described embodiments, while the upper surface of the projection plate 79b is configured so that the ball can roll, the speed reduction unit 79c provided in the ordinary electric unit 79 reduces the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projection plate 79b. By slowing down the speed, the above-mentioned playability is realized. On the other hand, the deceleration part 79c or the like is not provided, and a flow-down groove or the like in which the ball meanders and flows down is provided on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b so as to reduce the flow-down speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b. You may Such a configuration eliminates the need to provide the speed reducer 79c and the like in the normal electric unit 79, thus simplifying the structure of the normal electric unit 79 and simplifying the mold for parts. The manufacturing cost of the ordinary electric unit 79 can be reduced.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the projection/retraction plate 79b that is displaced between the projected state and the retracted state is used, and the projecting timing and projecting time of the projecting/removal plate 79b are changed in each game state, thereby realizing the game characteristics of the present invention. was configured. On the other hand, the playability of the present invention may be realized by using a rotary blade member and changing the operation timing and operation time of the blade member for each game state. Specifically, for example, the blade member is arranged downstream of the right normal symbol gate 76b, and when the blade member is in a non-operating state (for example, an upright state), the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is the blade member. It is configured so that it collides with the outside (non-rolling side) and flows downstream as it is. On the other hand, in the operating state in which the blade member is rotated (tilted 120 degrees to the right from the upright state), the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b collides with the inside (rolling side) of the blade member, and the blade member is configured to roll toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side. By configuring in this way, it is easy to recognize whether or not the region in which the blade member itself operates has been largely driven in the rotation mode of the blade member compared to the driving mode due to the emergence and retraction of the retractable plate 79b. It is possible to make it easy for the player to recognize whether or not the prize has been won by the display.

<Modification 9>
In each of the above-described embodiments, a plurality of deceleration units 79c and the like that collide with balls rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b are provided, and the retractable plate 79b flows down (rolls) from the rightmost position where the retractable plate 79b is arranged to the leftmost position. By causing the ball to collide with the deceleration part 79c, etc., the falling speed of the rolling ball is reduced, and even when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b in the "normal game state" etc., the right end of the haunting plate 79b It was configured so that the ball could not roll all the way from the position to the leftmost position. On the other hand, by using another configuration that delays the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting board 79b, the player can move from the right end position where the haunting board 79b is arranged to the left end position in the "normal game state" etc. It may be configured so that the ball does not flow down (roll).

Specifically, for example, the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) is positioned at the right end of the projection plate 79b, and a depth direction passage through which balls can flow down in the depth direction when viewed from the front is provided. A forward passage is provided at the left end position of the hive plate 79b by folding back to the front side and allowing the ball to flow down. It may be configured to change the flow direction of. Further, for example, a rotating member that rotates on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b from the right end to the left end at a predetermined interval longer than the rolling time of the ball is used to rotate with the ball stored in the storage portion of the rotating member. The member rotates to release the ball stored in the storage portion at a predetermined release position. By configuring in this way, when the ball moves from the right end position to the left end position of the projection board 79b in the "normal game state" etc., it takes time longer than the projecting time of the projection board 79b. may be configured.

<Modification 10>
In each of the above-described embodiments, when the retractable plate 79b is displaced to the projecting state, the entire retractable plate 79b is projected at once, and when the projecting state is changed to the retracted state, the entire retractable plate 79b is retracted at once. Was. On the other hand, when projecting the projecting/retracting plate 79b, a portion of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is projected first, and then the other portion is projected, and then, when retracting, a part of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is also projected. It may be configured such that it is immersed first, and then other parts are immersed.

Specifically, for example, a right end drive mechanism (eg, solenoid) connected to the right end portion of the projection plate 79b and a left end drive mechanism (eg, solenoid) connected to the left end portion of the projection plate 79b are provided. When the variable display of normal symbols is won and the retractable plate 79b is displaced from the recessed state to the projected state, the right end side driving mechanism is driven first, so that the right end side of the retracted plate 79b is first displaced to the projected state. Let After that (for example, after "1 second"), the left end side drive mechanism is driven, so that the left end side of the retractable plate 79b is also displaced to the projecting state, and the entire retractable plate 79b is configured to be in the projecting state.

When the protruded retractable plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, the right end side driving mechanism is driven first, so that the right end side of the retracted plate 79b is first displaced to the retracted state. After that (for example, after "1 second"), the left end side drive mechanism is driven, so that the left end side of the retractable plate 79b is also displaced to the retracted state, and the entire retractable plate 79b is configured to be retracted.

With this configuration, the ball cannot roll from the right end position of the retractable plate 79b after the retractable plate 79b starts to be displaced to the recessed state, but at that timing, it rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. Since the left end side of the haunting plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that is present continues to roll on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b as it is, and can roll to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Therefore, when the protruding plate 79b is displaced from the protruded state to the retracted state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to the right end, and rolls on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. By making it difficult for the ball in motion to flow down to the downstream side (the lower side of the game board 13) of the haunting plate 79b, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is prevented from entering the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. can be Therefore, it is possible to reliably win the ball into the winning openings 77 and 78 assumed in each game state.

<Modification 11>
In each of the above embodiments, when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78, the value of the big hit random number counter C1 etc. is acquired based on the winning timing to perform the big hit lottery. had configured. On the other hand, a plurality of predetermined winning areas may be provided instead of the winning openings 77 and 78, and a game value corresponding to the winning area may be given when a ball flows into the winning area. good. Specifically, for example, there is a first winning area where a first game value (for example, "7R time-saving jackpot") is given by the inflow of balls, and a higher game value than the first game value by the inflow of balls. A second winning area is provided in which a second game value (for example, "15R probability variable jackpot") is provided. Then, depending on the game state, the driving mode of the haunting board 79b may be changed so that whether or not the ball flows down to each winning area is differentiated. Note that the winning ports 77 and 78 and the winning areas may be used in combination. By configuring in this way, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and contribute to the enhancement of the interest of the game.

<Modification 12>
In the second embodiment, the central portion of the hive plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is configured to be positioned between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second winning port 77b, and the hive plate 79b The length from the right end to the central portion (flowing down position from the right side route 75) and the length from the central portion (flowing down position from the right side route 75) to the left end are the same length, and the outer speed reduction portion 79d and the inner speed reduction portion 79e The structures are made different from each other so that the falling velocity of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the projecting/retracting plate 79b can be changed. On the other hand, the length from the downstream position of the right path 75 to the left end of the projecting/retracting board 79b is longer than the length from the right end of the projecting/retracting board 79b to the downstream position of the right path 75 (for example, , twice or more). By configuring in this way, the arrangement position of the retractable plate 79b can be closer to the alternate distribution unit 71 side, and the horizontal overlapping portion of the normal electric unit 79 with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 increases. The installation area of the distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79 can be further reduced, and the degree of freedom in designing the board surface in the game area can be increased.

<Modification 13>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the so-called ST type game specifications are provided in which the "probability fluctuation state" is given a predetermined number of times after the end of the jackpot, regardless of which jackpot is won. On the other hand, after the end of the big win, a so-called loop-type game specification may be used in which the "probability fluctuation state" is maintained until the next big win occurs. By configuring in this way, even in a pachinko machine with loop-type game specifications, by varying the ball entry pattern of the prize-winning holes that can win prizes according to the game state, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest of the game is improved. can contribute.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the normal symbol is variably displayed based on the ball passing through the normal symbol gate 76, and when the winning result is derived by the variable display, the haunting plate 79b is projected for a predetermined time. was configured. On the other hand, it may be configured such that the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the projecting state based on the ball entering the predetermined ball entering means. By constructing in this manner, a game of how to enter the ball into the ball entering means in order to make the protruding plate 79b protrude is created, and the amusement of the game can be improved. Alternatively, when the protruding/retracting plate 79b is in the protruding state, the protruding/retracting plate 79b may be displaced to the retracted state based on a predetermined number (for example, two) of balls entering the ball-entering means. By constructing in this way, a game effect is created in which a ball is not allowed to enter the ball-entering means in order to prevent the projecting/retracting plate 79b from entering the recessed state, and the amusement of the game can be improved. .

<Modification 15>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbols, the winning probability of the normal symbols, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b are changed according to the game state, and the balls enter the winning holes 77 and 78. It was configured to change patterns. On the other hand, as a condition for changing the variable display time of the normal symbol, the winning probability of the normal symbol, and the projection time of the haunt board 79b, it is an event that can occur when the game is running and is set in advance. It may be configured to change based on the establishment of only one event. For example, when a ball enters a predetermined prize winning opening (entering ball opening), or when a special symbol variation effect is executed a predetermined number of times, a predetermined number of balls enter a predetermined winning opening (entering ball opening). A case where (for example, two) a prize (a winning ball) is won is exemplified.

<Modification 16>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the passage wall of the alternate distribution unit 71 is configured so that the behavior of the ball is constant, and chattering due to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is prevented. On the other hand, the passage walls of the alternating distribution unit 71 are made of rubber or an elastic resin member to absorb the impact of the balls (reduce the kinetic energy of the balls) and stabilize the behavior of the balls. It may be configured so as to pass through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a after having been moved. By configuring in this way, chattering can be prevented from occurring.

<Modification 17>
In each of the above-described embodiments, while the upper surface of the projection plate 79b is configured so that the ball can roll, the deceleration part 79c provided in the ordinary electric unit 79 rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the upper surface of the projection plate 79b. The above playability is realized by slowing down the falling speed of the ball. On the other hand, the deceleration part 79c and the like are not provided, and a depth passage extending in the depth direction of the game board 13 is provided at a predetermined position on the upstream side of the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, and a turn-back passage is turned back from the depth direction to the game board 13 front side. is provided at a specific position on the downstream side of the upper surface of the haunting plate, and the flow time for flowing down from a predetermined position on the haunting plate 79b to a specific position is set to a predetermined time necessary to realize the game specifications of the present invention (for example, “2.5 seconds”).

By configuring in this manner, the need for providing the fine reduction section 79c and the like in the normal electric unit 79 is eliminated, so the structure of the normal electric unit 79 can be simplified. In addition, since the depth passage and the turn-around passage allow the ball to move in the depth direction of the pachinko machine 10, the longer the depth passage and the turn-around passage, the longer the horizontal length of the retractable plate 79b. can be shortened, and the retractable plate 79b can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the area occupied in the horizontal direction of the retractable plate 79b, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10, which is largely restricted in the horizontal direction.

<Modification 18>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the protruding plate 79b is in a protruding state (operating state) so that the ball enters the winning opening 78 or the like, which is advantageous for the player. On the other hand, when the projection/retraction plate 79b is in the retracted state (non-operating state), the ball enters the winning opening 78 or the like which is advantageous for the player, and when the projection/removal plate 79b is in the protruded state (operating state), it is advantageous for the player. It may be configured such that the ball does not enter the winning hole 78 or the like.

<Modification 19>
In the fourth embodiment, the left retractable plate 79b1 and the right retractable plate 79b2 are arranged so as to protrude outward from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71. As shown in FIG. On the other hand, the left projecting/retracting plate 79b1 and the right projecting/retracting plate 79b2 may be configured so as not to protrude from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71 to the outside.

<Modification 20>
In each of the above-described embodiments, by changing the variable display time of normal symbols and the drive pattern of haunt board 79b for each game state, it is possible to obtain a lottery opportunity for each special symbol or a winning opening 77 that can win a predetermined number of prize balls. It is configured such that the ball-entering pattern is varied according to the game state. On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbols and the driving pattern of the haunting plate 79b may be changed for each game state to change the flow pattern to the symbol gates other than the winning openings or to the out opening. By constructing in this way, the patterns of inflow to pattern gates and outlets from which prizes cannot always be obtained and the patterns of inflow to prize openings from which prizes can be obtained are combined in a wide variety of ways to provide a variety of games. It is possible to realize sexuality.

In the above embodiment, each command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, and the audio lamp controller 113 instructs the display controller 114 to display. A command may be sent directly from the control device 110 to the display control device 114 . Alternatively, the audio lamp control device 113 may be connected to the display control device 114 so that the display control device 114 may transmit commands for instructing the output of each sound and lighting of the lamp to the audio lamp control device 113 . Furthermore, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 may be configured as one control device. By using these as one control device, the number of parts can be reduced, and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine can be suppressed.

In the above embodiment, the third symbol (special symbol) that is held and executed with the entry of the ball into the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (start winning) as a trigger Variation that becomes a big hit during the variation production Description has been made of the case of performing the "suspension change notice" in the execution symbols and the suspension symbols to determine whether or not there is an effect. On the other hand, whether or not there is a winning (stopped at "○" symbol) among the variable display of the normal symbols that are suspended and executed with the passing of the ball through the normal symbol gate 76 (start winning) In addition to whether or not there is a variation effect that becomes a big hit during the variation effect of the third symbol by using the normal symbol reservation lamp 84, the third symbol display device 81, etc., or instead of that, the player is asked. may be notified. Thereby, the player can grasp whether or not there is a winning variable display in the variable display of the normal symbols being held or in the variable display of the normal symbols being executed and held. Therefore, it can be guessed whether or not the normal symbol will win before execution of the variable display of the normal symbol. Among game machines, there is a game machine which enhances game performance by the presence or absence of winning of normal symbols, and it is particularly effective in such a game machine.

In the above-described embodiment, the demo effect is described as stopping display of the third symbol consisting of the main symbols with no numbers "0" to "9", but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. , the third pattern consisting of main patterns with numbers or main patterns without numbers may be stopped and displayed in a translucent state. Alternatively, only the rear image may be changed without displaying the third pattern. Also, a character or a back image that is completely different from the third pattern or the back image used in the variable effect may be displayed.

In the above embodiment, the third symbol display device 81 in which the variable effect is performed has explained the case of executing the "suspended change notice", which is one form of the continuous notice effect. A fourth pattern display device separate from the third pattern display device 81 is provided in the machine 10, and the fourth pattern display device is caused to display the fourth pattern together with the variation performance executed by the third pattern display device 81.例文帳に追加Executes a continuous notice effect (hereinafter referred to as “continuous notice effect” including “hold change notice”) that is executed across multiple variable effects, unlike “hold change notice” or “hold change notice” You may In this case, the control of the fourth pattern display device may be performed by the display control device 114 or may be performed by the sound lamp control device 113 . In addition, a pachinko machine 10 is provided with an accessory different from each movable accessory that operates according to various performances, and by operating the accessory in a predetermined mode together with the variable performance, continuous advance notice performance is executed. good too. Further, by controlling the sound lamp control device 113, by outputting the sound for the continuous notice effect from the sound output device 226 of the pachinko machine 10, the continuous notice effect may be executed, or the illumination part of the pachinko machine 10. A continuous advance notice effect may be executed by lighting or blinking 29 to 33 together with the variable effect.

As a result, every time the variation effect (dynamic display) is performed in the third symbol display device 81 (and the special symbol display device 37), the symbol is continuously displayed on the fourth symbol display device, or the predetermined character is displayed. , outputting sound from the sound output device 226, or lighting or blinking the illumination parts 29 to 33 can make the player expect a big win. In addition, the player normally continues the game while watching the third pattern display device 81 where the variable effect is performed, but the pattern is displayed by the fourth pattern display device different from the third pattern display device 81. , the operation of the character, the sound output from the sound output device 226, or the lighting and blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33, so that the continuous announcement effect is performed, so that the player is given a different effect than usual. can be easily recognized. In addition, the continuous announcement effect can be easily continued by simple control such as display of the pattern by the fourth pattern display device, operation of the character, sound output from the sound output device 226, or lighting / blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33. It is possible to perform a preview performance.

Further, if the continuous notice effect is performed by outputting sound from the sound output device 226 or by lighting or blinking the illumination parts 29 to 33, the control of the continuous notice effect is performed by the sound lamp control device 113. The main control device 110 is made to perform the winning judgment and the lottery process at the start of the fluctuation, the voice lamp control device 113 is made to perform the continuous notice effect, and the display control device 114 is made to perform the change effect, so that the pachinko machine 10 continues When the advance notice effect is performed, each control device can be made to take charge of each process. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the load from concentrating on one control device, so that the performance required for the MPU of each control device can be kept low.

In addition, display of symbols for continuous advance notice effect on the third pattern display device 81, display of symbols for continuous notice effect on the fourth pattern display device, operation in a predetermined mode of the role, sound from the sound output device 226 At least two or more of the output and lighting or blinking of the illumination units 29 to 33 may be combined and controlled in conjunction with each other to execute a continuous advance notice effect. As a result, it is possible to execute more diverse continuous announcement effects. In addition, the execution method of the continuous notice effect (display by the third pattern display device 81, display by the fourth pattern display device, operation of the role, sound output from the sound output device 226, lighting or blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33 , or a combination of them), by changing the game state after the end of the continuous notice effect ("15R probability variable jackpot", "7R latent probability variable jackpot", off) Prepare multiple continuous notice effect modes selected according to may

In the above embodiment, the main controller 110, when there is a prize (start winning) to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78, voice lamp control the number of pending balls added by "1" A case has been described in which each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c along with the start winning is included as it is in the pending ball number command to be notified to the device 113 and transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113. However, the types of counters included in the number-of-holds-balls command may be part of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1, or may include the values of other counters. Also, when the main controller 110 notifies the audio lamp controller 113 of the values of the counters acquired in conjunction with the start winning, the information indicating the values of the counters is included in the pending ball number command and notified. Instead, information indicating the value of each counter may be included in a command separate from the number-of-holds-balls command, and these values may be notified to the audio lamp control device 113 . As another command, it may be a dedicated command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the value of each counter acquired with the start winning, or a variation pattern command, a stop pattern command, or other information may be voiced. The command for notifying the lamp control device 113 may be added with the value of each counter acquired with the start winning. As another command, when notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the value of each counter acquired with the start winning, the command indicates that the value of each counter to be notified is a variable effect corresponding to the number of times of suspension It may include information indicating whether it is related. As a result, the sound lamp control device 113, based on the information about the number of times of suspension included in the command, stores each of the A counter value can be stored.

In the above embodiment, the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening 77 and the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and the passage of the normal symbol gate 76 are each configured to be suspended up to 4 times, but the maximum reserved ball The number is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). In addition, the number of holding balls of the variable effect based on the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is divided into four by a number in a part of the third symbol display device 81 The area may be displayed in a different manner (for example, color or lighting pattern) by the number of reserved balls. It may be configured to notify the number of balls.

Further, as shown in the above embodiment, the variable effect, which is the variable display of the third pattern, is not limited to vertically scrolling the pattern as the identification information on the display screen of the third pattern display device 81. The pattern may be moved and displayed in the horizontal direction or along a predetermined path such as an L shape. In addition, the variable display of the symbols is not limited to the variable rendering of the symbols. Display is also included. In this case, one or more characters are used as the third symbol.

In each of the above-described embodiments, when the variable effect is executed, the case of displaying the high-speed variation in which all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are scrolled at such a high speed that the player cannot visually recognize it has been described. Alternatively, all the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed in a reduced size to an unrecognizable degree, or all the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed as snow noise-like images in which a large number of white dots are displayed at random. good too.

The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from the above embodiment. For example, once the jackpot hits, the expected value of the jackpot is increased until the jackpot state occurs multiple times (for example, 2 times, 3 times) including the pachinko machine (commonly known as 2 times rights product, 3 times rights product) may be implemented as Further, after the big winning pattern is displayed, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the ball enters a predetermined area. Also, a pachinko machine having a prize winning device having a special area such as a V-zone and entering a special game state as a necessary condition for winning a ball in the special area may be implemented. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various game machines such as arepachi, mammoth, slot machines, and so-called game machines combining a pachinko machine and a slot machine may be implemented.

In the slot machine, for example, the pattern is changed by operating the control lever in a state where the pattern effective line is determined by inserting a coin, and the pattern is stopped and fixed by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of a slot machine is "provided with a display device that confirms and displays identification information after variably displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, The variable display of the identification information is started, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stopping (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has passed, and the stop is displayed. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value under the condition that the combination of time identification information is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Examples include:

Further, as a specific example of a game machine that combines a pachinko machine and a slot machine, it is equipped with a display device for displaying a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols in a variable manner and then confirming and displaying the symbols, and is equipped with a ball launching handle. There are things that are not. In this case, after throwing a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the pattern starts to change due to the operation of the control lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or a predetermined As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbols is stopped, and a special game is generated in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the determined symbols at the time of the stop are so-called jackpot symbols, and the player is given a special game. A lot of balls are paid out to the tray at the bottom. If such a game machine is used instead of a slot machine, only the balls can be treated as game value in the game hall. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on the equipment due to the separate handling of the medals and the balls and the restrictions on the installation location of the game machine.

In the following, concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention are shown.
<Group A: Change ball entry pattern for each game state>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, the winning of a plurality of ball entrances is fixed according to the game situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group A have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of a game.

A launching means for launching game balls (eg, ball launching unit 112a);
A first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) into which the game ball fired by the shooting means can enter;
a first information acquiring means (for example, a first reserved ball storage area 203d) for acquiring first information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the first ball entering means;
A second ball entering means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78) different from the first ball entering means, in which the game ball fired by the launching means can enter,
a second information acquiring means (for example, a second reserved ball storage area 203e) for acquiring second information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the second ball entering means;
determination means for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310));
A gaming machine comprising a game value giving means (e.g., the central big winning hole 65a or the right big winning hole 67a) that gives a predetermined game value to the player based on the determination result of the determining means,
a game state setting means (for example, a jackpot process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means;
a movable means (for example, haunt plate 79b) for changing the flowing direction of the game ball shot from the shooting means;
a drive means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for retractable plate)) for driving the movable means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the game ball fired from the shooting means can enter the first entrance. a ball-entering pattern changing means (for example, alternate distribution unit 71) for changing the ball-entering pattern of the ball means or the second ball-entering means;
A gaming machine A0 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine A0, the game ball is shot by the shooting means, the game ball shot by the shooting means can enter the first ball entering means, and the game ball enters the first ball entering means. The first information is acquired by the first information acquiring means based on the fact that the ball is hit. In addition, the game ball shot by the shooting means can enter a second ball entering means different from the first ball entering means, and the game ball enters the second ball entering means. The second information is acquired by the second information acquiring means. Then, the determination means determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means, and based on the determination result of the determination means, the game value provision means gives a predetermined game value to the player. Here, the game state setting means can set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Further, the direction of flow of the game ball shot from the shooting means is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entering pattern changing means, the game ball fired from the shooting means can enter the game ball. The ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means is changed. Thus, by changing the driving mode of the movable means in accordance with the game state and varying the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, variations in the game can be achieved. There is an effect that it can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

Note that the "first information" and the "second information" may be the same information in a predetermined portion to be acquired, but different information in a portion other than the predetermined portion, or the information to be acquired may be different. Each is completely different and should be included. Specifically, for example, as the first information, A information (e.g., jackpot random number information), B information (e.g., jackpot type information) and C information (e.g., special figure 1 winning mouth winning information) when acquiring , As the second information, A information, B information and D information (for example, special figure 2 winning information) is included. Further, for example, when A information, B information and C information are acquired as the first information, E information, F information and G information are acquired as the second information.

In addition, the "entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means into which the game ball can enter" means, for example, a entering ball pattern in which a ball can enter only into the first ball entering means, a ball entering into the second A ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the ball means, a ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means A ball-entering pattern and the like in which the ball can be entered alternately are exemplified.

In gaming machine A0,
a third ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball shot by the shooting means can enter;
A third information acquiring means (for example, a normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h) that acquires third information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the third ball entering means;
A third determination means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) that determines the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means,
The drive means
driving the movable means based on the determination result of the third determination means;
The movable means is
a first ball-enterable state in which a game ball can be entered into the first ball-entering means by being driven in the first drive mode by the drive means;
By being driven by the driving means in a second driving mode different from the first driving mode, the second ball entering means is made difficult (impossible) to enter the game ball into the first ball entering means. can be displaced to a second ball entry possible state for guiding the game ball to
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
second possible-enterable period changing means for changing the period of the second possible-enterable state based on the gaming state set by the gaming-state setting means (for example, S704 of normal electric role control processing (S104)) A gaming machine A1 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine A1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball shot by the shooting means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entering means, and the third information acquisition means obtains the third information based on the fact that the game ball has entered the third ball entering means. is obtained. Then, the third information acquired by the third information acquiring means is determined by the third determining means. Further, the movable means is driven by the driving means based on the judgment result of the third judging means. Here, the movable means is driven in the first driving mode by the driving means to enter a first ball-enterable state in which the game ball can enter the first ball-entering means, and in the first driving mode by the driving means. By being driven in a second drive mode different from the above, the second ball entry is made possible by guiding the game ball to the second ball entry means while making it difficult (impossible) to enter the game ball into the first ball entry means. It is configured to be displaceable between states. Then, the period of the second possible enter state is changed by the second possible enter period change means provided in the enter pattern change means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Thereby, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state, for example, by lengthening the period of the second ball-enterable state, the period of the first ball-enterable state is shortened, or the second ball-enterable state is lengthened. By shortening the period of the state and lengthening the period of the first ball-enterable state, the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means in which the game ball can enter is made different. There is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of and improve interest.

In gaming machine A1,
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
A gaming machine A2, further comprising a first ball-enterable period changing means for changing a period of the first ball-enterable state based on the game state set by the game-state setting means.

According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the period of the first possible entry state is changed by the first possible entry period change means provided in the entry pattern change means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Thereby, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state, for example, the period of the first possible ball entry state is lengthened to shorten the period of the second possible ball entry state, or the period of the first possible ball entry state is lengthened. The period of the state is shortened to lengthen the period of the second ball-enterable state, and the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter is made different. There is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of and improve interest.

In gaming machine A1 or A2,
Based on the determination result of the third determination means, variable display execution means for executing variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of normal symbols) in display means (for example, normal design display device 83) (for example, normal design fluctuation processing (S111));
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, variable time change means (for example, normal figure fluctuation time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means,
The second possible ball entry period changing means
Timing changing means (for example, A game machine A3 characterized by comprising a general pattern fluctuation process (S407) of S111).

According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A1 or A2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the identification information is variably displayed on the display means by the variable display execution means based on the determination result by the third determination means, and the variable time change means executes the variable display of the identification information on the display means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. , the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed. Then, by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the timing changing means provided in the second possible entering period changing means, the movable means changes from the first possible entering state to the second entering possible state. The timing of transitioning to the state is changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of entering the second ball-enterable state is changed, and the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means that the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball-entering pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine A3,
The first ball-enterable period change means includes:
second timing changing means for changing the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the second enterable state to the first enterable state by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time change means; A gaming machine A4 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the second timing changing means provided in the first possible entering period changing means, the movable means changes from the second possible entering state to the first entering state. The timing of displacing to the ball possible state is changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of entering the first ball-enterable state is changed, and the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means that the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball-entering pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines A1 to A4,
The movable means is
When the second ball entering possible state is reached, the first ball entering means is blocked by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. The top surface of the haunting plate 79b),
A gaming machine A5 characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine A5, in addition to the effects of the game machines A1 to A4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the movable means is placed in the second ball-enterable state by the closing-time rolling means provided in the movable means, the game ball is placed on the upper surface of the movable means while the first ball-entering means is blocked by the movable means. It is configured to be rollable. Then, the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down. As a result, when the movable means is in the second ball-enterable state, the movable means closes the first ball-entering means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball-entering means, and the upper surface of the movable means is raised. A game ball rolls and enters a second ball entering means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved. .

In the gaming machine A5,
The first ball entering means
Predetermined predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a),
A specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b),
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
Distribution means (for example, a distribution device 73) for sequentially distributing the flowing direction of the game balls shot by the shooting means in at least two directions;
a first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
a second path (for example, the right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first path;
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The specific first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
A gaming machine A6, wherein the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first ball-entering means is provided with a predetermined first ball-entering means and a specific first ball-entering means different from the predetermined first ball-entering means. Here, the game balls shot by the shooting means are sequentially sorted in at least two directions by the sorting means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means, and the game balls sorted by the sorting means are placed in the second direction. After passing through the first path, the game balls distributed by the distribution means next to the game balls distributed to the first route pass the second route. Further, a predetermined first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a specific first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means without functioning when closed (i.e., the first ball entry possible state) or a state in which the ball is difficult to enter the specific first ball entry means due to the functioning of the rolling means when closed, while the game ball can enter the second ball entry means ( That is, it is possible to generate the second ball-enterable state). Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the distribution means distributes the game balls to the predetermined first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means in order, while in other game states, the distribution means distributes the game balls to the predetermined first ball entry means. The game balls can be distributed in order to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering patterns of the predetermined first ball-entering means, the specific first ball-entering means, or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest is improved. It has the effect of being able to

In gaming machine A6,
A game machine A7 characterized in that the third ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which a game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path.

According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, a third ball entry means through which a game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second path is configured to enter the third ball entering means without fail. Thereby, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the judgment result of the third judgment means by the passage of the game ball to the third ball entering means after entering the third ball entering means. It is constructed such that the ball enters the specific first ball entering means or enters the second ball entering means differently depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions (winning probability, variable display time or drive time) for driving the movable means, a specific first ball entering means or a second The ball-entering pattern of the two ball-entering means can be made different, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine A7,
The second route is
A predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the third ball entering means. ,
The variable display execution means is
At least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds") is capable of displaying,
The game state setting means is
A predetermined first game state (for example, "normal game state");
A second game state (for example, “latency probability fluctuation state”) different from the first game state;
any one of the first game state and the second game state and a third game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") different from the game state can be set;
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
first ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing variable display in "3 seconds");
second ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the second gaming state (for example, variable display is performed in "0.5 seconds");
a third ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state (for example, the variable display is performed in "0.5 seconds"). Machine A8.

According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second path is configured so that a predetermined time is required for the game ball to reach the position where the movable means is arranged after the game ball enters the third ball entering means. Further, the variable display is performed for a first execution time longer than the predetermined time by the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the display for the predetermined time. A variable display is performed in a second, shorter execution time. Here, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state is set by the game state setting means. game state can be set. Then, the variable display is performed in the first game state by the first time execution by the first ball entering pattern means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means, and the second entering pattern provided in the entering ball pattern changing means. By the means, the variable display is performed in the second game state in the second time execution, and by the third ball entry pattern means provided in the same ball entry pattern changing means, the variable display is performed in the third game state in the second time execution. done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of entering the second ball-enterable state is changed, and the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means that the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball-entering pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine A8,
The launching means is
First shooting mode means for shooting game balls in a predetermined first shooting mode (for example, control related to left-handed games);
A second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, control related to a right-handed game);
In the first game state and the second game state, the game regulation means for regulating the game in the second firing mode (for example, in the "normal game state" and "latency probability fluctuation state", the alarm sound is not emitted in the left-handed game Output, alarm sound output in right-handed games) and
A game non-regulating means that does not regulate the game in the second shooting mode in the third game state (for example, in the "probability fluctuation state", alarm sounds are not output for both the left-handed game and the right-handed game). A gaming machine A9 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is shot in a predetermined first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means provided in the shooting means, and the second shooting mode means provided in the shooting means shoots the game ball in the first shooting mode means. A game ball is shot in a second shooting mode different from the shooting mode. The game regulation means regulates the game in the second shooting mode in the first game state and the second game state, and the game non-regulating means does not regulate the game in the second shooting mode in the third game state. be done. As a result, the shooting mode of the game ball is set for each game state, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, the movable means, etc. are arranged according to the setting, and the game ball enters for each game state. There is an effect that it is possible to realize the playability of making the possible first ball entering means or second ball entering means different in ball entering pattern.

It should be noted that "restricting the game" means the case of stopping control related to the game, the case of outputting notification information such as an alarm sound, or the case of stopping only some functions related to the game machine (for example, launch control) A case is illustrated. On the other hand, "not regulating the game" means that the control related to the game is not stopped, the notification information such as the alarm sound is not output, or all functions including some functions related to the game (for example, launch control) A case where the function is not stopped is exemplified.

In gaming machine A9,
The third ball entering means
Predetermined third ball entry means (for example, unit normal symbol gate 76a) capable of entering the game ball fired in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means;
A specific third ball entry means (for example, right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball fired in the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means,
It takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the position where the movable means is arranged,
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine A10, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A9, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball shot in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means can enter the third ball entering means, and the game ball is shot by the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means. A specific third ball entry means is provided for allowing the game ball that has been played to enter. Further, it is configured to require a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific third ball-entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thus, whether or not the variable display is completed before the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means can be differentiated according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not to drive the movable means based on the display execution result. As a result, it is made different whether or not the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means can be entered into the second ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state, thereby enriching the variation of the game. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In any of gaming machines A8 to A10,
The drive means
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means so as to be in the second ball-enterable state for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means so as to enter the second ball-enterable state for a second drive time (e.g., "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The first ball-entering pattern means and the second ball-entering pattern means drive the movable means by the first drive pattern means,
The gaming machine A11, wherein the third ball-entering pattern means drives the movable means by the second driving pattern means.

According to the game machine A11, in addition to the effects of the game machines A8 to A10, the following effects are produced. That is, the first driving pattern means provided in the driving means drives the movable means so as to enter the second ball-enterable state for a predetermined first driving time. The pattern means drives the movable means to enter the second ball-enterable state for the second drive time longer than the first drive time. Then, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means by the first ball-entering pattern means and the second ball-entering pattern means, and the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern by the third ball-entering pattern means. Thereby, in the first game state or the second game state, the movable means is driven for the first driving time to enter the second ball-enterable state, while in the third game state, the first game state or the second game state is entered. During the second drive time longer than the first drive time of the movable means in the game state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, a state in which the game ball easily enters the second ball entering means is generated in the third game state, and the state of whether or not the game ball is likely to enter the second ball entering means is differentiated for each game state. Therefore, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the gaming machine A11,
The gaming machine A12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A11, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. Thereby, in the third game state, the second ball-enterable state can be maintained by driving the movable means during the second driving time. Therefore, in the first game state or the second game state, the movable means is driven during the first driving time to enter the second ball-enterable state, while in the third game state, the game ball enters the second ball-entering means. It is possible to create a state in which it is easy to enter a ball, and to make the state of whether or not a game ball is likely to enter the second ball entering means different for each game state, thereby enriching the variation of the game and enhancing the interest. , has the effect of

In the gaming machine A11 or A12,
The closing rolling means is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means;
The game machine is
Upstream side guide means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the haunting plate 79b and between ),
the first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The gaming machine A13 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A11 or A12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is configured to require the third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the closing rolling means. Further, the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream guide means provided in the gaming machine. The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second driving time is the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. set to be longer. Thereby, when the movable means is driven in the first drive time, before the game ball rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means, the movable means is moved from the second ball-enterable state to the first ball-enterable state. drive to the state On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball entered by the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the second ball-enterable state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means can enter the second ball entering means. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by changing whether or not the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means can be entered into the second ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In the gaming machine A13,
The launching means is
A game ball can be shot at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine A14 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball can be shot at a fourth predetermined interval by the shooting means, and the second driving time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thus, whether or not a plurality of game balls continuously entering the specific third ball-entering means can be continuously entered into the second ball-entering means by the movable means is differentiated according to the game state. Therefore, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines A5 to A14,
A game machine A15, characterized by comprising delay means (for example, deceleration section 79c) for delaying the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means.

According to the gaming machine A15, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A5 to A14, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means. As a result, the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of closing as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the second ball entry possible state of the movable means for each game state is realized in realizing the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to make it easier to design game specifications such as adjustment of . Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the total length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of gaming machines A10 to A15,
In the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, it is characterized by providing a notification means (e.g., alarm sound) for performing a predetermined notification. A gaming machine A16.

According to the gaming machine A16, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A10 to A15, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, a predetermined notice is given by the notice means. As a result, the game in the shooting mode different from the shooting mode set for each game state is restricted, and the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means set for each game state is made different. There is an effect that the playability can be surely realized.

<Group B: Change the ball entry pattern according to the placement relationship of the winning openings and the shooting mode of the ball>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, the winning of a plurality of ball entrances is fixed according to the game situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of the B group have been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and their object is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

A first shooting mode (e.g., left-handed game) in which a game ball is shot toward at least the first area of the game area (e.g., the left side of the game board 13 in the front view of the third symbol display device 81), and the first area Shooting means capable of shooting game balls in a second shooting mode (for example, right-handed game) for shooting game balls toward a different second region (for example, the right side of the game board 13 in the front view of the third symbol display device 81) (eg, ball launch unit 112a);
First ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or special figure 1 second prize mouth 77b);
A second ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78) that is arranged in the first area of the game area and can enter the game ball shot by the shooting means;
a movable means (for example, haunt plate 79b) for changing the flowing direction of the game ball shot from the shooting means;
a third ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball shot by the shooting means can enter;
A lottery means (for example, a random number counter C4 per normal figure) that performs a lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entry means;
Driving means (for example, solenoid 209 (solenoid for retracting plate)) for driving the movable means based on the lottery result of the lottery means,
The movable means is
Game ball guide means for guiding the game ball launched to the second area to the first area when driven by the drive means (for example, the configuration of the upper surface of the haunt plate 79b and the control related to the variable display of normal symbols) ), a gaming machine B0 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine B0, the shooting means can perform a first shooting mode in which game balls are shot at least toward the first area of the game area, and a second shooting mode in which game balls are shot toward a second mode different from the first area. A first ball-entering means capable of entering a game ball launched by the launching means is arranged in the first area of the game area, and the first ball-entering means is arranged in the first area of the game area. A second ball-entering means is arranged for allowing a game ball launched by the launching means to enter. Further, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball shot by the shooting means. Here, the game ball fired by the shooting means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entering means, and the lottery means performs a lottery based on the entering of the game ball into the third ball entering means, and the The movable means is driven by the drive means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. Then, when the movable means is driven by the drive means, the game ball launched to the second area is guided to the first area by the game ball guide means provided in the movable means. Thus, by driving the movable means, it is possible to guide the game ball shot toward the second area to the first area, and it is arranged in the first area depending on whether or not the movable means is driven. It is possible to differentiate whether or not the game ball enters the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means in which the game ball can be entered according to each shooting mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

It should be noted that the "entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter" means, for example, a entering ball pattern in which the game ball can enter only the first ball entering means, or a ball entering into the second ball entering means. A ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the ball means, a ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means A ball-entering pattern and the like in which the ball can be entered alternately are exemplified.

In gaming machine B0,
The game ball guide means is
When guiding the game ball launched to the second area to the first area, a first ball entry difficulty means (for example, , In the haunting plate 79b, the part corresponding to the upper part of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b),
A second ball entry guide means for guiding the game ball to the second ball entry means (for example, in the haunting plate 79b, the part on the left end side from the part corresponding to the upper part of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) A gaming machine B1 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine B1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball launched into the second area is guided to the first area by the first difficult-to-enter means provided in the game ball guiding means, the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means is prevented. It is difficult (impossible), and the game ball is guided to the second ball entering means by the second ball entering means provided in the game ball guiding means. Thereby, when guiding the game ball launched to the second area to the first area, the game ball is guided to the second ball entering means while preventing the game ball from entering the first ball entering means. can be done. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means in which the game ball can be entered according to each shooting mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In gaming machine B1,
The first ball entering means
Predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) arranged in the first area;
A specific first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) arranged on the second area side of the predetermined first ball entry means in the first area,
the second ball-entering means is arranged between the specific first ball-entering means and the predetermined first ball-entering means;
The gaming machine B2 is characterized in that the second ball-entering guide means is provided closer to the second ball-entering means than the first difficult-to-enter ball means.

According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first ball entering means, the predetermined first ball entering means arranged in the first area and the specific first ball entering means arranged in the first area closer to the second area than the predetermined first ball entering means are arranged. is provided. Here, the second ball-entering means is arranged between the specific first ball-entering means and the predetermined first ball-entering means, and the second ball-entering guide means is located closer to the second ball-entering means than the first difficult-to-enter means. be provided. As a result, when guiding the game ball launched to the second area to the first area, the game ball is prevented from entering the specific first ball entering means provided on the side of the second area, and the second entering means is provided. A game ball can be guided to the ball means. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means in which the game ball can be entered according to each shooting mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In gaming machine B2,
The game ball guide means is
Common guide means for guiding game balls from the upstream side of the game ball guide means in the arrangement direction of the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means A portion on the right end side from the portion corresponding to the upper part of the mouth 77b),
The game machine B3 is characterized in that the second ball entry guide means is longer than the common guide means.

According to the game machine B3, in addition to the effects of the game machine B2, the following effects are produced. That is, the game ball is guided from the upstream side of the game ball guide means in the arrangement direction of the specific first ball entering means and the second ball entering means by the common guide means provided in the game ball guide means. The second ball-entering guide means is longer than the common guide means. That is, when guiding the game ball from the second area toward the specific first ball entering means or the second entering means of the first area, the specific first ball entering means and the second entering means arranged in the first area The length of the second ball entering guide means for guiding the game ball to the second ball entering means is made longer than the length of the common guiding means for guiding the game ball commonly to the ball means. By configuring in this way, the proportion of the second ball entry guide means in the first area is increased, and the horizontal overlapping portion of the game ball guide means with respect to the first area is increased. As a result, the second ball entering means, the specific first ball entering means and the entire game ball guiding means can be installed in a smaller horizontal installation area, thereby increasing the degree of freedom in designing the board surface in the game area.

In any of gaming machines B0 to B3,
A game state setting means (for example, a jackpot process (S103)) capable of setting a game state based on establishment of a predetermined condition (for example, completion of a jackpot);
The game ball guide means is
The game ball shot to the second area is guided to the first area by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. A gaming machine B4 characterized by comprising drive mode changing means (for example, normal figure electric role control processing (S104)) for changing whether or not.

According to the game machine B4, in addition to the effects of the game machines B0 to B3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game state setting means can set the game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Then, the driving mode changing means provided in the game ball guiding means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, so that the ball is shot to the second area. It is changed whether or not the game ball is guided to the first area. Thereby, the game ball is guided to the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means provided in the first area based on the game state, and the game ball enters the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. There is an effect that it is possible to improve the interest of the game by changing whether or not it is possible to hit the ball to provide variation to the game.

In gaming machine B4,
The driving mode changing means is
A first pattern for driving the movable means for a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds") in order to guide the game ball launched to the second area to the specific first ball entering means. means and
The movable means is driven for a second driving time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first driving time in order to guide the game ball launched to the second area to the second ball entering means. a second pattern means for
a lottery driving means for driving the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on the result of the lottery by the lottery means.

According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means is operated for a predetermined first driving time in order to guide the game ball shot into the second area to the specific first ball entering means by the first pattern means provided in the driving mode changing means. driven. In addition, by the second pattern means provided in the driving mode changing means as well, in order to guide the game ball launched to the second area to the second ball entering means, during the second driving time longer than the first driving time , the movable means is driven. Then, the lottery driving means drives the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on the result of the lottery by the lottery means. As a result, the effect that the game ball is entered into the specific first ball entering means or the game ball is entered into the second ball entering means, and the interest of the game can be improved. There is

In game machine B4 or B5,
Based on the lottery result of the lottery means, variable display execution means for executing variable display of identification information (eg, variable display of normal symbols) in display means (eg, normal symbol display device 83) (eg, normal symbol variation processing (S111)),
The drive means
driving the movable means when predetermined specific identification information (for example, "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means;
The game ball guide means is
variable time changing means (for example, normal figure fluctuation time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
Timing changing means (for example, S407 of normal figure fluctuation processing (S111)) for changing the timing at which the movable means is driven by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. A gaming machine B6 characterized by:

According to the game machine B6, in addition to the effects of the game machine B4 or B5, the following effects are produced. That is, the identification information is variably displayed on the display means by the variable display executing means based on the result of the lottery by the lottery means. When predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Here, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed by the variable time change means provided in the game ball guide means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Further, the timing of driving the movable means is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display by the timing changing means provided in the game ball guiding means. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the driving timing of the movable means is changed, and the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter is determined. By making it different, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In any of gaming machines B1 to B6,
Distribution means (for example, a distribution device 73) for sequentially distributing the flowing direction of the game balls shot by the shooting means in at least two directions;
a first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
a second path (for example, the right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first path;
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The specific first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
A gaming machine B7 characterized in that the movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means.

According to the game machine B7, in addition to the effects of the game machines B1 to B6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the distributing means distributes the game balls shot by the shooting means in at least two directions in order, and the game balls distributed by the distributing means pass through the first path, After the game balls distributed to the paths, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second path. Further, a predetermined first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a specific first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means without functioning when closed (i.e., the first ball entering means). ball entry possible state) or a state in which the ball is difficult to enter the specific first ball entry means due to the functioning of the rolling means at the time of blockage, while the game ball can enter the second ball entry means ( That is, it is possible to generate the second ball-enterable state). Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the distribution means distributes the game balls to the predetermined first ball entering means and the specific first ball entering means in order, while in other game states, the distribution means distributes the game balls to the predetermined first ball entry means. The game balls can be distributed in order to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering patterns of the predetermined first ball-entering means, the specific first ball-entering means, or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest is improved. It has the effect of being able to

In gaming machine B7,
A game machine B8 characterized by providing the third ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which a game ball can pass in a part of the second path.

According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, a third ball entry means through which a game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second path is configured to enter the third ball entering means without fail. Thereby, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the judgment result of the third judgment means by the passage of the game ball to the third ball entering means after entering the third ball entering means. It is constructed such that the ball enters the specific first ball entering means or enters the second ball entering means differently depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions (winning probability, variable display time or drive time) for driving the movable means, a specific first ball entering means or a second The ball-entering pattern of the two ball-entering means can be made different, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine B8,
The second route is
A predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the third ball entering means. ,
The variable display execution means is
Variable in at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds") is capable of displaying,
The game state setting means is
A predetermined first game state (for example, "normal game state");
A second game state (for example, “latency probability fluctuation state”) different from the first game state;
any one of the first game state and the second game state and a third game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") different from the game state can be set;
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
first ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing variable display in "3 seconds");
second ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the second gaming state (for example, variable display is performed in "0.5 seconds");
a third ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state (for example, the variable display is performed in "0.5 seconds"). Machine B9.

According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second path is configured so that a predetermined time is required for the game ball to reach the position where the movable means is arranged after the game ball enters the third ball entering means. Further, the variable display is performed for a first execution time longer than the predetermined time by the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the display for the predetermined time. A variable display is performed in a second, shorter execution time. Here, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state is set by the game state setting means. game state can be set. Then, the variable display is performed in the first game state by the first time execution by the first ball entering pattern means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means, and the second entering pattern provided in the entering ball pattern changing means. By the means, the variable display is performed in the second game state in the second time execution, and by the third ball entry pattern means provided in the same ball entry pattern changing means, the variable display is performed in the third game state in the second time execution. done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of entering the second ball-enterable state is changed, and the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means that the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball-entering pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine B9,
The third ball entering means
Predetermined third ball entry means (for example, unit normal symbol gate 76a) capable of entering game balls fired in the first shooting mode by the shooting means;
A specific third ball entry means (for example, a right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering a game ball launched in the second launch mode by the launch means;
It takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine B10, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine B10, in addition to the effects of the game machine B9, the following effects are produced. That is, the third ball-entering means is provided with a predetermined third ball-entering means capable of entering a game ball shot in a first shooting mode by the shooting means, and a game ball shot in a second shooting mode by the shooting means. A specific third ball entry means is provided. Further, it is configured to require a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific third ball-entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thus, whether or not the variable display is completed before the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means can be differentiated according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not to drive the movable means based on the display execution result. As a result, it is made different whether or not the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means can be entered into the second ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state, thereby enriching the variation of the game. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In the gaming machine B10,
The movable means is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means;
Upstream side guide means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the haunting plate 79b and between ),
the first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time;
The game machine B11 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B10, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is configured to require the third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first driving time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time, and the second driving time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. Thereby, when the movable means is driven in the first drive time, before the game ball rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means, the movable means is moved from the second ball-enterable state to the first ball-enterable state. drive to the state. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball entered by the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the second ball-enterable state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means can enter the second ball entering means. As a result, it is made different whether or not the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means can be entered into the second ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state, thereby enriching the variation of the game. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In the gaming machine B11,
The launching means is
A game ball can be shot at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The game machine B12 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B11, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball can be shot at a fourth predetermined interval by the shooting means, and the second driving time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thus, whether or not a plurality of game balls continuously entering the specific third ball-entering means can be continuously entered into the second ball-entering means by the movable means is differentiated according to the game state. Therefore, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines B0 to B12,
A gaming machine B13 characterized by comprising delaying means (for example, deceleration section 79c) for delaying the flow speed of the game ball guided by the game ball guiding means.

According to the game machine B13, in addition to the effects of the game machines B0 to B12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the game ball guided by the game ball guide means. As a result, the time during which the game ball is guided by the game ball guide means can be made uniform (constant) and lengthened. Therefore, by lengthening the guidance time by the game ball guide means compared to the case where there is no delay means, it is possible to adjust the second ball entry possible state of the movable means for each game state in order to realize the game characteristics of the present invention. game specifications can be easily designed. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the total length of the movable means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of gaming machines B10 to B13,
In the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, it is characterized by providing a notification means (e.g., alarm sound) for performing a predetermined notification. Gaming machine B14.

According to the game machine B14, in addition to the effects of the game machines B10 to B13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, a predetermined notice is given by the notice means. As a result, the game in the shooting mode different from the shooting mode set for each game state is restricted, and the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means set for each game state is made different. There is an effect that the playability can be surely realized.

<Group C: Game value obtained differs depending on the driving mode of the movable means>
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A winning lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and a predetermined game value is given to the player when winning in the winning lottery.

In addition, different characteristics are provided for each ball entrance, and the game results are set to change according to the entrance into which the ball is entered, such as different game values given according to the entrance into which the ball is entered. A gaming machine has been proposed. Such a game machine is provided with a distribution device that alternately distributes the game media that have flowed into a predetermined path to each ball entrance, thereby preventing the winning of prizes in a specific ball entrance, thereby improving the interest of the game. (For example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-described gaming machine, the balls entering the respective ball entrances are regularly and alternately distributed into predetermined paths, so that the game value given does not change, and the game becomes monotonous. However, there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions of group C have been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of increasing the interest of a game.

A first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 winning opening 77) that allows a game ball to enter,
A game ball can be entered, and a second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78);
A first game value imparting means (for example, a special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1) capable of imparting a predetermined first game value based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means; ,
Second game value imparting means (for example, special figure 2 jackpot) capable of imparting a second game value different from the first game value based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means type table 202b2);
A movable means (for example, haunt plate 79b) for changing the flowing direction of the game ball;
a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for retracting plate)) for driving the movable means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means, it is possible to select whether the first game value is given by the first game value giving means or the second game value is given by the second game value giving means. A game machine C0 characterized by comprising a changeover change means (for example, an alternate distribution unit 71).

According to the gaming machine C0, a game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means, and a game ball is also configured to be capable of entering the second ball entering means which is different from the first ball entering means. A predetermined first game value can be imparted by the first game value imparting means based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means. Further, based on the fact that the game ball enters the second ball entering means, the second game value giving means can give a second game value different from the first game value. Here, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball, and the driving means drives the movable means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means by the giving change means, it is changed whether the game value is given by the first game value giving means or the game value is given by the second game value giving means. . As a result, the game value to be given is changed by changing the driving mode of the movable means, the game property that the obtained game value changes is given, and the interest in the game can be improved. .

Note that the "game value" refers to, for example, the number of prize balls directly given to the player, the number of executions of the jackpot rounds, the execution time of the jackpot rounds, etc. Examples include the high probability of giving a big hit round with a large number of executions.

In addition, the "first game value" and the "second game value" may be those in which a part of the game value to be given is the same, but the game value of other parts other than the part is different. , and the given game values are completely different and included. Specifically, for example, as the first game value, A game value (e.g., 15 rounds), B game value (e.g., 30 seconds open) and C game value (e.g., "probability fluctuation state") when giving , includes a case where A game value, B game value and D game value (for example, "time reduction state") are provided as the second game value. Also, for example, when giving A gaming value, B gaming value, and C gaming value as the first gaming value, E gaming value (eg, 5 rounds), F gaming value (eg, 5 rounds), F gaming value (eg, 5 second open) and G gaming value (for example, "latency probability fluctuation state").

In gaming machine C0,
The game machine C1 is characterized in that the second game value is more likely to give a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first game value.

According to the gaming machine C1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second game value is configured to easily provide a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first game value. As a result, there is an effect that the playability of whether or not to enter the game ball into the second ball entering means to which the second game value is imparted is created, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In gaming machine C0 or C1,
The first game value imparting means is
a first lottery means capable of deriving a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result advantageous to the player from the first lottery result as the first game value;
The second game value imparting means is
A second lottery means capable of deriving the first lottery result or (and) the second lottery result as the second game value,
The second lottery means
The game machine C2 is characterized in that the second lottery result is easier to derive than the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C0 or C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first lottery means provided in the first game value providing means derives a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result advantageous to the player from the first lottery result as the first game value. The first lottery result or (and) the second lottery result can be derived as the second game value by the second lottery means provided in the second game value providing means. The second lottery means is configured so that the second lottery result can be derived more easily than the first lottery means. As a result, it is possible to create a game effect as to whether or not to obtain a lottery opportunity of the second lottery means which facilitates the derivation of the second lottery result which is advantageous for the player, and to improve the amusement of the game. There is

In gaming machine C2,
The drive means
First drive pattern means (for example, Execution mode of variable display of normal symbols and haunt board 79b in "normal game state");
Second drive pattern means for driving the movable means with a second drive pattern that facilitates (acquires) the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means (for example, "latency probability fluctuation Execution mode of variable display of normal symbols and haunting plate 79b in "state"),
Third drive pattern means (for example, " Execution mode of variable display of normal symbols and haunting board 79b in "probability fluctuation state"),
The grant change means is
A game machine C3, wherein the movable means is driven by any one of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, and the third drive pattern means based on establishment of a predetermined condition.

According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, by the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means, it is possible to easily acquire the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means (can be acquired), and the first drive pattern makes it difficult to acquire the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. Means are driven. Further, the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern means provided in the drive means in a second drive pattern that facilitates (acquires) the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. be. Further, the third driving pattern means provided in the driving means makes it difficult to acquire the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means, and the second lottery means can easily acquire the lottery opportunity (can be acquired). is driven. Then, the application changing means drives the movable means by any one of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, and the third drive pattern means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition. As a result, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, a lottery opportunity that can be easily obtained (obtainable) differs according to the driving pattern of the movable means, thereby imparting a game feature in which the obtained game value changes, thereby providing variations to the game. There is an effect that it is possible to improve the interest of the game by providing

It should be noted that "establishment of a predetermined condition" means, for example, when one of the big hits or small hits is won, when the game state is changed, when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entrance, dynamic One preset event that can occur while a game is being played, such as when the display is executed a predetermined number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls enter a specific ball entrance. is established.

In any of gaming machines C0 to C3,
Equipped with a third ball entry means (for example, the unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b) that allows game balls to enter,
The drive means
A gaming machine C4 characterized in that the movable means is driven based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines C0 to C3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the third ball entering means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means based on the entering of the game ball into the third ball entering means. As a result, the playability of how to enter the game ball into the third ball entering means in order to drive the movable means is created, and when the game ball enters the third ball entering means, the movable means When driven, there is an effect that it is possible to impart a game property in which the obtained game value changes, enrich the variation of the game, and improve the amusement of the game.

In any of the game machines C4,
A third information acquiring means (for example, a normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h) for acquiring third information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the third ball entering means;
A third determination means for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure);
Based on the determination result of the third determination means, variable display executing means (for example, normal design) for executing variable display of identification information (for example, normal design variable display) in display means (for example, normal design display device 83) fluctuation processing (S111));
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") to a second execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") shorter than the first execution time. "0.5 seconds") variable time change means (for example, normal figure fluctuation time table 202g),
The grant change means is
Timing changing means (for example, S407 of normal figure fluctuation processing (S111)) for changing the timing of driving the movable means by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. A gaming machine C5 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the third information acquisition means acquires the third information based on the game ball entering the third ball entering means, and the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is determined by the third determination means. The identification information is variably displayed on the display means by the variable display execution means based on the determination result by the third determination means. Here, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to the second execution time shorter than the first execution time based on the establishment of the predetermined condition. Then, the timing of driving the movable means is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display by the timing changing means provided in the application changing means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means with which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball-entering pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be increased and the interest can be improved.

It should be noted that the "entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter" is, for example, a entering ball pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern in which the game ball can enter only the A ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the ball means, a ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means A ball-entering pattern and the like in which the ball can be entered alternately are exemplified.

In any of gaming machines C0 to C5,
The movable means is
Displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position,
When the second position is reached, the first ball entering means is blocked by the movable means, and a game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. 79b),
A gaming machine C6 characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine C6, in addition to the effects of the game machines C0 to C5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a first position and a second position, and when the movable means is moved to the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the first ball-entering means is closed by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down. As a result, when the movable means is at the second position, the movable means closes the first ball entering means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball entering means, and the game ball moves over the upper surface of the movable means. It rolls to enter the game ball into the second ball entering means provided on the downstream side. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved. .

In gaming machine C6,
The first ball entering means
Predetermined predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a),
A specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b),
The grant change means is
Distributing means (for example, distributing device 73) for sequentially distributing the flowing direction of game balls in at least two directions;
a first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
a second path (for example, the right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first path;
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The specific first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path,
A gaming machine C7 characterized in that the movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first ball-entering means is provided with a predetermined first ball-entering means and a specific first ball-entering means different from the predetermined first ball-entering means. Here, the distribution means provided in the grant change means sequentially distributes the game balls in at least two directions, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path, and After the game balls distributed to the first path, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second path. Further, a predetermined first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a specific first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entering means. Thereby, by the movable means provided upstream of the specific first ball entering means, the state where the game ball can enter the specific first ball entering means without functioning of the rolling means when closed or the rolling means when closed It is possible to generate a state in which the movement means functions to make it difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means, while allowing the game ball to enter the second ball entering means. Therefore, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the state in which the game ball is sorted in order between the predetermined first ball entering means and the specific first ball entering means by the sorting means, or the sorting means causes the predetermined first ball entering means and the first ball entering means The state of distributing the game balls in turn to the two ball-entering means can be made different. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering patterns of the predetermined first ball-entering means, the specific first ball-entering means, or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest is improved. It has the effect of being able to

In gaming machine C7,
A game machine C8 characterized by providing the third ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which a game ball can pass in a part of the second path.

According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, a third ball entry means through which a game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second path is configured to enter the third ball entering means without fail. Thereby, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the judgment result of the third judgment means by the passage of the game ball to the third ball entering means after entering the third ball entering means. It is constructed such that the ball enters the specific first ball entering means or enters the second ball entering means differently depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions (winning probability, variable display time or drive time) for driving the movable means, a specific first ball entering means or a second The ball-entering pattern of the two ball-entering means can be made different, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine C8,
The second route is
A predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the third ball entering means. ,
The variable display execution means is
At least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds") is capable of displaying,
The first drive pattern means performs the variable display in the first execution time,
The second drive pattern means performs the variable display in the second execution time,
The game machine C9, wherein the third drive pattern means performs the variable display in the second execution time.

According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second path is configured so that a predetermined time is required for the game ball to reach the position where the movable means is arranged after the game ball enters the third ball entering means. Also, the variable display execution means executes the variable display in at least one of the first execution time longer than the predetermined time and the second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Then, the first drive pattern means performs variable display for the first time, the second drive pattern means performs variable display for the second time, and the third drive pattern means performs variable display for the second time. done. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the timing at which the movable means comes to the second position is varied, and the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means that the game ball can enter. By making the ball-entering pattern of the means different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of game machines C4 to C9,
A shooting means for shooting game balls (for example, a ball shooting unit 112a),
The launching means is
First shooting mode means for shooting game balls in a predetermined first shooting mode (for example, control related to left-handed games);
A second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, control related to a right-handed game);
The third ball entering means
Predetermined third ball entry means (for example, normal symbol gate 76a in unit) capable of entering game balls fired by said first shooting mode by said first shooting mode means;
A specific third ball entry means (for example, right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball shot by the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means,
It takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine C10, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine C10, in addition to the effects of the game machines C4 to C9, the following effects are produced. That is, the game ball is shot by the shooting means, the game ball is shot in a predetermined first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means provided on the shooting means, and the game ball is shot by the second shooting mode means provided on the shooting means. , the game ball is shot in a second shooting mode different from the first shooting mode of the first shooting mode means. Then, the game ball shot in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means can enter the third ball shooting means, and the game ball is shot in the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means. A specific third ball entry means is provided for allowing the game ball that has been played to enter. Further, it is configured to require a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific third ball-entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thus, it is possible to differentiate whether or not the variable display is finished before the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is driven based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means can be entered into the second ball entering means by the movable means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, thereby increasing variations in the game. There is an effect that it can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of game machines C6 to C10,
The drive means
a first time driving means for driving the movable means so as to be in the second position for a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second time drive means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The first drive pattern means and the second drive pattern means drive the movable means by the first time drive means,
The gaming machine C11, wherein the third drive pattern means drives the movable means by the second time drive means.

According to the game machine C11, in addition to the effects of the game machines C6 to C10, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first time driving means provided in the driving means drives the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first driving time, and the second time driving means also provided in the driving means drives the movable means to the second position. , the movable means is driven to the second position for a second driving time longer than the first driving time. Then, by the first drive pattern means and the second drive pattern means, the movable means is driven by the first time drive means, and the movable means is driven by the third drive pattern means in the second drive time. Thereby, the third drive pattern means can drive the movable means to maintain the second position during the second drive time. Therefore, the third drive pattern means generates a state in which the game ball is likely to enter the second ball entering means, and whether or not the predetermined condition is satisfied determines whether the game ball is likely to enter the second ball entering means. There is an effect that it is possible to increase the variety of games and improve interest by making the states of whether or not to be different.

In the gaming machine C11,
The closed-time rolling means is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means;
Upstream side guide means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the haunting plate 79b and between ),
the first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The gaming machine C12 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C11, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is configured to require the third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the closing rolling means. Further, the game ball entering the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second driving time is the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. set to be longer. Thereby, when the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position before the game ball rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball entered by the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Maintain the second position of the movable means while rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means can enter the second ball entering means. As a result, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball entered into the specific third ball entering means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition can be entered into the second ball entering means by the movable means, thereby increasing variations in the game. There is an effect that it can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine C12,
The launching means is
A game ball can be shot at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine C13 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball can be shot at a fourth predetermined interval by the shooting means, and the second driving time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thereby, it is determined whether or not a plurality of game balls continuously entering the specific third ball-entering means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition can be continuously entered into the second ball-entering means by the movable means. There is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In any of game machines C6 to C13,
A gaming machine C14 characterized by comprising a delay means (for example, deceleration section 79c) for delaying the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means.

According to the game machine C14, in addition to the effects of the game machines C6 to C13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means. As a result, the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of closing as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the second ball entry possible state of the movable means for each game state is realized in realizing the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to make it easier to design game specifications such as adjustment of . Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the total length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of gaming machines C10 to C14,
A notifying means (e.g., alarm sound) for performing a predetermined notification when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means when the predetermined condition is not satisfied is provided. Game machine C15.

According to the game machine C15, in addition to the effects of the game machines C10 to C14, the following effects are produced. That is, when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means when the predetermined condition is not established, the notification means performs a predetermined notification. As a result, there is an effect that a game in a shooting mode different from the shooting mode assumed as the game specification is regulated, and the playability according to the assumed game specification can be reliably realized.

<D Group: Realization of gameplay with only special symbols and normal symbols>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, the winning of a plurality of ball entrances is fixed according to the game situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of group D has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and aims to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of a game.

First ball entry means (for example, unit normal pattern gate 76a or right side normal pattern gate 76b) capable of entering a game ball, and first information based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means A first information acquisition means (for example, a normal figure reserved ball storage area 203h) that acquires
a first determination means for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means (for example, a normal electric role control process (S104));
In a game machine comprising a movable means (for example, a hive plate 79b) driven based on the determination result of the first determination means,
A second ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 first prize opening 77a) that allows a game ball to enter and is not affected by the driving of the movable means;
A third ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 second prize opening 77b or a special figure 2 prize opening 78) that can be affected by the driving of the movable means, and a game ball can enter
Second information acquiring means (for example, first reserved ball storage area 203d or second reserved ball storage area 203d or second reserved ball a storage area 203e);
a second determination means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310)) for determining the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means;
a game value imparting means (for example, the central large winning opening 65a or the right large winning opening 67a) for giving a predetermined game value to the player based on the determination result of the second determining means;
Distributing means (for example, distributing device 73) for sequentially distributing the flowing direction of game balls in at least two directions;
A first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
a second path (for example, the right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first path;
The second ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The third ball entering means is provided downstream of the second path,
The movable means is
A gaming machine D0 comprising: a ball entry pattern changing means for changing a flowing direction of a game ball flowing down the second path.

According to the gaming machine D0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means, and the first information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means. is obtained. Then, the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means is judged by the first judgment means, and the movable means is driven based on the judgment result of the first judgment means. Here, the game ball is configured to enter the second ball entering means which is not affected by the driving of the movable means, and the game ball enters the third ball entering means which can be affected by the driving of the movable means. configured as possible. Then, the second information is acquired by the second information acquiring means based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means, and the second information acquired by the second information acquiring means. is determined by the second determining means. Then, a predetermined game value is given to the player by the game value giving means based on the result of determination by the second determination means. Here, the distribution means sequentially distributes the game balls in at least two directions, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path and are distributed to the first path. The game balls distributed by the distribution means next to the game balls pass through the second path. A second ball-entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a third ball-entering means is provided downstream of the second path. Then, the flowing direction of the game ball flowing down from the second path is changed by the ball entry pattern changing means provided in the movable means. As a result, while the game ball entering the second ball entering means is fixed, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball flowing down toward the third ball entering means to variably win a prize. can be done. That is, when not affected by the driving of the movable means, while the game balls are distributed in turn to the second ball entering means and the predetermined third ball entering means by the distribution means, they are affected by the driving of the movable means. In this case, the game balls can be distributed in order to the channels other than the second ball entering means and the predetermined third ball entering means by the sorting means. As a result, by varying the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the game ball can be entered by the movable means, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

It should be noted that "possible to be affected by the driving of the movable means" means that a game ball whose flowing direction is changed by driving the movable means enters the game ball, or the flowing direction is changed by not driving the movable means. When a game ball that was not there is entered, when the flow path is expanded or contracted by driving the movable means, when the flow path is opened or closed by driving the movable means, or when the movable means is driven For example, the case where it becomes visible or difficult to see. On the other hand, "not affected by the driving of the movable means" means that the phenomenon "possible to be affected" does not occur, that is, when the flowing direction of the game ball is not changed even if the movable means is driven, or when the movable means is driven When there is no effect even if the channel is expanded or contracted by driving the means, when the width of the channel is not changed even when the movable means is driven, or when visibility is not affected by the driving of the movable means etc. are exemplified.

In addition, the "first information" and the "second information" may be the same information in a predetermined portion to be acquired, but different information in a portion other than the predetermined portion. Each is completely different and should be included. Specifically, for example, as the first information, A information (e.g., jackpot random number information), B information (e.g., jackpot type information) and C information (e.g., special figure 1 winning mouth winning information) when acquiring , As the second information, A information, B information and D information (for example, special figure 2 winning information) is included. Further, for example, when A information, B information and C information are acquired as the first information, E information, F information and G information are acquired as the second information.

Furthermore, the ``entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter'' is, for example, a entering ball pattern in which the game ball can enter only the first ball entering means, A ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the ball means, a ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means A ball-entering pattern and the like in which the ball can be entered alternately are exemplified.

In the gaming machine D0,
Variable display executing means (for example, normal symbol display device 83) for executing variable display of the first identification information (for example, normal symbol) by entering the game ball into the first ball entering means;
Dynamic display for executing dynamic display of second identification information (e.g., special symbol) different from the first identification information when a game ball enters the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means. Execution means (for example, a third symbol display device 81),
The third ball entering means
Predetermined third ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b),
A specific third ball entry means different from the predetermined third ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78),
The second determination means is
A first lottery means (for example, a special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1) that performs a first lottery based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means or the predetermined third ball entering means;
A second lottery means (for example, a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2) that performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the specific third ball entry means. A gaming machine D1 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball enters the first ball entering means, the variable display executing means executes the variable display of the first identification information, and the game ball enters the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means. By doing so, dynamic display of the second identification information different from the first identification information is executed by the dynamic display executing means. Further, the third ball-entering means is provided with a predetermined third-ball-entering means and a specific third-ball-entering means different from the predetermined third ball-entering means. Then, by the first lottery means provided in the second determination means, the first lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entering means or the predetermined third ball entering means, and similarly the second determination means. A second lottery different from the first lottery is performed by a second lottery means provided in the second lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the specific third ball entry means.

Conventionally, a plurality of non-electric accessories (for example, accessories other than electric accessories that operate by electric power) are used to clearly differentiate the ball entry means by which game balls can enter. , there is a gaming machine that allows different ball-entering means (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-100432) for each game state.

However, in the gaming machine using the non-motorized accessories, the game features are constructed using the non-motorized accessories that are generally unfamiliar to the player, so it is difficult for the player to understand the game specifications. Have difficulty. As a result, there is a risk that the player will avoid playing games on a gaming machine whose game specifications are difficult to understand, and the operation of the gaming machine will not increase.

In addition, in the game machine having the above-described non-electrical accessories, an operating member is provided inside the normal electric role, and a special mechanism that mechanically interlocks the operating member and the non-electrical accessories allows the ball to enter the ball entry means. It is configured to change the manner of entering a ball. Therefore, the number of parts used in the game machine increases due to the special mechanism for mechanically interlocking the actuating member and the non-electric accessory, which may increase the manufacturing cost.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine having the above-described non-electric accessory, for example, in a plurality of game states such as the “normal game state” and the “first probability variation state”, the second ball entry means related to the second identification information is entered. A ball can be put into a state in which a ball can be entered or a ball can easily be entered only in a predetermined third ball entering means, and only the first lottery of the second identification information can be obtained in a plurality of game states, so that the same lottery can be obtained. The second identification information may make the game monotonous.

Therefore, according to the gaming machine D1, the variable display of the first identification information and the dynamic display of the second identification information, which are conventionally familiar to players, are used, and the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means are used. In addition to using a distribution means for distributing the game balls to and from the above-described It is configured to vary the game ball entry pattern for the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means. As a result, by driving the movable means based on the result of the variable display of the first identification information familiar to the player without using non-electric accessories, the ball-entering means that triggers the dynamic display of the second identification information is activated. It is possible to make the game ball entry pattern different and to make it easier for the player to understand the game specifications. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to solve the problem that the game specification is difficult to understand and the game is avoided and the operation does not go up.

In addition, since the above-mentioned playability is realized without using special mechanisms such as non-electric accessories, an increase in the number of parts for special mechanisms is prevented, and the cost of the game machine is not increased. In addition, the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

In gaming machine D1,
A game state setting means (for example, a jackpot process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means,
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second time shorter than the first execution time. 2 execution time (for example, "0.5 seconds") variable time changing means (for example, normal figure fluctuation time table 202g),
Timing changing means (for example, S407 of normal figure fluctuation processing (S111)) for changing the timing of driving the movable means by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. A gaming machine D2 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game state setting means can set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Further, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time by the variable time change means provided in the ball entry pattern change means. It is changed to a second execution time shorter than one execution time. Then, the timing changing means provided in the entering pattern changing means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means, thereby changing the timing of driving the movable means. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the game ball enters the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means. By making the patterns different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine D1 or D2,
The movable means is
Displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position,
When the second position is reached, the predetermined third ball entry means is blocked by the movable means, and a game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. the upper surface of the plate 79b),
The game machine D3 is characterized in that the specific third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down.

According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1 or D2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between the first position and the second position, and when the movable means is moved to the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the predetermined third ball entry is performed. A game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the means with the movable means. Then, the specific third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down. Thus, when the movable means is at the second position, the movable means closes the predetermined third ball entering means to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined third ball entering means, and the upper surface of the movable means is allowed to play. The ball rolls and enters the game ball into a specific third ball entering means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, it is possible to increase the variation of the game and improve the interest by varying the ball entry pattern of the third ball entry means in which the game ball can be entered.

In any of gaming machines D0 to D3,
The first ball entering means
A game machine D4, wherein a part of the second path is provided so that a game ball can pass therethrough.

According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D0 to D3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first ball entering means is provided in a part of the second path so that the game ball can pass therethrough. That is, the game ball guided to the second path is configured to enter the first ball entering means without fail. Thereby, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the determination result of the first determination means by the passage of the game ball to the first ball entering means after entering the first ball entering means. It is constructed such that whether the ball enters the predetermined third ball entering means or enters the specified third ball entering means differs depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions (winning probability, variable display time or driving time) for driving the movable means, predetermined third ball entry means or specific The third ball-entering means can have different ball-entering patterns, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine D4,
The second route is
A predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the first ball entering means. ,
The game state setting means is
A predetermined first game state (for example, "normal game state");
A second game state (for example, “latency probability fluctuation state”) different from the first game state;
any one of the first game state and the second game state and a third game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") different from the game state can be set;
The variable display execution means is
first variable pattern means for performing the variable display in the first execution time in the first game state (for example, performing variable display in "3 seconds");
second variable pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performing variable display in "0.5 seconds");
a third variable pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state (for example, performing variable display in "0.5 seconds"). D5.

According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D4, the following effects are exhibited. In other words, the second path is configured so that a predetermined time is required for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the predetermined first ball entering means. Here, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state is set by the game state setting means. game state can be set. Then, the first variable pattern means provided in the variable display execution means causes the variable display to be performed in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second variable pattern means provided in the variable display execution means similarly causes the second variable display to be performed. In the 2-game state, the variable display is performed for the second time, and the variable display is performed for the second time in the third game state by the third variable pattern means provided in the variable display execution means. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing at which the movable means is started to be driven is varied, and the predetermined third ball entering means or the specific third ball entering means with which the game ball can enter. By making the ball-entering pattern different, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In any one of gaming machines D2 to D5,
A shooting means capable of shooting game balls (for example, a ball shooting unit 112a),
A first shooting mode means (for example, a left-handed game) for shooting a game ball in a predetermined first mode by the shooting means;
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, a right-handed game);
The first ball entering means
Predetermined first ball entry means (for example, unit normal symbol gate 76a) capable of entering game balls fired in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means;
A specific first ball entry means (for example, right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball fired in the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means,
It takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine D6, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effects of the game machines D2 to D5, the following effects are produced. That is, a predetermined first ball-entering means configured so that the game ball can be launched by the launching means, and the game ball launched in the first shooting mode by the first shooting-mode means can enter the first ball-entering means; A specific first ball-entering means is provided in which a game ball launched in a second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means can enter. Further, it is configured to require a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific first ball-entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, whether or not the variable display is completed before the game ball entered by the specific first ball entering means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means can be differentiated according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not to drive the movable means based on the display execution result. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by changing whether or not the game ball entering the specific first ball entering means can be entered into the third ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In gaming machine D5 or D6,
driving means (for example, solenoid 209 (solenoid for retractable plate)) for driving the movable means from the first position to the second position;
The drive means
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
driving the movable means by the first drive pattern means in the first game state or the second game state;
A game machine D7 characterized in that, in the third game state, the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern means.

According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D5 or D6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means is drivable from the first position to the second position by the driving means, and the first driving pattern means provided in the driving means drives the movable means between the second position and the second position for a predetermined first driving time. The movable means is driven so as to be at the second position for a second driving time longer than the first driving time by the second driving pattern means also provided in the driving means. Then, the moving means is driven by the first drive pattern means in the first game state or the second game state and the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern in the third game state by the entering ball pattern changing means. Thus, in the third game state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second position for the second drive time longer than the first drive time of the movable means in the first game state or the second game state. . Therefore, in the third game state, a state in which the game ball is likely to enter the specific third ball entering means is generated, and whether or not the game ball is likely to enter the specific third ball entering means is determined for each game state. By making them different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine D7,
The game machine D8 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. Thus, in the third game state, it is possible to maintain a state in which the movable means can be driven and the game ball can be entered into the third ball entering means during the second driving time. Therefore, in the first game state or the second game state, during the first driving time, the movable means is driven to allow the game ball to enter the third ball entering means. A state in which a game ball easily enters the third ball entering means is generated, and the state of whether or not the game ball is likely to enter the third ball entering means is made different for each game state, thereby enriching variations of the game. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In gaming machine D7 or D8,
The closed-time rolling means is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means;
Upstream side guide means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the haunting plate 79b) between ),
the first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The game machine D9 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D7 or D8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is configured to require the third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the closing rolling means. Further, the game ball entering the specific first ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second driving time is the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer than the total time. Thereby, when the movable means is driven in the first drive time, the movable means is driven from the second position to the first position before the game ball rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball entered by the specific first ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. The second position of the movable means is maintained during rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means can enter the specific third ball entering means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball entering the specific first ball entering means can enter the specific third ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state, the variation of the game is increased. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by doing so.

In gaming machine D9,
The launching means is
A game ball can be shot at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine D10 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D9, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball can be shot at a fourth predetermined interval by the shooting means, and the second driving time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thereby, whether or not a plurality of game balls continuously entering the specific first ball-entering means can be continuously entered into the specific third ball-entering means by the movable means is differentiated according to the game state. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In any one of the game machines D1 to D10,
The gaming machine D11 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine D11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D1 to D10, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to easily provide a privilege that makes the player more advantageous than the first lottery by the first lottery means. As a result, there is an effect that the playability of whether or not to enter the game ball into the specific third ball entering means that can receive the second lottery is created, and the interest in the game can be improved. .

In game machines D1 to D11,
The first lottery means
It is possible to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is advantageous to the player from the first lottery result,
The second lottery means
The game machine D12 is characterized in that the second lottery result is easier to derive than the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine D12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D1 to D11, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first lottery means can derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is advantageous to the player from the first lottery result. The second lottery means is configured so that the second lottery result can be derived more easily than the first lottery means. As a result, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game by creating a playability as to whether or not to acquire the second lottery opportunity of the second lottery means which facilitates the derivation of the second lottery result which is advantageous for the player. There is

In any one of gaming machines D4 to D12,
A gaming machine D13, characterized by comprising a delaying means (for example, a deceleration section 79c) for delaying the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means.

According to the gaming machine D13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D4 to D12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means. As a result, the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of closing as compared with the case without the delay means, it is possible to adjust the driving time of the movable means for each game state in order to realize the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the total length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of gaming machines D5 to D13,
In the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific first ball entering means, it is characterized by providing a notification means (e.g., alarm sound) for performing a predetermined notification. A game machine D14.

According to the gaming machine D14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines D5 to D13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific first ball entering means, a predetermined notice is given by the notice means. As a result, the game with the shooting mode different from the shooting mode set for each game state is restricted, and the ball-entering pattern of the second ball-entering means or the third ball-entering means set for each game state is made different. There is an effect that the playability can be surely realized.

<Group E: Claims of the fourth embodiment>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, the winning of a plurality of ball entrances is fixed according to the game situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group E have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of enhancing the interest of a game.

A first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 first prize opening 77a) that allows a game ball to enter,
A game ball can be entered, and a second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b);
A lottery means (for example, a special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1) for performing a lottery based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means,
a game value imparting means (for example, the central large prize winning opening 65a) that imparts a predetermined game value to the player based on the lottery result of the lottery means;
Passing means (for example, the sorting ball entrance 72) having an opening through which game balls can pass (for example, the entrance of the sorting ball entrance 72);
A first flow path (for example, left path 74 or right path 75 (right depth path 75a)) through which game balls that have passed through the passing means flow down;
A second flow path (for example, a flow path outside the alternating distribution unit 71) in which game balls that have not passed through the passing means flow down;
Distributing means (e.g., distributing device 73) for sequentially distributing game balls flowing down the first flow path to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means;
A first position (for example, a retracted state) that makes it difficult for the game ball flowing down the second flow path to enter the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means, and the first ball entering means or the a movable means (for example, the left protruding plate 79b1 and the right protruding plate 79b2) that can be displaced to a second position (for example, a protruded state) where the ball can enter the second ball entering means;
A game ball can be entered, and a third ball entry means different from the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78);
When the movable means is displaced to the second position, a game ball flowing down from the first flow path (or the second flow path) is a third flow flowing down toward the third ball entering means A path (for example, between the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, the channel above the special figure 2 winning opening 78),
The lottery means includes a second lottery means (for example, a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2) that performs a lottery based on the game ball entering the third ball entry means. Gaming machine E0 to play.

According to the gaming machine E0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means different from the first ball entering means, and the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means A lottery is performed by a lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the ball. Then, based on the lottery result of the lottery means, the game value giving means gives a predetermined game value to the player. Here, a game ball that has passed through the passing means having the opening flows down the first channel, and a game ball that has not passed through the passing means flows down the second channel. Further, the sorting means sorts the game balls flowing down the first flow path to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means in order. On the other hand, a movable means that can be displaced to the first position or the second position is provided, and when the movable means is at the second position, the game ball flowing down the second flow path is moved by the first ball entering means or the second entering means. A ball can enter the ball means. Here, when a third ball-entering means different from the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means is provided, and the movable means is displaced to the second position by the third channel, the first channel ( Or the game ball that has flowed down from the second flow path) is flowed down toward the third ball entering means. Then, a lottery is performed by the second lottery means provided in the lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. Thereby, when the movable means is at the first position, the game ball passing through the passing means and flowing down the first flow path is sequentially entered into the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. be able to. Further, when the movable means is at the second position, the game ball flowing down the second flow path without passing through the passing means can be made to enter the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. . Furthermore, when the movable means is at the second position, the game ball that passes through the passing means and flows down the first flow path (or the game ball that flows down the second flow path without passing through the passing means) is A ball can be entered by the third ball entering means. Therefore, the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means into which the game ball flowing down the flow path can enter is differentiated according to the driving mode of the movable means. Therefore, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

It should be noted that ``the pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means that a game ball can enter'' means, for example, a ball that can only enter the first ball entering means. a pattern, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the second ball-entering means, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only to the third ball-entering means, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the first ball-entering means and the second ball-entering means. A ball pattern, a ball entering pattern that can enter the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means, a ball entering pattern that can enter the ball into the first ball entering means and the third ball entering means, or the first ball entering means , a second ball-entering means, and a third ball-entering means in order, and the like.

In gaming machine E0,
The movable means is
When the second position is reached, the closed rolling means ( For example, the gaming machine E1 is characterized in that it includes the upper surfaces of the protruding left side projection/removal plate 79b1 and the right side projection/removal plate 79b2.

According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the movable means is in the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the upper surface of the movable means is closed while the movable means closes the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means. A game ball is configured to roll. Thereby, when the movable means is at the second position, the movable means closes the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means, and the game ball enters the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. While preventing the above, the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means, and the game ball can enter the third ball entering means of the third flow path. Therefore, by varying the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means in which the game ball can enter depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the variation of the game is increased and the interest is enhanced. can be improved.

In gaming machine E0 or E1,
The third ball entering means
The gaming machine E2 is arranged between the first ball-entering means and the second ball-entering means and downstream from the first ball-entering means and the second ball-entering means.

According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E0 or E1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the third ball entering means is arranged between the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means and downstream of the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. As a result, when the movable means is at the second position, the game ball can flow down to the third ball entering means from both the first ball entering means side and the second ball entering means side. It is possible to realize the game property of changing the ball entry pattern to. Therefore, by efficiently arranging the first ball-entering means, the second ball-entering means, and the third ball-entering means while realizing the above-described game characteristics, and reducing the area occupied by each ball-entering means, the gaming machine There is an effect that it can contribute to the improvement of the degree of design freedom.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E2,
The movable means is
a first movable means (for example, a left retractable plate 79b1) disposed between the first flow path and the first ball entering means;
a second movable means (for example, a right retractable plate 79b2) disposed between the first flow path and the second ball entering means;
A game machine E3, further comprising an interlocking driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (protrusion plate solenoid)) for interlockingly driving the first movable means and the second movable means.

According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E0 to E2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, as movable means, a first movable means is provided between the first flow path and the first ball-entering means, and a second movable means is provided between the first flow path and the second ball-entering means. The interlocking driving means interlocks and drives the first movable means and the second movable means. Accordingly, since the first movable means and the second movable means are driven in conjunction with each other, even if the game ball is sorted in the first flow path, the game ball is sent to the third ball entering means. It is possible to make it flow down. Therefore, by varying the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means in which the game ball can enter depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the variation of the game is increased and the interest is enhanced. can be improved.

In addition, "interlocking" means that the two members are synchronized and in the same manner (for example, if one member protrudes, the other member also protrudes, and if the one member is recessed, the other member is also recessed). Examples include the case of driving, the case of driving another member simultaneously or after a predetermined period of time in relation to the driving of one member, and the case of alternately driving two members.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E3,
A unit (for example, an alternately sorting unit 71) that integrally configures the passing means, the sorting means, and the first flow path,
The movable means is
a projecting means (for example, the left portion of the left retractable plate 79b1 or the right portion of the right retractable plate 79b2) that projects into the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit;
The protruding means are
A gaming machine E4, characterized in that it slopes downward from the second flow path toward the unit side.

According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E0 to E3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the unit integrally constitutes the passage means, the distribution means, and the first channel, and the projecting means of the movable means is provided for the second channel outside the outer shape of the unit. Then, the protruding means is provided so as to be inclined downward from the second flow path toward the unit side. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the second flow path without passing through the passing means is guided toward the unit side by the projecting means and enters the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means. can. Therefore, the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means into which the game ball flowing down the flow path can enter is differentiated according to the driving mode of the movable means. Therefore, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E4,
A fourth ball entry means (for example, pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c) that allows game balls to enter,
A third lottery means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) that performs a lottery based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means,
The movable means is
Drive based on the lottery result of the third lottery means,
The fourth ball entering means is
A gaming machine E5, characterized in that it is arranged between the opening and the sorting means.

According to the gaming machine E5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E0 to E4, the following effects are exhibited. Namely, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entering means, the lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entering means, and the third lottery means. The movable means is driven based on the result of the lottery. A fourth ball-entering means is arranged between the opening of the passing means and the sorting means. As a result, the game ball passing through the passing means enters the fourth ball entering means, and then enters either the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means by the movable means arranged on the downstream side. It is configured so that it is different whether to hit the ball or hit the third ball hitting means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions (winning probability, variable display time or driving time) for driving the movable means, the movable means is driven regardless of which direction the game balls are distributed in the first flow path. It is possible to acquire a lottery opportunity to cause a game ball to enter depending on whether or not the movable means is driven. can be made different, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E5,
a game state setting means (for example, a jackpot process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means;
Second position period changing means for changing the period of the second position of the movable means based on the game state set by the game state setting means (for example, S704 of normal electric role control process (S104)) and a gaming machine E6 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E0 to E5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game state setting means can set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Then, the period during which the movable means is at the second position is changed by the second position period changing means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Thereby, the period in which the movable means is in the second position is changed according to the game state, and the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making it different, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In gaming machine E6,
Based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, variable display executing means for executing variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of normal symbols) in display means (for example, normal design display device 83) (for example, normal design fluctuation processing (S111));
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second time shorter than the first execution time. 2 execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") with variable time change means (e.g., normal figure fluctuation time table 202g),
The first flow path is
After the game ball enters the fourth ball entering means, it takes a first predetermined time (for example, "1.6 seconds") until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. 1 channel (eg, the left channel 74 of the fourth embodiment);
A specific number that requires a second predetermined time (for example, "5.1 seconds") from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. 1 channel (for example, the right channel 75 of the fourth embodiment),
The first ball entering means is arranged downstream of the predetermined first flow path,
The second ball entering means is arranged downstream of the specific first flow path,
the first execution time (3 seconds) is longer than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and shorter than the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds);
The gaming machine E7 is characterized in that the second execution time (0.5 seconds) is shorter than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds).

According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the identification information is variably displayed on the display means by the variable display execution means. Further, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time by the variable time change means. Be changed. Here, the predetermined first flow path of the first flow path takes a first predetermined time from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Similarly, the specific first flow path of the first flow path is the first flow path after the game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. 2 It is configured to require a predetermined time. A first ball-entering means is arranged downstream of the predetermined first flow path, and a second ball-entering means is arranged downstream of the specific first flow path. Furthermore, the first execution time is set longer than the first predetermined time and shorter than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the first predetermined time and the second predetermined time. Thus, whether or not the variable display is finished before the game ball entering the fourth ball entering means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means can be differentiated according to the game state, and the variable display can be made different. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is driven based on the execution result of . As a result, depending on the game state, the game ball that has entered the fourth ball-entering means is caused to enter the first ball-entering means, the second ball-entering means, or the third ball-entering means by the movable means. There is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest by making the means to enter the ball different.

In gaming machine E7,
The interlocking drive means
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) is shorter than the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first driving time (2 seconds);
The second predetermined time (5.1 seconds) is longer than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds), and the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second driving time (5 seconds), which is shorter than the total time (5.5 seconds).

According to the gaming machine E8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first driving time by the first driving pattern means provided in the interlocking driving means. Also, the movable means is driven to the second position for a second driving time longer than the first driving time by the second driving pattern means provided in the interlocking driving means. The first predetermined time is set shorter than the second execution time and the first drive time. Also, the second predetermined time is set longer than the total time of the first execution time and the first driving time and shorter than the total time of the second execution time and the second driving time.

Thereby, when the variable display is executed in the first execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the first drive time, the game ball that has flowed down to the predetermined first flow path is At the timing when the ball has flowed down to the position, the execution of the variable display has not ended, and therefore the opportunity for displacing the movable means has not arrived. is pitched in. Further, when the variable display is executed in the first execution time and the drive means of the movable means is driven in the first drive time, the game ball that has flowed down to the specific first flow path is moved to the arrangement position of the movable means. , the execution of the variable display is completed, and the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and then returns to the first position. The flow direction is not changed by the means, and the ball is directly entered into the second ball entering means.

Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game ball that has flowed down to the predetermined first flow path is moved to the position where the movable means is arranged. , the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained. The flow direction is changed by the means, and the ball is entered by the third ball entering means. On the other hand, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the first drive time, the game ball that has flowed down to the specific first flow path is located at the position where the movable means is arranged. , the execution of the variable display is completed, and the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and then returns to the first position. The flow direction is not changed by the means, and the ball is directly entered into the second ball entering means.

Furthermore, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has flowed down to the predetermined first flow path is located at the position where the movable means is arranged. , the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained. The flow direction is changed by the means, and the ball is entered by the third ball entering means. Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball that has flowed down to the specific first flow path is located at the position where the movable means is arranged. , the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained. The flow direction is changed by the means, and the ball is entered by the third ball entering means.

Therefore, by changing the execution time of the variable display and the driving time of the movable means, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third entering means that the game ball flowing down the respective flow paths can enter. By making the ball entry pattern of the ball means different, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In gaming machine E8,
The movable means is
By the second drive pattern means, when the game ball is driven to the second position during the second drive time, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third ball entry means. A gaming machine E9 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine E9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the movable means is driven to the second position for the second drive time by the second drive pattern means, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third ball entering means. be done. As a result, since the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be made to enter the third ball entering means, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means can be entered from any of the flow paths. By constructing the game ball so that it can be entered into the ball, there is an effect that the variety of games can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines E7 to E9,
The specific first flow path is
a depth direction flow path through which the game ball flows down in the depth direction when viewed from the front;
A game machine E10 characterized by comprising a front direction flow path which is formed by folding back from the depth direction flow path to the front side when viewed from the front, and which allows game balls to flow down in the front direction when viewed from the front.

According to the gaming machine E10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E7 to E9, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball flows down in the depth direction when viewed from the front by the depth direction flow path provided in the specific first flow path, and the front direction flow path configured by folding back from the depth direction flow path to the front side when viewed from the front, A game ball is flowed down in the forward direction when viewed from the front.

Here, when the game ball flowing down the specific first flow path is configured to require a second predetermined time when flowing down the specific first flow path, the length of the specific first flow path is set to a predetermined length It needs to be configured longer than the first channel. However, the gaming machine has a configuration in which the vertical width is larger than the horizontal width of the entire gaming machine, and the design restrictions on the horizontal width are larger than the design restrictions on the vertical width. Therefore, when the specific first flow path is extended in the horizontal direction of the game machine when viewed from the front, a predetermined area in the game area is occupied by the specific first flow path, and the degree of freedom in designing other game parts is reduced. may be a factor

Therefore, by constructing the specific first flow path in the depth direction of the front view of the game machine instead of the horizontal direction of the front view of the game machine, the area occupied by the specific first flow path in the horizontal direction of the front view of the game area can be reduced. , there is an effect that it can contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the game machine.

In any one of gaming machines E1 to E10,
A delay means (for example, a left outer deceleration part 79g, a left inner deceleration part 79h, a right outer deceleration part 79i, or a right inner deceleration part 79j) for delaying the falling speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means. A game machine E11 characterized in that

According to the gaming machine E11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E1 to E10, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means. As a result, the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of closing as compared with the case without the delay means, the period of the second position of the movable means for each game state can be increased in order to realize the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to make it easier to design game specifications such as adjustments. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the total length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

<Group F: Claims of the eighth embodiment>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, since the shooting mode of the game medium that is preset in the game state is fixed, the ball entrance through which a ball can be entered is also fixed for each game state, and the game is monotonous. Therefore, there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of group F has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and aims to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of a game.

A shooting means capable of shooting game balls (for example, a ball shooting unit 112a);
First shooting mode means for shooting a game ball in a predetermined first shooting mode by the shooting means (for example, left-handed game);
Second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, right-handed game);
A game machine comprising game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) for setting a game state based on establishment of a predetermined condition,
A first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 first prize opening 77a) that can enter the game ball fired in the first shooting mode,
Second ball entry means (for example, right special figure 2 second winning port 78d) that allows game balls fired in the first shooting mode and the second shooting mode to enter,
A third ball entry means (for example, the outside special figure 1 second prize opening 77f) that allows the game ball launched in the second shooting mode to enter,
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third entering means into which the game ball shot by the first shooting mode means can enter. While changing the ball entry pattern of the ball means, the entry of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game ball shot by the second shooting mode means can enter Entering ball pattern changing means for changing the ball pattern (for example, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the right-handed game is prohibited, and the left-handed game enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, "hitting Entry to the special figure 1 first ball opening 77a and the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78d by the left-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state" and entry to the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f due to the right-handed game , or entering a right-side special figure 2 second winning hole 78d by a right-handed game in a "probability fluctuation state").

According to the gaming machine F0, the game ball can be shot by the shooting means, the game ball is shot by the shooting means in a predetermined first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means, and the game ball is shot by the second shooting mode means. , the game ball is shot in a second shooting mode different from the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means. Then, the game state is set by the game state setting means based on establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the game ball launched in the first shooting mode can be entered into the first ball entering means, and the game ball launched in the first shooting mode and the second shooting mode is arranged in the second ball entering means. is configured to be able to enter, and the third ball-entering means is configured to be capable of entering the game ball shot in the second shooting mode. Then, by the ball entering pattern changing means, a first ball entering means and a second ball entering means in which the game ball shot by the first shooting mode means can enter based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Alternatively, the ball entering pattern of the third ball entering means is changed, and the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means in which the game ball fired by the second shooting mode means can enter The ball entry pattern is changed. As a result, it is possible to differentiate the ball-entering means that can enter the game ball based on the game state and the shooting mode of the game ball. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means that can enter a ball for each game state, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

It should be noted that the "satisfaction of a predetermined condition" means, for example, when one of the jackpots or small wins is won, when the game state is changed, when a game ball enters a predetermined entrance, or when a dynamic One preset event that can occur while a game is being played, such as when the display is executed a predetermined number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls enter a specific ball entrance. is established.

Further, "a pattern of the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means in which a game ball can enter" means, for example, a ball entering only the first ball entering means. a pattern, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the second ball-entering means, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only to the third ball-entering means, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter only the first ball-entering means and the second ball-entering means. a ball pattern, a ball entering pattern that can alternately enter the first ball entering means and the second entering means, a ball entering pattern that can enter the second ball entering means and the third entering means, a second entering ball A ball entering pattern that can alternately enter the means and the third ball entering means, A ball entering pattern that can enter the first ball entering means and the third ball entering means, A ball entering means and the third ball entering means a ball entering pattern in which a ball can be entered alternately, a ball entering pattern in which a ball can be entered in the first ball entering means, a ball entering means, and a ball entering means, or a ball entering a ball in the first ball entering means and a ball entering means and a ball entering in the second ball entering means A ball-entering pattern that can enter the means and the third ball-entering means in order is exemplified.

In gaming machine F0,
A movable means (e.g., hive-and-fall plate 79b) and
movable mode changing means (for example, normal electric role control processing (S104)) for changing the displacement mode of the movable means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
The game state setting means is
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, from a predetermined first game state (for example, "normal game state") to a second game state (for example, "latency probability fluctuation state"), or the first game state or the second game state 2 game state can be changed to a third game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state"),
The movable mode changing means is
In the first game state, the game ball shot in the first shooting mode can be entered into the first ball entering means, and is difficult (impossible) to enter the second ball entering means. First drive pattern means for driving the movable means (for example, the winning pattern in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment),
In the second game state, the game ball launched in the first shooting mode can enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, and is launched in the second shooting mode. a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means so that the game ball can be entered into the third ball entry means (for example, a winning pattern in the "latency probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment);
In the third game state, third drive pattern means (e.g., eighth Winning pattern in the "probability fluctuation state" of the embodiment) and
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
In the first gaming state, a second shooting restricting means for restricting shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode (for example, outputting an alarm sound in the "normal gaming state" in the eighth embodiment);
In the second game state and the third game state, the second firing means that does not restrict the shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode (for example, the "latency probability fluctuation state" or "probability No output of alarm sound in "variable state"), and a gaming machine F1 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine F1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means can be displaced between a first position that does not affect the flowing direction of the game balls flowing down and a second position that affects the flowing direction of the game balls displaced from the first position. Then, the displacement mode of the movable means is changed by the movable mode changing means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Further, the game state setting means can change from a predetermined first game state to a second game state, or from the first game state or the second game state to a third game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. be. Here, in the first game state, the game ball shot in the first shooting mode can be entered into the first ball entering means by the first driving pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means, and 2 The movable means is driven so that it is difficult (impossible) to enter the ball into the ball entering means. Further, the second driving pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means allows the game ball shot in the first shooting mode to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means in the second game state. At the same time, the movable means is driven so that the game ball shot in the second shooting mode can enter the third ball entering means. Further, the third drive pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means moves the movable means so that the game ball fired in the second shooting mode can enter the second ball entering means in the third game state. driven. Then, in the first game state, the shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode is restricted by the second shooting restricting means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means. In addition, in the second game state and the third game state, the shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode is not restricted by the second shooting enabling means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means. As a result, the direction in which the game ball flows by the movable means is changed for each game state, and the execution of the shooting mode of the game ball is regulated, so that the ball-entering means that can enter the ball can be changed for each game state. In particular, the game ball can be entered into the second ball entering means by the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means in the first shooting mode, and the game ball can be entered by the third ball entering means in the second shooting mode. By configuring the game ball so that it can be entered, the player can select a shooting mode and play the game. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means that can enter a ball for each game state, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

It should be noted that "regulating the shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode" means, for example, that a detection switch is provided at the downstream position of the game ball shot in the second shooting mode, and the game ball is detected by the detection switch. A speaker or the like is controlled so as to output an alarm sound or the like when the game ball is fired, and the player is forced to shoot the game ball in the second shooting mode, or the game ball itself is shot in the second shooting mode so as not to be shot. A case of suppressing (prohibiting) the control of means is exemplified. In addition, "not restricting the shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode" means, for example, controlling not to output the alarm sound, or suppressing (prohibiting) the shooting of the game ball in the second shooting mode. Examples include not executing control.

In the gaming machine F0 or F1,
A first lottery means (for example, a special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1) that performs a first lottery based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means or the third ball entering means;
A second lottery means (for example, a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2) that performs a second lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means,
The gaming machine F2 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F0 or F1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first lottery is performed by the first lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means or the third ball entering means, and the second lottery means enters the game into the second ball entering means. A second lottery is held based on the entry of the ball. Further, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to easily provide a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. As a result, there is an effect that the playability of whether or not to enter the game ball into the second ball entering means that can receive the second lottery is created, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In the gaming machine F1 or F2,
The movable means is
When the second position is reached, the closing rolling means ( For example, a game machine F3 characterized by comprising the upper surface of the protruding state board 79b).

According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F1 or F2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the movable means is in the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the upper surface of the movable means is closed while the second ball-entering means and the third ball-entering means are blocked by the movable means. A game ball is configured to roll. Thereby, when the movable means is at the second position, the movable means closes the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means, and the game ball enters the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means. When the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position while the game ball is rolling on the upper surface of the movable means, the game ball moves downstream from the place where it is rolling at that time. configured to flow down. As a result, by varying the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter according to the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position, the game is improved. There is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation and improve interest.

In the game machine F3,
A fourth ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right normal symbol gate 76b) that allows a game ball to enter,
A third lottery means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) that performs a third lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the fourth ball entry means;
Based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, variable display executing means for executing variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of normal symbols) in display means (for example, normal design display device 83) (for example, normal design fluctuation processing (S111));
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second time shorter than the first execution time. 2 execution time (for example, "0.5 seconds") variable time changing means (for example, normal figure fluctuation time table 202g),
When predetermined specific identification information (for example, "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is moved from a predetermined first position to a position different from the first position. A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for retracting plate)) that drives to two positions,
The fourth ball entering means
Predetermined fourth ball entry means (for example, unit normal symbol gate 76a) capable of entering the game ball fired in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means;
A specific fourth ball entry means (for example, right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball fired in the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means,
The drive means
first driving time means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second driving time means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second driving time (for example, "3 seconds") longer than the first driving time;
Upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific fourth ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, between the right normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the haunting plate 79b) between),
The closed-time rolling means is
configured to require a first rolling time (for example, "1.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to directly above the third ball-entering means;
A second rolling time longer than the first rolling time (for example, "1.9 seconds" to "2.5 seconds" for rolling from the upstream side of the movable means to just above the second ball entering means) ”) is configured to require
The game machine is
It is configured to require a first predetermined time (for example, "4.5 seconds") from when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
It is configured to require a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
The first drive pattern means
performing the variable display in the first execution time and driving the movable means in the first drive time;
The second drive pattern means
performing the variable display in the second execution time and driving the movable means in the first drive time;
The third drive pattern means
performing the variable display in the second execution time and driving the movable means in the second drive time;
The first predetermined time (4.5 seconds) is
longer than the first execution time (3 seconds), shorter than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds), and the second execution time (0. 5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds) longer than the total time (2.5 seconds),
The second predetermined time (1 second) is
shorter than the first execution means (3 seconds) and longer than the second execution time (0.5 seconds);
The total time (2.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds) is
is equal to or less than the total time (2.5 seconds) of the second predetermined time (1 second) and the first rolling time (1.5 seconds),
The total time (3.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second driving time (3 seconds) is equal to the second predetermined time (1 second) and the second rolling time ( 1.9 seconds to 2.5 seconds) and the total time (2.9 seconds to 3.5 seconds) or less.

According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entering means, and the third lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entering means. Then, based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification display on the display means, and the variable time change means executes the variable display based on the game state set by the game state setting means. , the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Further, when the predetermined specific identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Here, the fourth ball-entering means includes a predetermined fourth ball-entering means capable of entering a game ball shot in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means, and a second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means. A specific fourth ball entry means is provided for allowing the game ball launched in the above to enter. Further, the first driving time means of the driving means drives the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first driving time, and the second driving means of the driving means also drives the movable means to the second position longer than the first driving time. During the time the movable means is driven to the second position. Then, the game ball entering the specific fourth ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. Here, the closing rolling means is configured to require the first rolling time for rolling from the upstream side of the movable means to directly above the third ball entering means, and the second entering means from the upstream side of the movable means. It is configured to require a second rolling time to roll to just above the ball means. Further, it is configured to require a first predetermined time from when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means, and the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means. It is configured such that it takes a second predetermined time to reach the disposition position of the movable means after balling. Here, the variable display is performed in the first execution time and the movable means is driven in the first drive time by the first drive pattern means. Further, the variable display is performed in the second execution time by the second drive pattern means, and the movable means is driven in the first drive time. Furthermore, the variable display is driven in the second execution time and the movable means is driven in the second drive time by the third drive pattern means. The first predetermined time is set longer than the first execution time, shorter than the total time of the first execution time and the first drive time, and longer than the total time of the second execution time and the first drive time. Also, the second predetermined time is set to be shorter than the first execution time and longer than the second execution time. Here, the total time of the second execution time and the first driving time is set to be less than or equal to the total time of the second predetermined time and the first rolling time. Also, the total time of the second execution time and the second driving time is set to be equal to or less than the total time of the second predetermined time and the second rolling time.

That is, in the first game state, the variable display ends and the movable means can be driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball-entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. is configured to Further, in the first game state, the variable display is executed at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, in the second game state, the variable display is completed and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Time is configured to end. Further, in the second game state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. In addition, the movable means is configured to be displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls on the closing rolling means to just above the third ball entering means. Furthermore, in the third game state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means and reaches the position where the movable means is arranged. In addition, the movable means is configured to be displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls on the closing rolling means to just above the second ball entering means.

As a result, in the first game state, the game ball can be entered into the first ball entering means, and in the first shooting mode of the second game state, the game is entered into the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. A game state in which a ball can be entered is set, and in a second shooting mode of the second game state, a game state is set in which a game ball can be entered into a third ball entering means, and in the third game state, a second ball is entered. A game state in which a game ball can enter the means is established. Therefore, by changing the variable display time and the driving time of the movable means for each game state, the ball entering means for changing the flowing direction of the game ball to enter the ball can be changed for each game state. Different ball entry means can be used, and in particular, the game ball can be entered by the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in the first shooting mode, and A game ball can be entered into the third ball entering means in the second shooting mode, so that the player can select the shooting mode and play the game. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means that can enter a ball for each game state, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In the gaming machine F4,
The second emission restricting means,
The gaming machine F5 is characterized by comprising a notification means (e.g., alarm sound) for performing a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means in the one game state.

According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the first game state, when a game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means, a predetermined notice is given by the notice means provided in the second shot restricting means. As a result, the game in the shooting mode different from the shooting mode set for each game state is regulated, and the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means set for each game state is entered. There is an effect that it is possible to reliably realize the playability of making the ball patterns different.

In any of the game machines F1 to F5,
a distribution means for sequentially distributing the flowing direction of the game balls to at least two directions;
a first path through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
a second path through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first path;
The first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The second ball entering means is provided downstream of the second path,
A game machine F6 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball-entering means.

According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines F1 to F5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the distribution means sequentially distributes the flowing game balls to at least two directions, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path and are distributed to the first path. The game balls sorted by the sorting means pass through the second path next to the game balls. A first ball-entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a second ball-entering means is provided downstream of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the second ball entering means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the second ball-entering means functions in a state in which the game ball is difficult to enter into the second ball-entering means, or the closing-time rolling means functions. It is possible to generate a situation in which it is possible to enter a game ball into the second ball entering means. Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the game balls are sequentially distributed to the first ball entering means by the distribution means, while in other game states, the distribution means distributes the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. The game balls can be distributed to each other in order. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the first ball-entering means or the second ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved. .

In the game machine F6,
In the first game state, when the game ball distributed to the second path by the distribution means does not enter the second ball entry means due to the movable means being at the second position, A gaming machine F7 characterized by comprising a fifth ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit general prize winning opening 63a) into which the game ball can enter.

According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball distributed to the second path by the distribution means does not enter the second ball entering means due to the movable means being in the second position, the game ball enters the fifth ball entering means. Configured sphere-capable. Thus, in the first game state, the game ball is configured to enter the first ball entering means and the fifth ball entering means, and in the second game state, the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. It is configured so that a game ball can enter the means. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means that can enter a ball for each game state, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine F7,
The gaming machine F8 is characterized in that the fifth ball entry means only pays out a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls).

According to the gaming machine F8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, only a predetermined number of game balls are paid out by entering the game balls into the fifth ball entering means. That is, when a game ball enters the fifth ball entering means, unlike the second ball entering means or the like, a predetermined lottery is not performed, and only the game ball is paid out. Therefore, in the first game state, even if the movable means is positioned at the second position to prevent the game ball from entering the second ball entering means, the game ball is allowed to enter the fifth ball entering means. The effect of giving a predetermined game value to the player to suppress the dissatisfaction of the player due to the obstruction of the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means, and to prevent the player from losing interest in the game. There is

In any of the game machines F0 to F8,
A widening means (for example, special figure 2 guide part 78d) configured to be wider than the opening of the second ball entering means is provided on the upstream side of the second ball entering means,
The gaming machine F9 is characterized in that the game ball that has flowed down to the widening means enters the second ball entering means.

According to the game machine F9, in addition to the effects of the game machines F0 to F8, the following effects are exhibited. Namely, on the upstream side of the second ball entering means, a widening means formed wider than the opening of the second ball entering means is provided, and the game ball flowing down to the widening means is entered into the second ball entering means. be. As a result, it is possible to increase the number of game balls entering the second ball entering means. It is possible to make it easy to enter the game ball in the second ball entering means. Therefore, there is an effect that a game ball can be easily entered into the second ball entering means, and a game value can be easily given to the player.

In any of the game machines F6 to F9,
The second route is
a depth direction flow path through which the game ball flows down in the depth direction when viewed from the front;
A game machine F10 characterized by comprising a front direction flow path which is formed by folding back from the depth direction flow path to the front side in front view, and which allows game balls to flow down in the front view front direction.

According to the gaming machine F10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines F6 to F9, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball flows down in the depth direction in the front view through the depth direction flow path provided in the second path, and the front direction flow path configured by folding back from the depth direction flow path to the front side in the front view causes the game ball to flow down. A game ball is flowed forward.

Here, when the game ball flowing down the second path is configured to require a first predetermined time when flowing down the second path, the length of the second path is configured to be a constant length. There is a need. However, the gaming machine has a configuration in which the vertical width is larger than the horizontal width of the entire gaming machine, and the design restrictions on the horizontal width are larger than the design restrictions on the vertical width. Therefore, when the second path is extended in the horizontal direction of the game machine when viewed from the front, the second path occupies a predetermined area in the game area, which is a factor in lowering the degree of freedom in designing other game parts. There is a risk.

Therefore, by constructing the second path in the depth direction of the front view of the gaming machine instead of the lateral direction of the front view of the gaming machine, it is possible to reduce the area occupied by the second path in the lateral direction of the front view of the game area. There is an effect that it can contribute to an improvement in the degree of design freedom.

In any of the game machines F3 to F10,
A gaming machine F11 characterized by comprising a delay means (for example, a right aggregate deceleration section 79m or a left distributed deceleration section 79n) for delaying the flow speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means.

According to the game machine F11, in addition to the effects of the game machines F3 to F10, the following effects are produced. That is, the delay means delays the flow-down speed of the game ball rolling by the closing rolling means. As a result, the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of closing as compared with the case without the delay means, the period of the second position of the movable means for each game state can be increased in order to realize the game characteristics of the present invention. It is possible to make it easier to design game specifications such as adjustments. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the total length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

<Group G: Prevention of chattering when detecting a ball whose flowing direction is switched>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the ball, and a predetermined game value is given to the player when winning in the winning lottery.

Such a gaming machine is provided with a flow direction changing means for changing the flow path of the game medium that has flowed into a predetermined path, and by changing the flow direction of the game medium flowing down the game area, the interest in the game is improved. (For example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above game machine, when a game medium whose flow direction is changed by the flow direction changing means is detected by a detection switch or the like, when the game medium immediately after the flow direction is changed is detected, the change by the flow direction change means is performed. Since the behavior of the game medium is not stable, such as the game medium swinging in a complicated manner, there is a risk that the detection switch may cause an erroneous detection.

The invention of Group G was made in view of the above-described circumstances, and aims to provide a gaming machine in which erroneous detection of a game ball is less likely to occur.

A shooting means capable of shooting game balls (for example, a ball shooting unit 112a);
A first ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which a game ball shot by the shooting means can enter;
a detection means (for example, a second ball entrance switch) for detecting a game ball that has entered the first ball entry means;
A gaming machine comprising game value imparting means (for example, normal electric role control processing (S104)) for imparting a predetermined game value to a player based on the detection of a game ball by the detecting means,
Flowing direction changing means (for example, sorting device 73) for changing the flowing direction of the game ball before the game ball shot by the shooting means enters the first ball entering means;
Flowing mode stabilizing means (for example, a passage of the right path 75 from the sorting device 73 in the second embodiment to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit walls) and
The first ball entering means
A gaming machine G0, characterized in that it is arranged on the downstream side of the flow mode stabilizing means.

According to the gaming machine G0, the game ball is configured to be able to be shot by the shooting means, and the game ball shot by the shooting means is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means. The detecting means detects the game ball entering the first ball entering means, and the game value giving means gives a predetermined game value to the player based on the detection of the game ball by the detecting means. . Here, before the game ball shot by the shooting means enters the first ball entering means, the flowing direction of the game ball is changed by the flowing direction changing means, and the flowing direction is changed by the flowing direction changing means. The flow-down mode of the game ball is adjusted by the flow-down mode stabilizing means. Then, the first ball entering means is arranged on the downstream side of the flow-down mode stabilizing means. Thereby, when the flowing direction is changed by the flowing direction changing means, the game ball can enter the first ball entering means after the flowing state of the game ball is adjusted by the flowing state stabilizing means. can. Therefore, the game ball entering the first ball entering means can be detected by the detecting means while the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entering means is stable, so that an erroneous detection of the game ball in the first ball entering means occurs. There is an effect that it is possible to make it difficult to

It should be noted that "regulating the flow of the game ball" means, for example, rolling the game ball so that the behavior of the game ball is constant, or setting the game ball so that the game ball flows in one direction. In the case of constructing a passage, in the case of allowing a game ball to freely fall so that the flowing direction is vertically downward, or in the case of absorbing the impact of the collision of the game ball with an elastic member to reduce the kinetic energy of the game ball in a predetermined direction. etc. are exemplified.

In gaming machine G0,
The flow direction changing means is
Switching means (for example, the configuration of the rotating shaft portion 73a, the central plate portion 73b, and the right receiving plate 73d) for switching the flowing direction of the game ball to a right angle or a substantially right angle,
The flow-down mode stabilizing means is
A predetermined distance (for example, a distance of one ball) is formed between the switching means and the first ball entering means (for example, the right path between the sorting device 73 and the unit normal symbol gate 76a 75 passage walls)
A gaming machine G1 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine G1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the flow direction of the game ball is switched to a right angle or a substantially right angle by the switching means provided in the flow direction changing means. Then, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball-entering means by the flow-down mode stabilizing means. As a result, even when the switching means switches the flowing direction of the game ball to a right angle or a substantially right angle, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entering means, and the predetermined distance is maintained. The behavior of the game ball can be stabilized while the game ball flows down. Therefore, the game ball entering the first ball entering means can be detected by the detecting means while the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entering means is stable, so that an erroneous detection of the game ball in the first ball entering means occurs. There is an effect that it is possible to make it difficult to

In gaming machine G0 or G1,
The detection means is
A game machine G2 characterized by detecting a game ball flowing vertically downward or substantially vertically downward.

According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G0 or G1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the detection means detects a game ball flowing vertically downward or substantially vertically downward. As a result, the detecting means can detect the game ball free-falling vertically downward or substantially vertically downward, so that the game ball can detect a game ball with a stable behavior that is unlikely to cause an event such as the game ball hitting a wall and jumping up. Thus, there is an effect that erroneous detection of a game ball in the first ball entering means can be made difficult to occur.

In any of gaming machines G0 to G2,
a movable means (e.g., hive plate 79b) displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position for changing the flowing direction of the game ball shot from the shooting means, different from the first position;
Drive means (for example, solenoid 209 (solenoid for hive plate)) for driving the movable means based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means;
When the movable means is at the first position, a second ball entering means (for example, a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) that allows a game ball to enter,
A gaming machine G3 characterized by comprising a third ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78) into which a game ball can enter when the movable means is at the second position.

According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G0 to G2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball shot from the shooting means, and the driving means drives the movable means based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means. When the driving means does not drive the movable means, the game ball can enter the second ball entering means, and when the driving means drives the movable means, the game ball enters the third ball entering means. Configured sphere-capable. Thus, the ball-entering means that can be entered can be differentiated by the movable means driven based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball-entering means. Therefore, by preventing erroneous detection by the first ball-entering means, it is possible to change the ball-entering pattern of the possible ball-entering means, thereby enriching the variation of the game and enhancing the interest. effective.

It should be noted that the "entering pattern of the ball entering means in which the game ball can enter" means, for example, a entering pattern in which a game ball can enter only in the second entering means, or a ball entering only in the third entering means. A ball-entering pattern, a ball-entering pattern that allows a ball to enter both the second ball-entering means and the third ball-entering means, or a ball that can enter the second ball-entering means and the third ball-entering means alternately. A pattern etc. are illustrated.

In gaming machine G3,
The game value imparting means is
A gaming machine G4 characterized in that, as the game value, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position by the driving means.

According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game value imparting means causes the movable means to be driven from the first position to the second position by the driving means as the game value. Thus, as a game value imparting mode, the ball entering means that can enter the first ball entering means can be differentiated by the movable means driven based on the entering of the game ball into the first ball entering means. Therefore, it is possible to vary the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means that can enter the ball, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In gaming machine G3 or G4,
A first lottery means (for example, a special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1) that performs a first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry means;
A second lottery means (for example, a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2) that performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means,
The gaming machine G5 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G3 or G4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first lottery is performed by the first lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means. A second lottery different from the first lottery is performed by the second lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entering means. Then, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to easily provide a privilege that makes the player more advantageous than the first lottery by the first lottery means. Thus, by preventing the erroneous detection of the game ball by the first ball entering means, the game property of whether or not to enter the game ball into the third ball entering means that can receive the second lottery. can be reliably realized, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

In any of gaming machines G3 to G5,
Unlike the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means, a fourth ball entering means (for example, special figure 1 first winning hole 77a) in which a game ball can enter,
distribution means for sequentially distributing the flowing direction of the game balls shot by the shooting means into at least two directions;
A first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution pass;
a second path (for example, the right path 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first path;
The fourth ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path,
The second ball entering means is provided downstream of the second path,
A gaming machine G6, wherein the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball-entering means.

According to the gaming machine G6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G3 to G5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entering means different from the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means, and the distribution means distributes at least two flowing directions of the game ball shot by the shooting means. The game balls distributed in order in the direction and distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means next to the game balls distributed to the first path pass through the first path. Pass through 2 routes. A fourth ball-entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a second ball-entering means is provided downstream of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the second ball entering means. Thereby, by the movable means provided upstream of the second ball entering means, it is possible to generate different situations as to whether or not the game ball can enter the second ball entering means. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the ball-entering means in which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In gaming machine G6,
A game machine G7 characterized by providing the first ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which a game ball can pass in a part of the second path.

According to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second path is configured to enter the first ball entering means without fail. Thus, after the game ball guided to the second path enters the first ball entering means, whether or not the game ball enters the second ball entering means depends on the movable means arranged downstream thereof. configured as Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions (winning probability, variable display time or driving time) for driving the movable means, it is possible to determine whether or not the game ball flowing down the second path enters the second ball entering means. can be made different, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of gaming machines G3 to G7,
a game state setting means (for example, a jackpot process (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means;
A first information acquiring means (for example, a normal pattern reserved ball storage area 203h) for acquiring first information based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means;
A first determination means for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure);
Based on the determination result of the first determination means, variable display executing means (for example, normal design) for executing variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of normal design) in display means (for example, normal design display device 83) Fluctuation processing (S111)),
The drive means
driving the movable means when predetermined specific identification information (for example, "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the game ball fired from the shooting means can enter the second entrance. A gaming machine G8 characterized by comprising a ball entering pattern changing means (for example, alternate distribution unit 71) for changing the ball means or the third ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine G8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines G3 to G7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is shot by the shooting means, and the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means can be set by the game state setting means. The first information is acquired by the first information acquiring means based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means. Then, the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means is determined by the first determination means, and the identification information is variably displayed on the display means by the variable display execution means based on the determination result of the first determination means. executed. When predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entry pattern changing means, the game ball fired from the shooting means can enter the ball. The second ball-entering means or the third ball-entering means is changed. Thus, the erroneous detection of the first ball entering means is prevented, and the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the entering of the game ball into the first ball entering means and the game state at that time, and the game ball is changed. By differentiating the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means that can enter the ball, it is possible to surely realize the set game specifications and to enrich the variation of the game to improve the interest. It has the effect of being able to

In gaming machine G8,
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
drive time change means (for example, S704 of normal electric control process (S104)) for changing the drive time of the variable display by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means; A gaming machine G9 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine G9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the driving time of the movable means is changed by the driving time changing means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state. By shortening the length of the period during which a ball can be entered into the second ball entering means, the ball entering pattern of the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means in which a game ball can enter is made different, thereby improving the performance of the game. There is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation and improve interest.

In gaming machine G8 or G9,
variable time changing means (for example, normal figure fluctuation time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
Timing changing means (for example, S407 of normal figure fluctuation processing (S111)) for changing the timing at which the movable means is driven by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. A gaming machine G10 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine G10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G8 or G9, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the execution time of variable display by the variable display execution means is changed by the variable time change means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Then, the timing for driving the movable means is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the timing changing means. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the ball entering pattern of the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means that the game ball can enter. By making the .

In any of gaming machines G3 to G10,
The movable means is
When driven by the driving means, the second ball entering means is blocked by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. 79b),
A game machine G11 characterized in that the third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine G11, in addition to the effects of the game machines G3 to G10, the following effects are produced. That is, when the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while the second ball-entering means is blocked by the movable means. configured to Then, the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down. Thus, when the movable means is driven, the movable means closes the second ball entering means to prevent the game ball from entering the second ball entering means, and the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the game ball is entered into the third ball entering means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the second ball-entering means or the third ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved. .

In any of gaming machines G8 to G11,
The second route is
A predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required for the game ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the first ball entering means. ,
The variable display execution means is
At least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds") is capable of displaying,
The game state setting means is
A predetermined first game state (for example, "normal game state");
A second game state (for example, “latency probability fluctuation state”) different from the first game state;
any one of the first game state and the second game state and a third game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") different from the game state can be set;
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
first ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing variable display in "3 seconds");
second ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the second gaming state (for example, variable display is performed in "0.5 seconds");
a third ball-entering pattern means for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state (for example, the variable display is performed in "0.5 seconds"). Machine G12.

According to the game machine G12, in addition to the effects of the game machines G8 to G11, the following effects are produced. That is, the second path is configured such that it takes a predetermined time from when the game ball enters the first ball entering means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, the variable display is performed for a first execution time longer than the predetermined time by the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the display for the predetermined time. A variable display is performed in a second, shorter execution time. Here, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state is set by the game state setting means. game state can be set. Then, the variable display is performed in the first game state by the first time execution by the first ball entering pattern means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means, and the second entering pattern provided in the entering ball pattern changing means. By the means, the variable display is performed in the second game state in the second time execution, and by the third ball entry pattern means provided in the same ball entry pattern changing means, the variable display is performed in the third game state in the second time execution. done. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the game ball enters the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means. By making the patterns different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be increased and the interest can be improved.

In the gaming machine G12,
The launching means is
First shooting mode means for shooting game balls in a predetermined first shooting mode (for example, left-handed game);
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, a right-handed game);
The first ball entering means
Predetermined first ball entry means (for example, unit normal symbol gate 76a) capable of entering game balls fired in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means;
A specific first ball entry means (for example, right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball fired in the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means,
It takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from when the game ball enters the specific first ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time,
The gaming machine G13, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine G13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is shot in a predetermined first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means provided in the shooting means, and the second shooting mode means provided in the shooting means shoots the game ball in the first shooting mode means. A game ball is shot in a second shooting mode different from the shooting mode. Then, the game ball shot in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means can enter the first ball shooting means, and the game ball is shot in the second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means. A specific first ball entry means is provided for allowing the game ball that has been played to enter. Further, it is configured to require a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific first ball-entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, whether or not the variable display is completed before the game ball entered by the specific first ball entering means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means can be differentiated according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not to drive the movable means based on the display execution result. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by changing whether or not the game ball entering the specific first ball entering means can be entered into the third ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

In the gaming machine G13,
The drive means
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The closed-time rolling means is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means;
Upstream side guide means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the haunting plate 79b) between ),
the first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time);
The game machine G14 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine G14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G13, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive pattern means provided in the drive means drives the movable means for a period longer than the first drive time. The movable means is driven during the second driving time. Further, it is configured to require a third predetermined time for rolling from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the closing rolling means. Further, the game ball entering the specific first ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second driving time is the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer than the total time. Thereby, when the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the driving state of the movable means is terminated before the game ball rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball entered by the specific first ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the driving state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven in the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means can enter the third ball entering means. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by changing whether or not the game ball entering the specific first ball entering means can be entered into the third ball entering means by the movable means according to the game state. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

<Group H: Configuration of deceleration unit>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of the ball, and a predetermined game value is awarded to the player if the player wins in the lottery. -231902)).

However, the gaming machine described above has a configuration in which the vertical width is larger than the horizontal width of the entire gaming machine, and the design restrictions on the horizontal width are larger than the design restrictions on the vertical width. Therefore, when a component extending in the horizontal direction is arranged, the component may occupy a predetermined area in the game area of the game board, and the degree of freedom in designing other game components may be reduced.

The inventions of Group H have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine.

A launching means for launching game balls (eg, ball launching unit 112a);
a game area where the game balls shot by the shooting means flow down;
A movable means (for example, hive plate 79b) provided in the game area for changing the flowing direction of the game ball;
In a gaming machine comprising a drive means (for example, a solenoid 209 (projection plate solenoid)) for displacing the movable means,
A game ball can move from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, the upstream side of the hive plate 79b) to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side of the predetermined position (for example, the downstream side of the hive plate 79b). A moving means (for example, the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b in a protruding state),
A gaming machine H0 comprising delay means (for example, deceleration section 79c) for delaying the movement time of the game ball that is moved from the predetermined position to the specific position by the movement means.

According to the gaming machine H0, the game ball is shot by the shooting means, the game ball shot by the shooting means flows down the game area, and the flowing direction of the game ball is changed by the movable means provided in the game area. and the driving means drives the movable means to be displaceable. Here, from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means to a specific position provided laterally downstream of the predetermined position, the game ball is configured to be movable by the moving means, and from the predetermined position to the specific position by the moving means The moving time of the moving game ball is delayed by delay means. As a result, the movement time of the game ball moving from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position on the lateral downstream side is delayed by the delay means, and the movement time on the movable means can be lengthened as compared with the case without the delay means. can. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided laterally downstream thereof over a predetermined period of time, the more the delay means delays the movement time of the game ball, the more the movable means moves laterally. The length in the direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the game machine by reducing the area occupied by the movable means in the horizontal direction.

In gaming machine H0,
The delay means is
A gaming machine H1 characterized by comprising decelerating means (for example, a decelerating section 79c) for decelerating the flowing speed of game balls.

According to the gaming machine H1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the speed of the game ball is reduced by the speed reduction means provided in the delay means. Thus, the decelerating means can decelerate the flow-down speed of the game ball from a predetermined position of the movable means to a specific position on the downstream side in the horizontal direction, thereby making it possible to lengthen the moving time on the movable means as compared with the case without the decelerating means. . Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided laterally downstream thereof over a predetermined period of time, the more the speed of the game ball is retarded by the decelerating means, the more the lateral movement of the movable means. The length in the direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the game machine by reducing the area occupied by the movable means in the horizontal direction.

In gaming machine H1,
The deceleration means is
While reducing the flow speed of the game ball moving in a predetermined direction from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position (for example, the direction from the upstream side to the downstream side of the retractable plate 79b) (for example, the vertical direction of the deceleration section 79c) rib shape),
A specific direction different from the predetermined direction (for example, the vertical direction flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) does not reduce the flowing speed of the game ball (for example, the deceleration part 79c is a vertical rib Due to its shape, it is difficult to collide with a ball from the vertical direction)
A gaming machine H2 characterized by:

According to the game machine H2, in addition to the effects of the game machine H1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the deceleration means decelerates the falling speed of the game ball moving in a predetermined direction from a predetermined position to a specific position of the movable means. On the other hand, depending on the deceleration means, it is constructed so as not to decelerate the flow rate of the game ball in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction. That is, it is possible to reduce only the flow speed of game balls flowing in from a predetermined direction and maintain the flow speed of game balls flowing in from a specific direction different from the predetermined direction. Therefore, it is possible to maintain the flow speed of the game balls flowing in from a direction other than the predetermined direction and allow them to flow down the game area, thereby preventing the game balls from being jammed or clogged in the game area. There is

In gaming machine H2,
The movable means is
configured to be displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position by the driving means;
The moving means
When the movable means is in the second position, a rolling means (for example, the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b in a protruding state) that allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means,
The deceleration means is
The game machine H3 is characterized in that the rolling means reduces the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means.

According to the game machine H3, in addition to the effects of the game machine H2, the following effects are produced. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position by the driving means, and the movable means is moved to the second position by the rolling means provided on the moving means. In this case, the game ball is configured to roll on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the deceleration means decelerates the falling speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means. As a result, the speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is reduced by the speed reducing means, and the speed of the game ball rolling on the movable means is reduced compared to when there is no speed reducing means. You can increase your travel time. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided laterally downstream thereof over a predetermined period of time, the more the speed of the game ball is decelerated by the deceleration means, the more the movable means is moved. The horizontal length can be shortened, and the movable means can be made compact in the horizontal direction. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the game machine by reducing the area occupied by the movable means in the horizontal direction.

In gaming machine H2 or H3,
The deceleration means is
Protruding means (for example, the back side deceleration part 79c1) that collides with the game ball flowing down in the predetermined direction,
The protruding means are
Arranged so as not to collide with the game balls flowing down in the specific direction (for example, when the hive board 79b is in the retracted state, the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 does not collide with the deceleration part 79c deceleration part 79c is placed)
A gaming machine H4 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H2 or H3, the following effects are exhibited. Namely, while the game ball flowing down in a predetermined direction collides with the projecting means provided in the decelerating means, the projecting means is arranged so that the game ball flowing down in a specific direction does not collide with the projecting means. be. That is, a game ball flowing down from a predetermined direction collides with the projecting means and is decelerated, while a game ball flowing down from a specific direction is configured not to collide with the projecting means and not be decelerated. As a result, the moving means can be made compact by reducing the flow speed of the game balls flowing in from a predetermined direction, and the game balls flowing in from a direction other than the predetermined direction can flow down the game area while maintaining the flow speed. This has the effect of preventing congestion of game balls, clogging of balls, and the like in the game area.

In gaming machine H4,
a one-side member (for example, the base of the normal electric unit 79) provided on the back side of the movable means in front view;
the other side member (for example, the cover portion of the normal electric unit 79) provided on the front side of the movable means when viewed from the front;
The protruding means are
a plurality of one-side projecting portions (for example, the back side deceleration portion 79c1) projecting from the one-side member toward the other-side member;
a plurality of other-side projecting portions (for example, front-side deceleration portion 79c2) projecting from the other-side member toward the one-side member,
The one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion are
A game machine H5 characterized in that a game ball is arranged so as to meander between the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion.

According to the game machine H5, in addition to the effects of the game machine H4, the following effects are produced. That is, one side member is provided on the back side of the movable means in front view, and the other side member is provided on the front side of the movable means in front view. Further, as the projecting means, a one-side projecting portion is provided by projecting from the one-side member toward the other-side member, and the other-side projecting portion is provided by projecting from the other-side member toward the one-side member. be provided. The one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion are arranged such that the game ball meanders between the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion. As a result, it is possible to efficiently decelerate the game balls flowing down the upper surface of the movable means, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging or the like.

In gaming machine H5,
Predetermined position guide means for guiding the game balls flowing downward in the vertical direction in the game area to the predetermined position of the movable means (for example, the portion immediately below the right normal symbol gate 76b in the right path 75 or the normal electric unit 79) , and
The one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion are
A gaming machine H6, characterized in that it is arranged at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guide means.

According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the predetermined position guide means guides the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction to the predetermined position of the movable means in the game area. Then, the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion is arranged at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guide means.

Conventionally, if one side projection or the other side projection is arranged at a position where the game ball flows downward in the vertical direction in the game area, the game ball collides with the one side projection or the other side projection, The behavior of the game ball is disturbed based on the collision, and even though the movable means is not at the second position, it flows out in an unintended direction (for example, the direction in which the game ball is guided when the movable means is at the second position). There is a risk of

Therefore, in the game area, the one-side projecting part or the other-side projecting part is not arranged at a predetermined position where the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction is guided, so that the falling speed of the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction is reduced. , the one-side projection or the other-side projection is not decelerated. By constructing in this way, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of unexpected behavior of the game ball, prevent the game ball from flowing out in an unintended direction, and prevent the game ball from entering an unexpected ball entering means. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to suppress the game value from being excessively given.

In gaming machine H5 or H6,
The protruding means are
a collective projecting means configured to collectively arrange the one-side projecting portion and the other-side projecting portion;
A game machine H7, characterized by comprising distributed projecting means for distributing the one-side projecting part and the other-side projecting part more dispersedly than the collective projecting means.

According to the gaming machine H7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H5 or H6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion are collectively arranged by the collective protrusion means provided on the protrusion means, and the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion are arranged by the distributed protrusion means also provided on the protrusion means. are arranged dispersedly from the aggregate protruding means. That is, the falling speed of the game balls in the concentrated projection means can be made slower than the falling speed of the game balls in the distributed projection means. As a result, for example, the flow speed of game balls rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is slowed down in the portion where the collective projecting means is provided, and the collective projecting means is provided in the portion where the distributed projecting means is provided. Since it is possible to make it faster than the part where it is, by arranging the ball entry means etc. on the downstream side of the movable means and changing the driving mode of the movable means, it is possible to make the game ball enter the ball entry means. Become. Therefore, by providing the aggregate projecting means and the distributed projecting means for the movable means, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and contribute to the enhancement of the interest of the game.

In any of game machines H3 to H7,
It is characterized by providing a ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning opening 78) that can enter a game ball on the downstream side where the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down. Game machine H8.

According to the game machine H8, in addition to the effects of the game machines H3 to H7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter into the ball entry means provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down. That is, when the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means while the movable means is maintained at the second position, the game ball enters the ball entering means, and the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. When the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position while rolling, the game ball cannot be entered into the ball entering means. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to allow a game ball to enter the ball-entering means in a predetermined game state, while it is not desired to allow a game ball to enter the ball-entering means in another game state, in another game state, the movable means While the game ball is rolling on the upper surface of the movable means while reducing the flow speed by the decelerating means, by moving the movable means from the second position to the first position, the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is It can flow downstream from the rolling position. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent an unintended game ball from entering the ball-entering means in a state other than a predetermined game state and excessively imparting a game value.

<Group I: Keeping Balls Entering the Distributing Means at Regular Intervals>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A winning lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and a predetermined game value is given to the player when a big win is won in the winning lottery.

In such a gaming machine, game characteristics are built on the premise that game balls enter a predetermined path at predetermined lead-out intervals, and the interest in the game is improved (for example, Patent Document 3 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2016). -215050)).

However, due to an unexpected behavior of the game ball in the game area, the game ball enters a predetermined path at an interval different from the predetermined lead-out interval. There is a risk that the game will collapse and the interest in the game will decrease.

The inventions of group I have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of the game by appropriately executing the set game characteristics. .

A launching means for launching game balls (eg, ball launching unit 112a);
Passing means (for example, sorting ball entrance 72) having an opening (for example, entrance of sorting ball entrance 72) through which game balls fired from the shooting means can pass;
A path (for example, a right path 75) along which game balls that have passed through the passing means flow down;
A ball entry means (for example, an intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a) arranged in the path and capable of allowing game balls to enter;
Information acquisition means for acquiring predetermined information based on the entry of the game ball into the entry means (for example, normal figure reserved ball storage area 203h);
Determination means for determining the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means (for example, random number table 202f per normal figure);
Based on the determination result of the determining means, in the display means (eg, normal symbol display device 83), variable display of identification information (eg, normal symbol) during a predetermined first execution time (eg, "3 seconds") A variable display execution means (for example, normal figure fluctuation processing (S111)) capable of executing variable display of
movable means (e.g. haunting plate 79b) driven when predetermined specific identification information (e.g. "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means; ,
disposing the movable means on the downstream side of the path;
Predetermined interval lead-out means (e.g., A gaming machine I0 characterized by comprising a rotating body).

According to the game machine I0, the shooting means is configured to shoot a game ball, and the game ball shot from the shooting means is configured to be able to pass through the opening provided in the passing means. Then, the game ball that has passed through the passing means flows down the path. In addition, ball entry means for allowing a game ball to enter is provided in the path, and predetermined information is acquired by the information acquisition means based on the entry of the game ball to the ball entry means. Then, the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means is determined by the determination means, and based on the determination result of the determination means, the variable display execution means displays the identification information on the display means for a predetermined first execution time. is configured to be executable. Further, the movable means is driven when predetermined specific identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means. Here, the movable means is arranged on the downstream side of the path, and the game ball is drawn out to the opening at a predetermined lead-out interval longer than the first execution time by the predetermined-interval lead-out means. That is, the execution trigger for the variable display is acquired based on the game ball that entered the path, and after the variable display is executed for the first execution time, the predetermined interval deriving means determines the first execution time ( and the driving time of the movable means), the next game ball is drawn to the opening having the ball-entering means after a predetermined lead-out interval longer than that. As a result, the passage of the next game ball through the ball entry means is suspended from the start of the variable display until the end, and the entry of the ball into the ball entry means according to the execution interval of the variable display is possible, and the predetermined derivation is performed. It is possible to maintain the playability on the premise that the balls are entered at intervals. Therefore, there is an effect that the initially set game characteristics can be executed appropriately, and the interest in the game can be improved.

<Group J: Out port between alternating distribution unit and ordinary electric unit>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A winning lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and a predetermined game value is given to the player when a big win is won in the winning lottery.

In such a gaming machine, a ball entrance is set for each game state, and game characteristics are constructed on the premise that the game ball is made to enter the path set according to the game state. (For example, Patent Document 4 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, due to the unexpected behavior of the game ball in the game area, the game ball enters a path other than the preset path, and the game is based on the premise that the game ball enters the path according to the game state. There is a risk that the sexuality will collapse and the interest in the game will decrease.

The invention of group J was made in view of the above-mentioned business, and aims to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game by appropriately executing the set game characteristics. .

A first shooting mode (for example, a left-handed game) in which a game ball is shot toward the first area of the game area (for example, the left side of the game board 13 in the front view of the third symbol display device 81), and is different from the first area Shooting means capable of shooting game balls in a second shooting mode (for example, a right-handed game) for shooting game balls toward a second region (for example, the right side of the game board 13 in the front view of the third symbol display device 81) ( For example, a ball launching unit 112a);
A first ball entry means (for example, a special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) that can enter the game ball fired in the first shooting mode,
A path (for example, a right path 75) that has an opening into which a game ball can enter (for example, a distribution ball entrance 72) and guides the game ball to the first ball entry means;
A second ball entry means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball launched in the second shooting mode can enter;
a movable means (for example, haunt plate 79b) for changing the flowing direction of the game ball shot in the first shooting mode or the second shooting mode;
Driving means (for example, solenoid 209 (solenoid for retracting plate)) for driving the movable means,
The movable means is
A game ball guide means (for example, the configuration of the upper surface of the haunt plate 79b) that guides the game ball shot in the second shooting mode to the first area when driven by the drive means,
The opening is
Arranged on the upstream side in the game area from the second ball entry means,
A game machine J0 characterized by comprising discharge means (e.g., out port) for discharging game balls to the outside of the game area or to another area between the opening and the second ball entry means. .

According to the gaming machine J0, the shooting means performs a first shooting mode of shooting the game ball toward the first area of the game area and a second shooting mode of shooting the game ball toward the second mode different from the first area. a game ball can be shot in the first shooting mode, the game ball shot in the first shooting mode can enter the first ball entering means, and the path has an opening into which the game ball can enter, A game ball is guided to the first ball entering means. Then, the game ball shot in the second shooting mode is configured to be able to enter the second ball entering means. Further, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball shot in the first shooting mode or the second shooting mode, and the driving means drives the movable means. Here, the game ball launched in the second shooting mode is guided to the first area by the game ball guiding means provided in the movable means when driven by the driving means. Then, the opening is arranged upstream of the second ball entering means in the game area, and the discharging means provided between the opening and the second ball entering means causes the game ball to be discharged outside the game area or in another area. is discharged to As a result, game balls that have been shot in the first shooting mode and have not flowed into the opening are ejected outside the game area or to another area by the ejection means before flowing into the second ball entry means. It is possible to prevent a game ball that has been shot in the shooting mode and has not flowed into the opening from entering the second ball entering means. Therefore, for example, when a game specification is set to play a game based on the first firing mode or the second firing mode according to the game state, the game property set in advance for each game state is appropriately executed. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest in the game can be improved.

<K Group: Distribution to disadvantageous/advantageous>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is shot toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium is ejected into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and if the player wins in the lottery, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above gaming machine, the pattern of the balls flowing down the game area is fixed, and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group K have been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of enhancing the interest of a game.

A launching means for launching game balls (eg, ball launching unit 112a);
Advantageous ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78) that allows the game ball shot by the shooting means to enter, and gives a predetermined game value to the player based on the entry of the game ball. )When,
The game ball fired by the shooting means can be entered, and when the game ball enters, a game value lower than the advantageous ball entry means or a disadvantageous ball entry means that does not give a game value (for example, out mouth) and
A game state setting means capable of setting a game state (for example, a jackpot process (S103));
a movable means (for example, haunt plate 79b) for changing the flowing direction of the game ball shot from the shooting means;
a drive means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for retractable plate)) for driving the movable means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the advantageous ball entry that the game ball shot from the shooting means can enter. means or means for changing the ball entering pattern of the disadvantageous ball entering means (for example, the driving pattern of the hive board 79b);
A gaming machine K0 characterized by comprising:

According to the game machine K0, the game ball is shot by the shooting means, the game ball shot by the shooting means can enter the advantageous ball entering means, and the game ball enters the advantageous ball entering means. A predetermined game value is given to the player based on this. Further, when the game ball fired by the shooting means can enter the disadvantageous ball entering means, and the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entering means, a game value lower than that of the advantageous ball entering means is given or the game is played. No value is given. Here, the game state is configured to be settable by the game state setting means. Further, the direction of flow of the game ball shot from the shooting means is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entry pattern changing means, the game ball fired from the shooting means can enter the game ball. The entering ball pattern of the entering ball means or the unfavorable ball entering means is changed. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state, and the ball entering pattern of the advantageous ball entering means or the unfavorable ball entering means into which the game ball can enter is varied, thereby enriching the variation of the game. There is an effect that the interest can be improved by

It should be noted that the "advantageous ball entry means or unfavorable ball entry means pattern in which a game ball can enter" means, for example, a ball entry pattern in which a game ball can enter only in the advantageous ball entry means, or only in a disadvantageous ball entry means. A ball entry pattern that allows a ball to be entered, a ball entry pattern that allows a ball to enter both advantageous ball entry means and a ball unfavorable entry means, or a ball that can be entered alternately between advantageous ball entry means and unfavorable ball entry means A pattern etc. are illustrated.

In gaming machine K0,
The ball entry pattern changing means includes:
a first driving mode in which a game ball can enter the unfavorable ball entering means;
The gaming machine K1 is characterized by being configured to be capable of driving the movable means by the driving means in a second driving mode in which it is difficult or impossible for a game ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine K1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the ball entry pattern changing means causes the movable means to be changed into a first drive mode in which a game ball can be entered into the disadvantageous ball entry means and a second drive mode in which a game ball is difficult or impossible to enter into the disadvantageous ball entry means. It is configured to be drivable in two driving modes. Thus, by changing the drive pattern of the movable means, it is possible to differentiate whether or not the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entering means, and the advantageous ball entering means or the disadvantageous ball entering means that the game ball can enter. By making the ball-entering pattern of the means different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

The "first driving mode" may be any driving mode as long as the game ball can enter the unfavorable ball entering means. Examples include the case where the game ball is led out to the game ball, and the case where the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entry means as it is by not driving the movable means.

In the gaming machine K1,
The second driving mode is
A gaming machine K2 characterized in that the unfavorable ball entry means is blocked by the movable means.

According to the game machine K2, in addition to the effects of the game machine K1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode, the unfavorable ball entry means is closed by the movable means. Thereby, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode, the game ball cannot enter the disadvantageous ball entering means, and the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entering means according to the driving mode of the movable means. or not. Therefore, by differentiating the ball-entering patterns of the advantageous ball-entering means and the unfavorable ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine K2,
The movable means is
When the drive means is driven in the second drive mode, the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the disadvantageous ball entry means. The upper surface of the haunting plate 79b),
The closing rolling means is
A game machine K3, wherein a game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine K3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode by the drive means, the upper surface of the movable means is played while the unfavorable ball entry means is closed by the movable means. A ball is configured to roll. Then, the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous ball entry means by the closing rolling means. Thereby, when the movable means is in the second drive mode, the movable means closes the disadvantageous ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the disadvantageous ball entry means, and the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. to guide the game ball to the advantageous ball entry means. As a result, by differentiating the ball-entering pattern of the advantageous ball-entering means and the unfavorable ball-entering means into which the game ball can enter, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

For any one of the game machines A0 to A16, the game machines B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the gaming machines B0 to B14, the gaming machines A0 to A16, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the gaming machines C0 to C15, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the game machines D0 to D14, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the gaming machines E0 to E11, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the gaming machines F0 to F11, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the gaming machines G0 to G14, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the game machines H0 to H8, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, I0, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

In addition, for any configuration of the gaming machine I0, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, A configuration limited by any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any configuration of the gaming machine J0, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, A configuration limited by any one of I0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any one of the gaming machines K0 to K3, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to A configuration limited by any one of H8, I0, and J0 may be applied.

In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration.

In any one of gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine A gaming machine K1 characterized by being a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is "provided with variable display means for displaying the identification information in a fixed manner after dynamically displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of identification information, As a result, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has passed, and the stop time and a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the definite identification information of is the specific identification information. In this case, typical examples of game media include coins and medals.

In any one of gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine A gaming machine K2 characterized by being a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic structure of a pachinko game machine is provided with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, balls are shot into a predetermined game area, and the balls are ejected into actuating openings arranged at predetermined positions in the game area. For example, the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined period of time, with the requirement of winning a prize (or passing through an activation opening). In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable winning device (large winning opening) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to allow the balls to win, and a value corresponding to the number of winning Values (including not only prize balls but also data written to magnetic cards, etc.) can be given.

In any one of gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine A game machine K3 characterized by being a combination of a pachinko game machine and a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the integrated game machine is "provided with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of identification information, and an operation means for starting (such as an operation lever) The identification information starts to change due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has passed. a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stop is the specific identification information; the ball is used as a game medium; A gaming machine configured to require a predetermined number of balls at the start of dynamic display, and to pay out a large number of balls at the occurrence of a special game state.

In addition, "entering the ball" to "special figure 1 first prize opening 77a, special figure 1 second prize opening 77b, special figure 2 prize opening 78" described in the above embodiment is "predetermined start condition”, and the “values of the counters C1 to C3, CS1” described in the above embodiment correspond to the “information” acquired by the “acquisition means” in the claims, and the “ The third pattern" corresponds to the "identification information" described in the claims, and the "variation effect" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "dynamic display of identification information" described in the claims, The “jackpot pattern” described in the above embodiment corresponds to the “predetermined identification information” described in the claims, and the “jackpot” described in the above embodiment corresponds to the “predetermined game value” described in the claims. ” corresponds to

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
65a Central grand prize-winning opening (part of game value giving means)
67a Right big winning mouth (part of game value giving means)
71 alternate distribution unit (part of ball entry pattern change means, part of grant change means)
72 Sorting entrance (part of opening, part of passage means)
73 Sorting device (part of incoming ball pattern changing means, part of sorting means, part of flow direction changing means)
73a rotating shaft (part of switching means)
74 left path (part of first path, part of first flow path)
75 Right path (part of second path, part of first flow path, part of flow mode stabilization means)
76a Unit normal pattern gate (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
76b Right normal pattern gate (part of third ball entry means, part of first ball entry means)
77a Special figure 1 first winning port (part of first ball entry means, part of predetermined first ball entry means, part of second ball entry means)
77b Special figure 1 second winning opening (part of first ball entry means, part of specific first ball entry means, part of third ball entry means)
77f Outside special figure 1 2nd prize opening (part of the 3rd ball entry means)
78 Special figure 2 winning opening (part of second ball entry means, part of third ball entry means)
79 Ordinary electrical unit (part of movable means)
79b haunt plate (part of movable means, part of game ball guide means, part of first hard-to-enter ball means, part of second ball-enter guide means, part of moving means)
79b1 Left retractable plate (part of movable means, part of closing rolling means)
79b2 right retractable plate (part of movable means, part of closing rolling means)
79c deceleration unit (part of delay means, part of deceleration means)
83 Normal pattern display device (part of display means)
110 main controller (part of determination means)
112a ball launch unit (part of launch means)
202b1 Jackpot type table for special figure 1 (part of first game value giving means, part of first lottery means, part of lottery means)
202b2 Jackpot type table for special figure 2 (part of second game value giving means, part of second lottery means)
202f Random number table per normal pattern (part of the third determination means)
202g Normal figure fluctuation time table (part of variable time change means)
203d First reserved ball storage area (part of first information acquisition means, part of second information acquisition means)
203e Second reserved ball storage area (part of second information acquisition means)
202g Normal figure fluctuation time table (part of variable time change means)
203h Normal map reserved ball storage area (part of the third information acquisition means, part of the first information acquisition means)
209 Solenoid (solenoid for retractable plate, part of drive means)
C4 Random number counter per normal figure (part of lottery means)
S103 Jackpot processing (part of game state setting means)
S104 Normal electric role control processing (part of first determination means, part of movable mode change means, part of game value provision means)
S111 Normal figure fluctuation processing (part of variable display execution means)
S324 (part of determination means, part of second determination means)
S407 (part of timing change means)

Claims (1)

a launching means capable of launching a game ball;
a first shooting mode means for shooting game balls in a predetermined first shooting mode by the shooting means;
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means;
A game machine comprising game state setting means for setting a game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition,
a first ball entering means capable of entering the game ball launched in the first shooting mode;
a second ball-entering means capable of entering the game ball launched in the first shooting mode and the second shooting mode;
a third ball entering means capable of entering the game ball launched in the second shooting mode;
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third entering means into which the game ball shot by the first shooting mode means can enter. While changing the ball entry pattern of the ball means, the entry of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game ball shot by the second shooting mode means can enter and a ball entry pattern changing means for changing the ball pattern.

Images